DrATTAMB

<br>

Class X
RAIPUBL,
DHAPAN

Key Featuresdt
•Revision of Key Concepts
Multiple Choice

Assertion Reason TVbeOuestiöH NPAT RAI PUBLICATIONS

Case Study Based Questions

<br>

MCQs
IN
MLATHEMATICS
CLASS X
As per the latest revised syllabus prescribed by CBSE for
Class X under 10+2 Pattern of Secondary School Certificate Examination

Dr. R.D. SHARMA

[Link]. (Hons) (Gold Medalist), [Link]. (Gold Medalist), Ph.D.
Former Professor and Head of Department of Sciencesand Humanities
Delhi Skill and Entrepreneurship University (DSEU)
Aryabhatt DSEU Ashok Vihar Campus, Delhi
<br>

MCQs in Mathematlcs for Class-X CONTENTS

1, REAL NUMBERS
1.1-1.15
2. POLYNOMIALS
2.1-2.27
3. PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES
3.1-3.15
4. QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
4.1-4.15
5. ARITHMETIC PROGRESSIONS
5.1-5.18
6. CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY
6.1-6.22
7. TRIANGLES
7.1-7.19
8. CIRCLES
8.1-8.20
9. TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
9.1-9.15
10. TRIGONOMETRIC IDENTITIES
10.1-10.9
11. HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES
11.1-11.14
12. AREAS RELATED TO CIRCLES 12.1-12.18

13. SURFACE AREAS AND VOLUMES 13.1-13.20

14. STATISTICS 14.1-14.18

15, PROBABILITY 15.1-15.22

PRACTICE PAPER-1 1.1-1.14

PRACTICE PAPER-2 2.1-2.12

<br>

CHAPTERL

REAL NUMBERS

REVISION OF KEY CONCEPTS AND FORMULAE

1. The Fundamental Theorem Arithmetic: Every composite number can be expressed (factorised)
of

as a product of primes, and this factorisation is unique except for the order in which the prime
factors occur.
as the product of powers of primes in
2. Every composite number can be uniquely expressed
ascending or descending order.
3. Let a be a positive integer and p be prime number such that
a pa, then pa.
4. There are infinitely many positive primes. power of
5. Every positive integer different from
1 can
be expressed as a product of non-negative
2 and an odd number. or to Jn.
not divisible by any prime less than equal
A positive integer is prime, if it is
6.
n
V11 etc.
yp is an irrational number. For example, V2, V3, V5, V7,
7. Ifpisa positive prime, then
are irrational numbers.

SOLVED EXAMPLES
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCQs)
is
numbers, then their HCF
EXAMPLE 1
Ifp and q are two distinct prime (c) either 1 or 2 (d) 1

(a) 2 (b) 0
itself. Therefore,
Ans. (d)
number has no factor other than 1 and the number
SOLUTION A prime
of q are: 1 andq only.
Factors of are: 1 and p only. Factorsq.
p
= 1.
common factor of p and Hence, HCF (P,)
Therefore, 1 is the only LCM (p, 4) is
q are two distinct prime numbers, then (d) pa
EXAMPLE 2 Ifp and (c) q
(b)p
(a) 1
Ans. (d) q are: 1
and g.
SOLUTION Factors of and p. Factors of
p are: 1

=
LCM (p, q) =1x p xq P9. = pq
x HCF (p, q) = pg » LCM(P.q) 1=
x pq » LCM (p,)
ALITER LCM (p, q)
factors is
number. The sum of its
EXAMPLE 3 Lelp be a prime (c) p+1 (d) p-1
1
(a) p (b)
Ans. (c)
are 1 and p. So, their
sum is p + 1.
of p
SOLUTION The factors as zeros is
number. The quadratic equation having its factors
a
EXAMPLE 4 Let p be prine (b) x - (p + 1)x +p=0
(a) px tp= 0 - =
(d) x* px + (p+ 1) 0
() (p +
)x+p=0 1.1
<br>

1.2 MATIEMATICS.X

Ans. (b)
sOLUTION Faclors of are I and p only. So, the quadratic equation having 1 and p as
p
its zero is
p)+ 1xp 0 oF, x? - (p+ 1) x +p =0
+

' -x(|
EXAMPLE 5
The LCM of the snallest (vo digit composile number and the smallest composite
number is
(a) 12 (b) 20 (c) 4 (d) 44
Ans. ()
sOLUTION The smallest two digit composite number is 10 and the smallestt composite number
Prime factorizations of thesc two are: 10 = 2' x 5' and 4 = t is 4.
2.
LCM (0, 4) - 22 x 5! 20.
EXAMPUE 6 The HC ofsmallest prime munber and the smallest composite number is
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 8
Ans. (a)
sOLUTION The smallest prime and the smallest composite numbers are 2 and 4 respectivel.
HCF (2, 4) = 2.
EXAMPLE 7 The smallest number divisible by all natural numbers between 1 and 10 (both inclusine) i
(a) 2020 (b) 2520 (c) 1010 (d) 5040
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION Required number is the LCM of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.
Now, LCM (1, 2,3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,9, 10) = LCM (2°, 2',3' 2²,s',2' x 3',7',2,3 ,2' x 5})
= 2 x3² × 5
x7 2520
EXAMPLF 8 The HCF of two consecutive positive integers is
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 4 (d) 2
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION In any two consecutive positive integers one is even and other is odd. So, they have 1

as the only common factor. Hence, their HCF is 1.

EXAMPLE 9 Let n be a natural number. Then, the LCM (n, n + 1) is
(a) n (b) n + 1 (c) n (n + 1) (d) 1

Ans. c)
SOLUTION For anynatural number n, natural numbers n and n +1 are relatively prime.
LCM (n, n + 1) = n (1 + 1).
EXAMPLE 10 Ifm = dn +r where m, n are positive integers and d and r integers, then n is the HCF of m

and n, if
(a) r=l (b) 0
<rs1 (c) r= 0 (d) r is a real number
Ans, (c)
SOLUTION In n is the HCF of m and n, then n is a factor of m and hence n is a factor of dn + [Link]
is possible only when r= 0.
EXAMPLE 11 If3 is the least prinefactor of m and 5 is the least prime factor of n, then the least primefactor
of (m+n) is

(a) 11 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 5

Ans. (b)
SOLUTION It is given that least prime factor of m is 3, so other prime factors of m are greater
than 3. Consequently, 2 is not a prime factor of m and hence m is an odd integer. Similarly, n is an odd
integer. Therefore,
m
+n
is an even integer and hence its least prime factor is 2.
<br>

REAL NUMBERS 1.3

EXAMILE 12 If the HCFof 85 and 153 is expressible in the form 85n 53, then the value
-1 of n
is
(a) 3 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) 1
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION We have, 85 =5 x 17 and 153 32 x [Link], HCF (85, 153) = 17.
It is given that HCF (85, 153) 85n -153.
-
85n 153 17 85n 170 n 2.
EXAMPUE 13 f P and P2 are odd prine mumbers suclh that P> P2 then p'-p is
(a) an cven umber (b) an odd number
(c) and odd prime number (d) a prine number
Ans. (a)
SOLUTION -P: = (, + P2)(P, -P,).
Itis given that P, and p, are odd prime numbers. Therefore pi +P2 and p, -p, are even numbers.
Hence, (2, +p) (P, -P2)=P-P is an even number. In fact, p
-p is a multiple of 4.
n
is divisible by 8, if is
EXAMPLE 14
n-1
(b) a natu ral number (c) an odd integer (d) an even integer
(a) an integer
[NCERT EXAMPLERI
Ans. (c) an
SOLUTION If is an even integer, then
n so is n
and hence n-1 is odd integer. Consequently,
n an n = 2m +1
n-1 cannot be divisible by 8, if is an even integer. So, let be odd integer. Then,
n

for some integer M.

(2m + 1)² -1= 4m + 4n = 4m (m + 1)
n²-1=
even natural number. Let m = 2k, where k is a natural
For any natural number m, m (m + 1) is an
number.
n'-1= 8k (2k + 1), which is divisible by 8.
Hence, an odd integer.
n is
expressible in the form 1032 m-408 5, then the value of m is
EXAMPLE 15 Ifthe HCF of 408 and 1032 is
(c) 1 (d) 2
(a) 4 (b) 3
Ans. (d)
1032 =
x
x 2
x3 43.
SOLUTION We find that: 408= 2 x3 17 and
=
HCF (408, 1032) = 2° x3 24.
1032 m - 408 x5
It is given that: HCF (408, 1032)= 1032m = 2064 m =2
1032m– 408 x 5 = 24 1032 = 2040 + 24
m

16 The sum of
the HCF and LCM
of 12, 21, 15 is
EXAMPLE
(c) 417 (d) 140
(a) 423 (b) 420
Ans. (a) =
= 21 = 3 x7 and 15 3x5
SOLUTION We find that: 12 2 x3, =
21, 15) =3 and LCM (12, 21, 15) = 2 x3 x5 x7 420
HCF (12, =
HCF (12, 21, 15) + LCM (12, 21, 15) =3 + 420 423
Hence, cannot be their
then vhich of the following nunbers
EXAMPLE 17 the LCM of two numbers is 3600,
Jf
HCF? (c) 400 (d) 150
(b) 500
(a) 600
Ans.(b) is always a factor of their LCM. Clealy, 600, 400 and
SOLUTION The HCF of two natural numbers whose
but 500 is not its factor. Hence, 500 cannot be the HCF of numbers
150 are factors of 3600,
LCMis 3600.
<br>

MATHEMATICSX
1.4
=
=
40 and LCM (2520, 6600) 252
EXAMPLE 18 Giventhat HCF (2520, 6600) k,
then the
value of
(b) 1600 (c) 165 (d) 1625 kis
(a) 1650
Ans. (a)
x b = a x
SOLUTION We know that: HCF (a, b) LCM (a, b)
40 x 252 x k= 2520 x 6600 > k= 10x 165
1650
19 If a = 2² x 3", b = 2? x 3x 5,c = 2 =
3780, them r
EXAMPLE x3x7, and LCM (a, b, c)

(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3

Ans. (d)
SOLUTION We lhave, LCM (a, b, c) = 3780
(22 x 3*,22 x 3x 5, 2 x 3x 7) = 3780 = 2x3" x5x7 = 2
x3 x 5
x7 r

32 ,
EXAMPLE 20 If p* = then p is alan
50
(a) whole number (b) integer (c) rational number (d) irrational number
Ans. (c) [CBSE 2023)

= 32 16 4
SOLUTION We have, p

25
p=t 5
which is a rational number.
50
EXAMPLE 21 Ifp and q are natural numbers and p is a multiple of q, then what is the HCF of p and a?

(a) p4 (b) P (c) q (d) p+q

Ans. () [CBSE 2023)

SOLUTION Given that p is a multiple of q. So, let p = mq, where m is a

natural number.

HCF (p, q) =
HCF (m, q) =4.
EXAMPLE 22 If two positive integers a and b are written as a =
p'g and b = p4°, where p and q are
prime numbers, such that HCF (a, b) = p"q" and LCM
(a, b) * pg, then (m + n) (r + s) equal to
(a) 15 (b) 30 (c) 35 (d) 72
Ans. (c
SOLUTION We find that: HCF (a, b) = HCF (pgp'g) =
p'g
and, LCM (a, b) = LCM (p°[Link]) = p°g
n =2, n
=3, r
=3 ands = 4
Hence, (m + n) (r + s) = 5x7 =35
EXAMPLE 23 The smallest nunber which when divided b 17, 23 and 29 leaves a remainder 11 eu
Case is
(a) 493 (b) 11350
Ans. (b) (c) 11339 (d) 667
SOLUTION Let the required
natural number be n. Then,
n -11 is the LCMof 17, 23 and 629.
i.e. n-11= LCM(17, 23, 29)
n-11 17x 23x 29
I:17, 23, 29 are distinct primes]
n=11+ 11339=11350
EXAMPLE 24 IfHCF (,8) =
4, LCM (r, 8) = 24, then x is
(a) 8
(b) 10 (c) 12
Ans. (c) (d) 14
<br>

REAL NUMBERS 1.5

sOLUTION We know that: LCM (x,8) HCF(, 8) X*8

r X
24 4
x8 12

CASE STUDY BASED EXAMPLES

EXAMPLE 25 To cnbance the reating skilla of grade X students, the school nominates you and two of your
are 32
class Tibrry. There are tww seconn nectlon md nection ! of grade X. There
- A

rieuds to set
p a

B.
sludents in scction 36 sldents in scction
A

ad

Scction A Section B
Fig. 1.1
answer the following:
Based on the above information so that they can be
What is the minimum number of books you will acquire for the class library,
(i) A or section B?
distributed equally among students of section
(c) 288 (d) 272
(a) 144 (b) 128
HCE
of two positive integers is equal to the product
of their HCF and LCM istrue then, the
(ii) Ifthe product
(32, 36) is
(c) 6 (d) 8
(a) 2 (b) 4
as a product of its primes as
(iii) 36 can be expressed (d) 2°x 30
x 32 (b) 2' x 33 (c) 2x31
(a) 2
a
(iv) 7 >x 11 x 13 x 15 + 15 is
(b) Composite number
(a) Prime number
(d) None of the above
(c) Neither prine nor composite
a, b, are prime numbers then the LCM
q are positive integers such that p = ab and q= a'b, where
(v) fp and
(p, q), is (d) a'
a?2 (c) a
(b) A or
(a) ab
Books are to be distributed equally among students of section
SOLUTION (i) Ans. (c): Since least such number.
is a nultiple of 32 as well as 36 and it is the
section B. So, the number of books 36.
Therefore, required number of books is the LCM of 32 and
=
Now, 32 = 25 and 36 2 x32
= 32 = 288
LCM (32, 36)
= 2° x 3 x9
books 288. =
Hence, required number of
= HCF (32, 36) x LCM (32, 36)
(ii) Ans. (b): 32x 36
32 x 36 32 x 36 =
4
HCF(32, 36)= LCM (32, 36) 288

(iii) Ans. (a): See Solution of (i)

+ x
15 + 15 = (7 x 11 13 1) 15
x
iv) Ans. (b): 7x11 x 13 x
7x11 x 13 x 15 + 15 is a composite number
g) =
p= ab and q = ab. Therefore, LCM (P, a'b.
(v) Ans. (b): It is given that:
<br>

MATHEMATICS-X
1.6
1

unill
an cducalional organisation, where the participants
EXAMPLE 26 A seminar is being conducted by Mathematics are 60. 84
of participants in Hindi, English and
cducators of different subjects. The umbers
108 espectively.
same of participants are to be sealed and all of them
being in the same subject,
(i) In och nom the nmber room is
that can be accomodated in each
hence the mavimum number participanls
of

(c) 16 (d) 18
(a) 14 (b) 12
of rooms rcquired durng the event, is
(ii) The minimum umber
(c) 7 (d) 5
(a) 11 (b) 9
(iii) The LCM 60, 84 and 108 is
of

(c) 4780 (d) 4680

(a) 3780 (b) 3680
60, 84 and 108 is
(iv) The prduct of HCFand LCM of
(c) 45500 (d) 45360
(a) 55360 (b) 35360
(v) 108 can be cxpressed
as a product of
prines as
(b) 2 x3 (c) 2 x32 (d) 2 x33
(a) 2 x 3?
are to be seated and all of
sOLUTION (i) Ans. (b): In each room the same number of participantsa
them must be in the same subject. So, the number of
participants is factor of 60, 84 and 108
can be accomodated in each room is the HCE
Therefore, the maximum number of participants that
of 60, 84, and 108.
- x 33
Now, 60 = 2 x 3' x 5,
84-2 x3' x7' and 108 22
= 12
HCF (60, 84, 108) = 2x3
can be accomodated = 12
Hence, the maximum number of participants that
(ü) Ans. (d): Numbers of rooms required for participants in Hindi,
English and Mathematics are

60 = 84 108
5,= =7 and= =9 respectively.
12 12 12
Minimum number of rooms required = 5
=
2x3 5x7=3780
x

(ii) Ans. (a): LCM (60,84, 108)

(iv) Ans. (d): We have, HCF (60, 84, 108) 12 and LCM 60, 84, 108) =3780
= (

= x =
HCF (60, 84, 108) x LCM (60,84, 108) 12 3780 45360
= x3
(v) Ans. (d): Fromn (i), we find that 108
2

one of your friends is

EXAMPLE 27 A Mathematical Exhibition is being conducted in your school and
making a model of a factor tre. He has some difficulty and asks for
your help in completing a quiz for the
audience. Observe the above factor tree and answer the following:

5
2783

253

Fig. 1.2
1) What will be the value of x?
(a) 15005 (b) 13915 (c) 56920 (d) 17429
<br>

REAL NUMBERS
1.7
(ii) What will be the value of y?
(a) 23 (b) 22 (c) 11
(d) 19
(iii) What will be the value of z?
(a) 22 (b) 23 (c) 17 (d) 19
(iv) According to Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic 13915 is a
(a) composite number (b) prime number
(c) neither prime nor composite (d) even number
(v) The prime frctorization of 13915 is
(a) 5 x11 x 132 (b) 5 x 11 x 232 (c) 5 x 112 x 23 (d) 5%112 x 132
= 5 2783= 13915x
SOLUTION (1) Ans. (b):
(ii) Ans. (c): From the factor tree we find that
2783 =
2783 = yx 253 =y= 11
253
(iii) Ans. (b): From the factor tree, we find that
253 =
253 = 11 × z
Z= 23
11
(iv) Ans. (a): It is evident from the factor tree that X = 13915 is equal to 5x 11 x 23. Clearly, it is a
composite number having 5, 11, 23 as its factors.
(v) Ans. (c): From the factor free, we find that 13915 = 5x 11 × 23.

EXAMPLE 28 Figure 1.3, represents the golden ratio spiral. The sequence 0, 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13 is called a
Fibonacci sequence in which each term (except the first two terms) is obtained by adding the previous two
terms of the sequence.
0+ 1=1
1+ 1=2
2+ 1=3
3 + 2=5
21 5+ 3=8
8+ 5= 13
34 13 +8= 21
21 + 13=34
8
13 34 + 21 = 55
55 +34 = 89
89 + 55 = 144
0, 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34, 55, 89, 14 4,...

Fig. 1.3
Based on the given sequence, answer the following questions:
(i) The next two numbers in the sequence are
(a) 223 and 367 (b) 233 and 367 (c) 223 and 377 (d) 233 and 377
the form
<ii) Aational number has terminating decimal expansion, if the denominator of
is
x
(a) 2" 5
x
(b) 3"" x 5" (c) 2" x3" (d) 3" 4"
where m, n are non-negative integers.
by taking the ratio of a term to its previous term) has
(iii) Which of the following rational numbers (formed
terminating decimal expansion?
21 13 34
(b) (c) (d)
(a) 13 8 21
given sequence (except the first 3 terns) is
(iv) HCF two consecutive numbers in the
of

(b) 0 (c) 2 (d) 3

(a) 1
as 1, are called
(v) Tw0 natural numbers having their HCF
(a) composite numbers (b) prime numbers
(d) none of these
() co-prime numbers
<br>

1.8 MATHEMATICS-X

sOLUTION (i) Ans. (d): Since each term (except first two terms) of the sequence is sum of h
preceding two terms, So, next two terms of the sequence are 144 + 89 = 233 and 144 + 233 = 377
(i) Ans. (a): If the denominator of a rational number is of the form 2" x 5", where m, n a
non-negative integers, then the decimal expansion is terminating.
13 13
(ii)) Ans. (c): We find that 50 Clearly, its denominator is of the form 2" x 5", where m,

n
2x
are non-negative integers, so, its decimal expansion is terminating.
(iv) Ans. (a): Any two consecutive terms (except first3 terms) are co-prime. So, their HCF is 1.

(v) (c): Two natural numbers are co-prime, if their HCF is 1.

ASSERTION -REASON BASED MCQs

Each of the following examples contains STATEMENT-1 (Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason)
has following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of which is the correct answer. Mark the
Correct answer.
(a) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statemernt-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(b) Statement-1is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is not a correct explanation for Statement:.
(c) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
(d) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
EXAMPLE 29 Statement-1 (A): IfHCF (90, 144) = 18, then LCM (90, 144) =720.
Statement-2 (R): HCF (a, b) LCM (a, b) = a b.
Ans. (a)
SOLUTION We know that statemnent-2, being a standard result, is true. Using statement-2, we
find that
HCF (90, 144) x (LCM (90, 144) = 90 × 144
18 x LCM (90, 144) = 90 x 144 LCM (90, 144) = 720.
So, statement-1 is also true. Clearly, statement-2 is the correct explanation for statement-1.
Hence, option (a) is correct.
EXAMPLE 30 Statement-1 (A): fLCM (60, 72) = 360, then HCF (60, 72) = 12.
Statement-2 (R): HCF (a, b) LCM (a, b) = a +b.
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION We have, 60 = x and 72 = 2°x
2x3 5 3

= x 5 = 360
LCM (60, 72) 2x 3 and HCF (60, 72) = 2x 3 = 12
So, statement-1 is true.
We know that HCF (a, b) LCM (a, b) = a b. So, sta tement-2 is false. Hence, option (c) is correct.
ÉXAMPLE 31 Statement-1 (A): product
If
two numbers is 5780 and theire HCF is 17, then teir LCM Is
of

340.
Statement-2 (R): HCF is always a factor of LCM.
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION We know that HCF (a, b) × LCM (4, b) = ab ...)
Clearly, 17 x 340 = 5780. So, statenment-1 is
true.
It is evident from (i) that HCF is always a factor of LCM. So,
statement-2 is also true. Bu,
statement-2 is not the correct explanation for statement-1. Hence,
option (b) is correct.
EXAMPLE 32 Statement-1 (A): n
+n is divisible by 2 for every natural number n.
Statement-2 (R): The product of two consecutive natural numbers is an even
natural
number.
Ans. (a)
<br>

REAL
NUMBERS
1.9
n + 1 be two consecutive natural numbers. Then one
SOLUTION Let n and of the two is even
is odd. Consequently, their product is always an even natural number. So, and the
other the statement-2 is true.
n² +n
n
(1 +
1) is product of tw0 consecutive
We find that even and hence divisible by 2. Therefore, statement-1
natural numbers. So, by
statement-2, it is is also true and staternent-2
for statement-1.
is a correct explanation
E\AMrLE 33 Catent-1 (A): The square 0f
by 4.
noda naural number leaves remainder 1 when diidod

Statement-2 (R): The square of an odd natural number is

of the form 4k + 1 for some
natural number k.

Ans. (a)
SoLUTION Let n be an odd natural number. Then.
m
= for some natural number
2m-1
„ = (2m --1)' = 4m - 4m +1 = 4m (m -1) +1 = 4k + 1, where k=m (m-1)

So, statement-2 is
true.
Now, n = 4k +1 n-
4k = 1
true and
This means that when n* is divided by 4, the remainder is 1. So, statement-1 is also
is correct.
statement-2 is correct explanation for statement-1. Hence, option (a)
EXAMPLE 34 Statement-1 (A): If11
divides 627264, then 11 divides 792.
Statement-2 (R): Let p be a prime number and a be positive integer, ifp divides a', then
a
a.
pdivides

Ans. (a)
we find that the statement-2 is true. We
SOLUTION Using Theorem 2 (page 1.3 of main book),
by using statement-2, 11 divides
observe that 11 is prine and it divides 627264. Therefore,
is a correct explanation for
V627264 = 792. So, statement-1 is also true. Also, statement-2
statement-1.
is an irrational number.
EXAMPLE 35 Statement-1 (A): The product of (5 +3) and (2-3)
of
two irrational numbers is an irrational number.
Statement-2 (R): The product
Ans. (c)
3) (2-J3) 7-3/3, which is an irrational number.
SOLUTION We find that (5 +
So, statement-1 is true.
a
5 x 3/5 15 is rational
=
But, their product
We observe that 5 and 3,5 are irrational numbers.
number. So, statement-2 is false.
n is a natural
5" cannot end with the digit 0, where
EXAMPLE 36 Dltement-1 (A): The number
number.
only two factors
1 and b.
Statement-2 (R): Prime factorisation of5 has |CBSE 20231
Ans. (a) prime factors in the prime
statement-2, we
find that only true
SOLUTION Statement-2 is true. Using
statement-1 is also
0. So,
with the digit
factorisation of 5 are 1 and 5, not 2. Hence, 5" cannot end (a) is
correct.
Hence, option
and statement-2 is a correct explanation for statement-1.
<br>

EXERCISE
PRACTICE (MCQs)
1.10 QUESTIONS
CHOICE
MULTIPLE
questions.
following [CBSE 20221
the 3750, is (d) 6
alternative in cnch of factorisationof HCF?
Markthe
correct
the prime
(c) 5 cannot be their 200
exponent of 5 in following (d)
(b) 4 the 400
1. The 1200. Which of (c) where
n
iis natural number,
a

(a) 3 numbers is zeros in n,

LCM of two 500 consecutive
2. The
(b)
number of (d) 7
(a) 600 then the
= 2
x3
x 5 x7,
(c) 4
factorisa tion of 196. is
3. If
(b) 3 factors in the prime (d) 6
(a) 2 exponernts of the
prime (c) 4
where x, are nris V

sum of the y°,

4. The
(b) 2
as a= x°y and b= integers a, b bv the
(a) 1 written positive
a and bare product of the
two positive integers obtained by dividing the
5. If result (d) *y?
numbers, then the (c) xy p, g beino
LCM (a, b) is (b) xy² = pg and b= p'a;
in the form a
(a) 1y expressible
ingeters a and b are (d) p'g?
two positive (a, b) is p'a?
6. If then LCM p'g ()
prime numbers, (b)
(a) pq
(d) p²?
(c) p'g?
6, HCF (a, is (b) p'g
b) p,
7. In Q. No. n = p'g, where
=
m pg° and
(a) p4 are expressible in the form
n
integers m and (d) p°g? EXEMPLAR]
two positive HCF (m, n)=
8. If then (c) p'g?
are prime numbers, pa?
(b)
[NCERT
(a) p9
(d) 38
and 152, is 1 (c) 19
9. The HCF of 95 (b)
(a) 57 =
= 13, then LCM (26, 169) (d) 13
10. If HCF (26,
169) (c) 338
(b) 52
(a) 26
of is non-repeating
11. The decimal expansion (b)non-terminating
(a) terminating (d) doesnot exist
(c)non-terminating multiplied so as to get a ratiolta
18 should be
number by which
12. The smallest irrational
number is (d) 2
(a) /18
(b) 2V2
(c) /2
13. V5+ V3 +2 is
(a) a natural number
(b) an in teger
(c) a rational number (d) an irrational number
x 3
is
The LCM of 2° x 3 and
2
14.
(d) 2 x32
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 2 x33
15. The HCF of two numbers is 18 and their product is 12960. Their LCM will be
(a) 420 (b) 600 (c) 720 (d) 800
16.
a
(a) rational number (b) an irrational number
<br>

NUMBERS 1.11
REAL
number (d) an odd number
a prime
(c)
number of factors
of a
prime number
17. The total (c) 2
1
(b) 0 (d) 3
(a)
[CBSE 2020]
LCM 12, 21, 15 respectively are
of
18. The HCF and the
(b) 12, 420 (c) 3, 420 (d) 420, 3
(a)3, 140
(CBSE 2020)
non-zero rational number and an irrational number is
of a
19. The product
rational (b) always irrational (c) rational or irra tional (d) none of
these
(a) always
a and b are written as a = x*y =
20. If two positive integers
and b xy'; x, y are prime numbers,
then HCF (a, b) is
(a) ay
(b) xy? (c) xy (d) x²y
[NCERT EXEMPLARJ
The least number that is divisible by all the numbers from to 10 (both inclusive)
1 is
1
(b) 100 (c) 504 (d) 2520
(a) 10
is
The largest number which divides 70 and 125, leaving remainders 5 and respectively.
22 8,

(a) 13 (b) 65 (c) 875 (d) 1750

= 3" b, c) = 2° x 3 × 5, then n=
23. If a = 2
x3, b = 2 x3 x 5, c x5 and LCM (a,
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4

24. 119
-11 isa
(a) prime number (b) composite number
(c) an odd prine number (d) an odd composite number

25. 3.27 is
(a) an integer (b) a rational number
(c) a
natural number (d) an irrational number
26. The LCM and HCF of two rational numbers
are equal, then the numbers must be
(c) composite (d) equal
(a) prime (b) co-prime
LCM is 900 more than their HCF,
27. Ifthe sum of LCM and HCF of two numbers is 1260 and their
then the product of two numbers is 205400
(c) 198400 (d)
(a) 203400 (b) 194400
least prime number is
28. The ratio of LCM and HCF of the least composite number and the
1:2 (c) 1:1 (d) 1:3
(a) (b) 2:1
[CBSE 2023)

decimal expansion 44.123 are

1me lactors of the denominator of a rational number with 3, 5
(c) 2, 5
(d)
(a) 2,3 (b) 2, 3, 5
30. If a 23
then a is
25 (d) integer
(a) rational (b) irrational (c) whole number
31 LCM (, 18)=36 and HCF (x, 18) = 2, then x is
(d) 5
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4
or Pausos
Tthe sum of two numbers is 1216 and their HCE is 81. then the possible number
number is
<br>

MATHEMATICS-X
1.12
(c) 7 (d) 5
of 3p - q is
(b) 3
(a) 2
number p andg (p > ) is 221 then the value
33. If the LCM of two prime (c) 38
48
(d)
(b) 28
(a) 4 +
where n is a natural number such hot
form 10n 1,
34. How
many prime numbers are of the
1sn< 10? (c) 4 (d) 3
(a) 5 (b) 6
a of
nunmbers a, a + 2 anda 4 is multiple
+

35. Any one of the (d) 7

(c) 5
(b) 3
(a) 2
HCF of a and 18 is 2, then a=
a 18 is 36 and the
36. If the LCM of and (c) 4 (d) 1
(b) 3
(a) 2
q are co-prime numbers, then
P
andq are
37. If p
and (c) even (d) odd
coprime (b) not coprime b, then the least
a and 7 is the least prime factor of number
(a)
3S. If3 is the least prime factor of number
of a +b, is (d) 10
prime factor 3
(c) 5
(a) 2 (b) a rational number is
number by which V27 should be multiplied so as to get
39. The smallest (c) 3 (d) 3
(a) /27 (b) 3/3
rang at 6 AM. When will they
at intervals of 4, 7 and 14 minutes. Allthe three
40. Three bells ring
ring together again? (c) 6:28 AM (d) 6:25 AM
AM (b) 6:14 AM
(a) 6:07
g2n –4" is always divisible by
41. If is a natural number, then
n

(c) both 5 and 13 (d) none of these

(a) 5 (b) 13 a + b. So, 9" –4
a
– form an - 2n which is divisible by both -b and
Hint: gn is of the
4

is divisible by both 9–4=5

and 9+4=13.]

42. If n
is any natural number, then
6" -5" always ends with (d) 7
(c) 5
(b) 3
(a) 1
and 5 respectively. Therefore, 6" -5" always ends
N,6" and 5" end with
6
Hint: For any ne
with
6-5 =1.] 6, is
when the square of any prime number greater than 3 is divided by
43. The remainder (d) 4
(c) 2
(a) 1 (b) 3 a natural number and
3 is of the form 6k 1, where kis
+
[Hint: Any prime number
greater than
+
1 = 6k (6k± 2) 1]
(6k + 1) =36k t 12k +
m, every even integer is of the form
44. For some integer (d) 2m + 1
m+ 1(b) (c) 2rm (NCERTEXEMPLAR)
(a) m

45. For some integer 4,

every odd integer is of the form
(d) 2q + 1
q (a) (b) q + 1 (c) 24 [NCERTEXEMPLAR]

46. All decimal numbers are (d) integers

(a) rational numbers (b) irrational numbers (c) real numbers
n, then a is
47. If (a x5) ends with the digit zero for every natural number

(a) any natural number (b) an even number

(C) an
odd number (d) none of these
number and an irrational number is
<br>

REAL NUMBERS
1.13
(a) always irrational
(b) always rational
(c) rational or irrational (d) one
[NCERT EXEMPLARI
ao Eor any natural numbers, 25"-9 is always divisible by
(b) 34 (c) both 16 and 34
(a) 16 + 1 (d) none of these
I3int a2n -}" is divisible by both (a b) and (a -b)
50. HCF of two positive integers
is always
LCM (b) a factor of their LCM
(a) a multiple of their
(c) divisible by their LCM (d) none of these

CASE STUDY BASED MCQs

.
Aiav wants to host a party on his b0 birthday in a large banquet hall having a certain
number
bairs. He wants that guests should sit in different groups like in pairs, triplets,
quadruplets.
Cssoe and sixes etc. When the banquet
hall manager arranges chairs in such pattern like in
gS qr S 45' and 6' then 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 chairs are left respectively. But, when he
arranges in groups of 11 no chair is left.
(i) How many chairs are in the banquet hall?
(a) 407 (b) 209 (c) 539 (d) 149
(ii) If three chairs are removed, then the remaining chairs can be arranged in groups of
(a) 2S (b) 3s (c) 415 (d) 5S
(ii) Ifone chair is added, then the total number of chairs can be arranged in groups of
(a) 2S (b) 3'5 (c) 45 (d) 115
(iv) If one chair is added to the total number of chairs, how many chairs will be left when
arranged in groups of 11'
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
(v) How many chairs will be left in original arrangement if some number of chairs is arranged
ngroups of 9S
(a) 8 (b) 1 (c) 6 (d) 3
52. Mira is very health conscious and avoids fast food, cakes, icreams
etc. On her birthday she
are to be
decided to serve fruits to her friend guests. She had 60 bananas and 36 apples which
distributed equally among all.
(i) HoW many maximum guests Mira can invite?
(c) 12 180
(d)
(a) 6 (b) 96
(ii) How many apples will each guests get?
(c) 4 (d) 5
(a) 3 (b) 6
(iii) How many bananas will each guest get?
(c) 4 (d) 5
(a) 3 (b) 6 can invite:
(iv) IfMiraalso decides to distribute
42 mangoes, how many maximum guests she
(c) 8 (d) 180
(a) 12 (b) 6
(v) How many total fruits will each guest get? (d) 18
(a) 23 (b) 25 (c) 17
gets
to play a game of climbing 100 stairs. Jai climbs 5 stairs and
Oa Jameel and Jony decided a turn, Jony
in one turn, Jameel goes un by 7 stairs and comes down by 2 stairs in
down stairs
2
one of them stops when less number
or
each time, Each
Boes U Stairs up and 3 stairs down
stairs are left than the number of stairs for his forward movement.
<br>

MATIIEMNTICSX
1.14

(i) Who climbs the maxinmum number iof stairs?, bt (d 5)DHH

(b) Jameel
(c) Jony (d) Jai and Jameel
(a) Jai
meet. in between on the same stair?o
(ii) How many times can they
(c) 5 (d) Never
(a) 3 (b) 4
Who takes the least number of attempts to reach
near the 100" stair?
(iii)
(a) Jai (b) Jameel
(c) Jony
(d) Alltake equal number of steps
(iv) Who meets for the first time on stair?
a

(a) Jai and Jameel after 15 turns (b) Jameel and Jony after 35 turns
(c) Jai and Jony after 21 turns (d) Jai and Jameel after 21 turns
(v) Who mect for the second time on a stair?
(a) Jai and Jameel after 21 turns (b) Jameel and Jony after 35 turns
(c) Jai and Jony after 21 turns (d) Jaiand Jony after 35 turns
54. Observe the factor tree below and answer the questions:
(i) The value of x is
(a) 8325 (b) 3825
(c) 835 (d) 3325 3 1275

(ii) The value of y is

3 425
(a) 5 (b) 25
(c) 17 (d) 3 85

(iii) The value of z is

5
(a) 3 (b) 17 (c) 5 (d) 13
Fig. 1.4
(iv) The value of x + y + zis
(a) 3842 (b) 3847 (c) 3825 (d) 3874

ASSERTION-REASON BASED MCQs

Each of the following questions contains STATEMENT-1 (Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (R) and
has following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of which is the correct answer. Mark the
correct choice.
(a) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(b) Statement-1 is true, Statemernt-2 is true; Statement-2 is not a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(c) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
(d) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
55. Statement-1 (A): HCFand LCM of two natural numbers are 25 and 815 respectively.
Statement-2 (R): LCM of two natural numbers is always divisible by their HCF.
56. Statement-1 (A): HCF (234, 47) = 1.
Statement-2 (R): HCF of two co-primes is always 1.
57. Statement-1 (A): V11 is an irrational number.
Statement-2 (R): Ifp is a prime number, then Jp is an irrational
number.
58. Statement-1 (A): HCF of two consecutive natural numbers
Statement-2 (R): is 1.
HCF of two co-primes is 1
59, Statement-1 (A): Foranypositive integer n, n°
Statenent-2 (R):
-n is divisible by 6.
Product of three consecutive
natural numbers is always a muiup
of 6.
<br>

REAL NUMBERS
1.15
KO
Statenent-1 (A): IfHCF (0, b) =4 and a0 =y6 x404,then LCM (a, b) = 969%..t
Statentent-2 (R): LCM of two numbers a and b= HCF(4, b) x ab.
61. Stateent-1 (A): 997 is the' largest three digit primd'iúmber!
Gtatement-2 (R): A positive integer n 18 a prime number, if no positive integer less than or
equal to Vn divides n.
62. Statement-1 (A): J2+ 3 is an irrational number.
Statement-2 (R)}: Ifp and q are prime positive integers, then +
p /
is an irrational number.
63. Statement-1 (A): In the following figure, the perimeter of AABC is a rational number.

2 cm

B
3 cm
Fig. 1.5
Statement-2 (R): The sum of the squares of two rational numbers is always rational.
[CBSE 2023]
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (c)
10. (c) 11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (c)
19. (b) 20. (b) 21. (d) 22. (a) 23. (b) 24. (b) 25. (b) 26. (d) 27. (b)
28. (b) 29. (c) 30. (b) 31. (c) 32. (c) 33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (b) 36. (c)
37. (a) 38. (a) 39. (c) 40. (c) 41. (c) 42. (a) 43. (a) 44. (c) 45. (d)
46. (©) 47. (b) 48. (a) 49. (c) 50. (b)
51. i) (c) (ii) (a) (iii) (a) (iv) (a) (v) (a)
52. 6) (C) (ii) (a) (iii) (d) (v) (a)
(iv) (b)
53. i) (c) (ii) (d) (iii) (c) (v) (b)
(iv) (a)
54. (i) (b) (i) (a) (iii) (b) (iv) (b)
55. (d) 56, (a) 57. (a) 59. (a) 61. (a) 62. (a) 63. (d)
58. (a) 60. (c)
<br>

CHAPTER2

POLYNOMIALS

REVISION OF KEY CONCEPTS AND FORMULAE

Lot r be a variable, n
be a positive integer and Mo aya2ay be constants (real numbers)
a,x + a0, is called a polynomial in variablex.
=
Then, f(r) 4, r"+an-1 t..t
2. The exponent of the highest degree term in a polynomial is known as its degree.
A polynomial of degree 0 is called a constant polynomial.
A polynomial of degree 1, 2 or 3is called a linear polynomial, a quadratic polynomial or a cubic
polynomial respectively.
Following are the forms of various degree polynomials.
Degree Name of the polynomial Form of the polynomial
Constant polynomial f(x) = a, ais a constant
1
Linear polynomial f(x) = ax +b,a # 0
2 Quadraticpolynomial f(x) = ax + bx + C, a + 0

3 Cubic polynomial f(x) = ax + bx' + CX + d, a 0

4 Biquadratic polynomial f(x) = ax* + bx + cx* + dx+e, a + 0

3. Iff) isa polynomial and a is any real number, then the real number obtained by replacing x by
a in f(x) is known as the value of fr) at x = aand is dernoted by f(a).
4. A real number a is a zero of a polynomial f(r), if f(a) = 0.
5. A polynomial of degree n can have at most n real zeros.
6. Geometrically the zeros of a polynomial fx) are the x-coordinates of the points where the
graph y=f(*) intersects x-axis.

7. Ifa and ß are the zeros of a quadratic polynomial f(x) = ax + bx + c, then

b Coefficient of x Constant term

a Coefficient of. Coefficient of x
8. lf a, B, y are the zeros of a cubic polynomial f(x) = ar + bx² + cx + d, then

+B +y==
b Coefficient of x
Coefficient of x*
+ ya = Coefficient of x d Constant term
aß +By =
Coefficient ofy3By Coefficient of
9. lfa, B, Y, 8 are the zeros ofabiquadratic polvnomial f(x) =
ax* + bx° + cx*
taxte, ue
a +ß+y +8= b Coefficient of x
Coefficient of x

2.1
<br>

MATHEMATICS-X
2.2

Coefficient of x?
(a +P)(y
+
8) + aß+ y m
Cocfficient of
x

=
Cocfficient of x Constant terms
(a +
P) y+ aß (y
+
8) Coefficient of x aß y8 Coefficient of
x

two polynomials qx)

IfAr) is a polynomial and g() is non-zero polynomial, then there exist
a
10.
x q(x) + r(a), where r(r) = 0 or degree r(x) < degree g(x). This
and r1) such that f()g(r)
is known as the division algorithnm.
11. A quadratic polynomial whose zeros are reciprocal of the
zeros of a given quadratic
term.
polynomial can be obtain by interchanging the coefficient of x* and constant
A quadratic polynomial whose zeros are negative of the zeros of given quadraticpolynomial
a
12.
can be obtained by changing the sign of coefficient of first degree term.

SOLVED EXAMPLES

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCQs)

EXAMPLE 1 Which of the following is a polynomial?

(a) 21+5 (b) -3x +/2x
+ 4

1
5
(c) V2x+ V3x² +
V5x-3 (d) +2x²-3x +

Ans. (c)
SOLUTION An expression of the form + a,x* + a,r* +...+ a,-1X + a,, ag + 0 is a
polynomial of degree n (a natural number).
Clearly, in expression given in option (a) has a term containing -l, So, it is not a polynomial.
Expression in option (b) has a term containing
,
x,
soit is not a polynomial. The expression in option
(a) has a term containing so it is not a polynomial. Expression in option (c) satisfies the definition
of a polynomial.
EXAMPLE 2 If one zero of the quadratic polynomial is 2, then the value of
kx+3x +k k is

5 6
(a) (b) (d)
6 6
Ans. (d)
SOLUTION It is given that 2 is a zero of f(x) = kx +3x + k. Therefore,

f(2) =0kx2 +3 x 2 +k=0 5k +6=0 k=

EXAMPLE 3 The graph of a
polynomial f(x) is shown in Fig. 2.1. The number of zeroes of fx) is

y =fx)

Fig. 2.1
<br>

POLYNOMIALS
2.3
(a) 3 (b) 2 (d) 4
Ans. (a)
|CBSE 2022)
ssvON We observe that the curve Y) CrosseS X-axls at three distinct points So tha
zeros.
polynomialr) has three
EXAMPLE 4 In li 2.1, the product of
zerocs of fx)
(a) is altvays positie (b) is ahuays negative (c) is aways zero (d) cannot be determined
Ans. (a)
smuTON We find that the curve y= J(*) cuts X-axis at points P, O and R such that the
oOninates ofPand Q are negative and that of K 19 positive, This means that two roots of f{) are
negative and the third is positive. Consequentiy thcir product is always positive,
EXAMPLE 5 The maximum number zerocs a cubic polynomial can have, is
of

(a) 1 (b) 4 (c) 2

(d) 3
Ans. (d)
sOuITION The graph of a cubical polynomialcrosses/cuts x-axis at most
at three points. So, cubic
polynomial can have at most three zeroes.
EXAMPLE 6 The number of polynomials having -2 and 5 as zeroes is
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) infinitely many
Ans. (d)
(CBSE 2023]
sOLUTION Quadratic polynomial having -2 and 5 as its zeroes are given by
=
f(x) kr-x(-2 + 5) +(-2) x 5 or f(x) = k (r*-3x- 10), where k is any non-zero
real number.
So, there are infinitely many polynomials.

EXAMPLE 7 the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 3x? + -

f the product
of
5x+k is
3' then the value of
kis
(a) -3 (b) -2 (c) 2 (d) 3
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION Let a,B be zeroes of 3x +5x + k. Then, product of its zeroes is

But, Product of zeroes = 2

--k=2 3
EXAMPLE 8 one zero of the polynomial 6x +37x - (k-2) is reciprocal of the other, then what is the
value of k?
(a) -4 (b) -6 (c) 6 (d) 4
Ans. (a) [CBSE 2023]
SOLUTION Let a, be the zeroes
B
of polynomial 6x +37x- (k-2) such that
B= aß =1
CL ^1k-2
6
=
-6 k=-4
EXAMPLE 9. The zeroes of the polynomial
p(x) =x+ 4x +3 are given by
(a) 1,3
(b) -1,3 (c) 1,-3 (d) - 1,-3
Ans, (d) [CBSE 2023|
SOLUTION We have,
p(x)= x+4x+3 =(*+1)(* +3)
So, the zeroes of p (x) are
given by
P() =0 (*+1)(r+3) =0 +l=0 or, x
+3 =0X=-l,
<br>

2.4
MATHEMATICS-X

EXAMPLE 10 If a and B are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial p (x) = x - aX - b, then the valùe ot

a²+' is (d) b² + 2a
(a) a?-2b (b) a+ 2b (c) b2 -2a
CBSE 2023|
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION Given that a and B are the zeroes of the polynomials p(x) x- ax-b.
-
a+ß
a
and aß
-
Hence, a' +B² = (a + B)
2aß a+2b.
EXAMPLE 11 If a and ß are the zeros of the polynomial f(*)= px“ - 2x + 3p and a +B=aß, then the

value of p is
2
1
(a) -
(a) (b) 3
(c) a
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION Clearly, a+ß= and aß =
3. It is given that
p
2
a +ß=aß$=3p=
p

EXAMPLE 12 If (a- 2) x
+3x–5 is a quadratic polynomial, then
(a) a can take any real value (b) a can take any non-zero value
(c) a 2 (d) a =2
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION If (a-2)* +3*–5 is a quadratic polynomial, then a-2 +0 i.e. a+ 2.
EXAMPLE 13 The quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are reciprocal of the zeroes of quadratic polynomial
ax + bx+ C, a
# 0, c
0, are given by
bx + a) (d) k (cr' + bx -a)
(a) k (cx+ ax+ b) (b) k (cx + bx + a) (c) k (cx'-
where k is a non-zero real number.
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION Let a, B
be the zeroes of quadratic polynomial ax+ bx +c. Then,

a+ß=--and aß =–
1 1

Quadratic polynomials having and as zeroes are given by

ap Where à..#0

+ bx + a) = k (cx* + bx + a),

where k =c + 0
REMARK To find a quadratic polynomial having zeroes as the reciprocal of zeros of agiven quadratic simply
interchange the coefficient of x' and constant term.
EXAMPLE 14 If zeroes of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = (k² + 4) x? +7x+ 4k are reciprocal of each other,
then the value (s) of k is (are)
(a) 1 (b) -1 (c) 2 (d) -2
<br>

POLYNOMIALS 2.5

Ans. (C)t)
1
SOLUTION Let aand be zeroes of (x). Then,

1 4k
k4 4 = 4k => (k - 2) = 0
>k=2
R²+4
1
are
EXAMPLE 15 The zeroes of the polynonnial x*+-*-2
3 4 4 3 4 3
(b) (c)
(a) -3, 4 2'3 2

Ans. (b)
SOLUTION Let f(r)
=
+-2. Then,
6

fw-(orx-12)-(6r.+9x - 8x - 12)={3x(2x +3)- 4(2x+3)} =(2x 1

+ 3)
(3x - 4)

Zeroes of f(r) are given by

(3x – 4) =0
1
3 4
f(r)=0÷(2x+3)
6
2x +3 =0 or 3x-4 =0» x=
2'3
EXAMPLE 16 If f(x)
=
ax+ bx +c has n0 real zeroes and a+b+c<0, then
(a) c=0 (b) c> 0 (c) c<0 (d) c can be positive or negative
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION If f(«) = ax has no ral zero, then its graph does not cross x-axis. Therefore,
+ bx
tc
either the complete curve is above x-axis or it lies below X-axis. This means that either f(x) > 0 or
f() <0 for all values of x. It is given that f(1) = a+b+c<0. Therefore,
f(x) <0 for all values x f0) <0 c<0 of

EXAMPLE17 Figure 2.2 shows the graph of the polynomial f(x) = ax + bx + c. Which of the following
options is correct.
(a) a< 0, b < 0 and c > 0 (b) a<0, b < 0 and c <0
(d) a <0,b> 0 and < 0
c
(c) a<0, b > 0 and c >0
f(r)=ax'+bx+c, ^Y
|2a 4a

X
X
f()=ax?+bx+c
Vy'
Fig. 2.2 Fig. 2.3
Ans. (a)
SOLUTION In Fig. 2.2, we observe the following points:
0) The parabola is opening downward. Therefore, 0.
a<
(0) he vertex of the parabola is in second quadrant. Therefore, its xt-coordinate is negative
b

ie. <0
b [: a<0]
>0 >b<0
2a
The curve y= f(*) cuts positive y-axis. Therefore,
y
ax* + bx +c, we get =c]
in y
=
when x=0, y>0 c>0 [Putting r=0
<br>

MATHEMATICS-X
2.6

ax + c. Which of
EXAMPLE 18 Figure 2.3, shows tlhe graph of the polynomial f(«)
= +
bx the following
options is correct?
(a) a < 0, b > 0 and c > 0 (b) a > 0,b
< 0
and c > 0
(c) a<0, b < 0
andc < 0 (d) a > 0, b > 0 and c > 0

Ans. (b)
SOLUTION Procced as in Example 14.
EXAMPLE 19 f zeros of
the polynomial f(x) =
x-3px" + qx -r are in A.P., then
= pq (c) p = pq -r (d) none of these
(a) 2" = pq
-r (b) 2)° +r
Ans. (a)
SOLUTION Let a
-
d, a, a =
+d be the zeroes of f(x) x-3px+ qx- r. Then,
=
(a-d) a +(a + d) = 3p 3a 3p
+ =p a
But, a is a zero of (x). Therefore,
f(a) =0 a-3pa
+ qa
-r =0p°- 3p° + pq
-r=0 2p°
=
pg-r
EXAMPLE 20 If the product of two zeros of the polynomial f(x) =
2r° +6x - 4x +9 is 3, then its thid

zero is
9 9
3
(a) (b) (c) (d) 2
2 2
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION Let a, B.y be three zeroes of f(x) = 2x° + 6x?- 4x +9 such that aß = 3. But it is given
that
9 9 = 3
Product of zeroes =
-aßy =-3y
2 2 2
3
Hence, the third zero is
zeros the polynomial f(x) = x°+ are and -V5, then its third zero
EXAMPLE 21 f two of

x-5x–5 5
(a) 1 (b) -1 (c) 2 (d) -2
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION Let the third zero of f(x) be a. Then,
Coeff. of x2 1
Sun of the zeroes =
[Link] x3-»V5+(-V5)
+a =-a=-1
1

EXAMPLE22 If a,P. are the zeroes of the polynomial f(x) = ar³ + bx? + cx + d, then a' + +y=
h2-ac b-2ac b² + 2ac b²- 2ac
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Ans. (d)
sOLUTION It is given that a, B.Y are the zeroes of f(x) = ax + bx? +
cx+d. Therefore,
a+ß+y= - b
and aß + By + ya = C

a'+p² +y = (a+p+r' -2(aß +py + ya) a' +B° +y' =| - - 2c =

b²- 2ac
a
1
1 1
EXAMPLE 23 If a, ß, y are the zeroes of the polynomial
f(x) =x- px + qx -r, then 8By+ ya
iS equal to
P
(a) (b) (c) -2 (d)
p
<br>

OLYNOMIALS
2.7
Ans. (b)
soLUTION It is tiven that a,p,y are zeroes of f(r) = - pr? + qX- r.
aß +By yo= and aßy =r
+

a+ß+ Y= ),
1

Hence,
1

-u+ß+Y
aßy
EYAMPLE24 IF two zeroes of he cubic polynomial () = 0x°
J + bx + cx + d are each equal to zero, then
thind zero is
b
(a) (b) (c) (d)
a
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION Let a, ß =0, y =0 be three zeroes of f(). Then,

a+0 +0 -U
=
=
Sum of the zeroes

Hence, third zero is -. b

EXAMPLE 25 If one of the zeroes of the cubic polynomial x* + ax* + bx + c is -1, then the product of other
fwo zeroes is
(a) b- a+1 (b) b-a-1 (c) a-b+1 (d)
Ans. (a)
a-b-1
SOLUTION Let a, B, -1 be three zeroes of f(r) =x+ax² + bx + c.
Then,
Product of zeroes aß -1=-c
x
aß =c ..(1)
It is given that -1 is a zero of f(r). Therefore,
f-1)=0-1+a-b+c=0c=b-a+1 aß = b-a+1 [Using (i)]
EXAMPLE 26 Given that one of
thezeroes of
the cubic polynomial ax +
bx + cx+d is zero, the product of
other two zeroes is
C b
(a) (b) (c) 0 (d)
a
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION Let a,B, 0 be three zeroes of f(x) = ar + bx? +cx + d. Then,
of x
aß +By + ya =(-1) Coeff.
C C
=
aß + Bx0+0xa aß
[Link] x³

EXAMPLE27 Ifthe polynomial f(x) = ax + bx -c is divisible by the polynomial g(x) =x²+bx +c and
c+0, then ab = 1
(a) 1 (b) (c) (d)
C 1
Ans. (a)
sOLUTION Using long division method, we obtain

-
*+ bx +c) ax ++ Ox? + bx
-c(ax ab

ar abx + acx

abx + x (b- ac) -c

-
abx²-ab'x - abc
+ +
x
(b- ac + ab') + (abc - c)
<br>

2.8 MATHEMATICS-X

If f() is divisible by g(r), then remainder is zero.

+
ab') (abc -c) =0 for all x
x +
(b-ac
and abc - c= ac + ab = 1

b- ac + ab 0 (0
b- 0 and ab

EXAMPLE 28 In cxample 24, the value of c is

(a) b (b) 2b (c) 26 (d) -2b
Ans. (c)
sOLUTION From example 24, we obtain

b-ac + ab² =0 and ab = 1

252
b-ac + (ab) b = 0
and ab =1 b-ac b=0 =
+
c=c= ab
= 26 [: ab = 1]
a
EXAMPLE 29 If a, B are the zeros of
the polynomia! f(x) = x-p(+1) -c such that (a +1)(B + 1) = 0,
then c=
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) -1 (d) 2
Ans. (a)
SOLUTION It is given that a, ß are the zeroes of f(x) = x- px - (p +c).
a
+ß=p and aß =-(p+c)
Now, (a+1)(8+1) = 0aß +
(a +B) +1=0-p-c+p+1 =
0c=1
EXAMPLE 30 If a, B.Y are the zeros of the polynomial f(x) = ax - 5x + 9 such that a +8+y³ =27,.
then the value of a is
(a) -3 (b) 3 (c) 1 (d) -1
Ans.(d)
sOLUTION It is given that a, B.Y are zeros of f(x)= ax-5x +9. Therefore,
Coeff.x2 = 9
a+B+Y= Coeff. r3 -0 and, aßy

Now, a+ß+y=0 a+B° +'=3aßy 27

=3x-a=-1
EXAMPLE31 The zeros
f(x) = x+99x + 127 are
of
the quadratic polynomial
(a) both positive (b) both negative
(c) one positive and one negative
(d) both equal
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION Let a, ß
be the zeros of the quadratic polynomnial
f(x)= x²+99x +
127. Then,
a+B=-99 and aß = 127
Thus, the sum of the zeros is negative and product is
positive. Therefore, a and both are negative.
CASE STUDY BASED EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE 32 In Fig, 2.4 various structures are
parabolic in shape. A parabola is a curve
quadratic polynomial p(x) = ax + bx + c. represented vy
<br>

POLYNOMIALS 2.9

Fig. 2.4
(i) In the standard form of quadratic polynomial ax + bx +c
(a) a, b and c all are rational numbers (b) a, b and c all are integers
(c) a, b, and all are real numbers
c

(d) a is a non-zero real number and b and c are real numbers

(ii) Ifthe roots of the quadratic polynomial ax“ + bx + c are equal, then its discriminant
D= b - 4 ac
satisfies
(a) D> 0 (b) D <0 (c) D0 (d) D 0
1
(iii) If a and are zeroes of the quadratic polynomial + 8k, then the value of k is
2x-x
1 1
(a) 4 (b) (c) (d) 2
4 4
(iv) The graph the polynomial p(x) =
of
+1
(a) intersects x-axis at two distinct points (b) touches x-axis at a point
(c) neither touches nor intersects x-axis
(d) never intersects y-axis
1
(v) If the sum and product of the roots of a quadratic polynomial are
-a and C
then the quadratic
polynomial is

(a) a x? + ax - (b) a
x- ar
(c) a x 1
+
t ax (a) a *
where a is a non-zero real number
SOLUTION (1) Ans. (d): The general form of a quadratic polynomial is ax + bx + C,
where a, b,
and care real numbers such that a
# 0.
a
(1) Ans. (d): If the roots of quadratic equation are equal, then its discriminant D is equal to zero.
1
a
(ii) Ans.(b): If and are zeros of the quadratic polynomial 2xr -x+ 8k, then
1 8k 1
Product of zeroes = 8k 4k k=.
2
X

2
l= 4
(iv) Ans. (c): The +
D of the polynomial =
discriminant p(r) 0x+1 is given by
no
DEO-4=-4<0, So, it has real zeroes. Consequently, its graph neither touches nor
intersects x-axis.
() Ans. (a): The polynomial in terms of the sum and product of its roots is given by

p(a)
=a-x(Sum of the roots) + Product of roots plr) = a
x' + ar
<br>

MATHEMATICS.X
2.10

EXAMPLE 33 An asana is à body posture, originally and

still à general term for a sitling meditation
pose or position, adding reclini
yoga and modern yoga as exercise, to any type
of

and later extended in hatha one can observe that poses can h
standing, inverted twisting and balancing poses. In the following figure,
related to representation of a quadratic polynomial.

Adho
Múkha
Svana

Fig. 2.5

(i) The shape of the poses shown is

(a) Spiral (b) Ellipse (c) Linear (d) Parabola

(ii) The graph of the parabola representing polynomial p (x)

= ax + bx + c opens downward, if

(a) a > 0 (b) a = 0 (c) a <0 (d) a >0

(ii) The number of zeroes of the polynomial representing the graph in Fig. 2.6, is
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) 2
(iv) The zeroes of the polynomial representing the graph in Fig. 2.6, is
(a) -2,3 (b) 2, -3 (c) -2, 6 (d) 2,3

x' -4 -3 -2-1 1
2 3 4

Fig. 2.6

(v) The polynomial representing the graph in Fig. 2.6 is given by

(a) xX-6 (b) x*+x -6 (c) xx+6 (d) x+x+6

SOLUTION (1) Ans. (d): It is evident from the given
Figures that various poses are parabolic in
shape. So, option (d) is correct.
(ii) Ans. (c): The curve represented by p(x) = ax + bx +c is a parabola opening
upward of
downward according as a>0 or a <0. Hence, option (c) is correct.
(ii)) Ans. (d): The graph shown in Fig. 2.6 cuts x-axis at two points. So,
the polynomial representhis
it has two zeros. Hence, option (d) is correct.
(iv) Ans. (a): The graph shown in Fig. 2.6 cuts x-axis at (- 2, 0)
and (3, 0), So, the zeros of the
polynomial are-2 and 3.
(v) Ans. (a): A
polynomial having-2 and 3 as its zeros is (r+ 2) (r - 3) or, x*--6.
<br>

POLYNOMIALS
2.11
EXAMPLE 34 Busketball und Soccer ave
played with a spherical ball. Even through an
boll in botlh sports, a basketlballplayer uses Ihis athlete dribbles the
hands, a sOCCer player uses his feet. Usually, a soccer
outdoors on a large field, Ihe basketball is is played
played imdoor on a court nnade out of wood.
troccd) of soccer ball and basketball are in The project ile (path
lhe form of parabola representing a quadratic polynomial.

Fig. 2.7
(i) The shape of the path traced shown in Fig. 2.7, is
(a) Spiral (b) Ellipse (c) Linear (d) Parabola
(ii) f p (r) = ax“ + bx +c is the parabola
representing the graphs shown in Fig. 2.7, then
(a) a= 0 (b) a<0 (c) a0 (d) a 0

(iii) The polynomial representing the graph shown in Fig. 2.8 has
(a) n0 zero (b) one zero (C) tVO zeroes (d) three zeroes

2
x
4 -3 -2 1 2 3 4

Fig. 2.8
(iv) The three zeroes of the polynomial representing the ab0ve graph in Fig. 2.8 are
(a) 2, 3, -1 (b) -2,3, 1 (c) -3, -1,2 (d) -2, -3, - 1
(V) The graph shown in Fig. 2.8 is represented by the
polynomial
(a)
x+ 2x-5x -6 (b) x +
2x -5x + 6 (c) 2x + 5xx+ (d) -6 x+ 2x
5x +6 +
SOLUTION (i) Ans. (d): The path is parabolic in shape, so the shape of the path traced is a
parabola.
() Ans. (b): The parabolic paths shown in Fig. 2.7 open downward. Therefore, a < 0.
Ans. crosses at (-3, 0), (- 1, 0) and (2, o). So, the
(i) (d); The graph of the polynomial x-axis
polynomial has three zeroes.
(iv) Ans. (c): As the graph of the polynomial cuts x-axis at (- 3, 0), (- 1, 0) and (2, 0). So, the three
zeros of the polynomial are -3, - 1 and 2.
() Ans. (a): Since -3,- 1 and 2 are zeros of the polynomial. Therefore, the polynomial is (x + 3)
or, x + - 5x
(*+1(-2) 2x -6.
<br>

MATHEMATICS-X
2.12

EXAMPLE 35 Figure 2.9, slhows the path of a diver, when she takes a jump from the diving board. Clearlu
is a parabola. Annie was standing on a diving board, 48 feet above the water level. She tooka dive into the not
Her height (in feet) above the water level at any time ''in seconds is given by the polynomial h(t) such thot
h(t) = 16/" + 8t + k.

Fig. 2.9
(i) What is the value of k?
(a) 0 (b) -48 (c) 48 (d) 48/-16
(ii) At what time will she touch the water in the pool?
(a) 30 seconds (b) 2 seconds (c) 1.5 seconds (d) 0.5 seconds
(iüi) Rita's height (in feet) above the water level is given by another polynomial p(t)
with zeroes -1 and 2. Then, p(t) is given by
(a) ² +t-2 (b) +
2t -1 (c) 24- 24t + 48 (d) -24 + 24t + 48
(iv) A polynomial q(t) with sum of zeroes as 1 and the product as -6 is modelling Anu's height in feet above
the water at any time t (in seconds). Then q(t) is given by
(a) +t+t (b) +t-6 (c) -8t + 8t + 48 (d) 8- 8t + 48
(v) The zeroes of thepolynomial r(t) = -12: + (k-3) t + 48 are negative of each other. Then k is
(a) 3 (b) 0 (c) -1.5 (d) -3
sOLUTION G) Ans. (c): Annie's height at
h any time t is given by h() = -16² + 8t + k.
Initially ie, at t=0, it is given that Annie is standing on a diving board, 48 feet above the water level.
Therefore, h = 48 at t = 0. Putting t = 0, h = 48 in h(t) =-161² +8t +k, we obtain 48 = k.
(ii) Ans. (b): When Annie touches the water her height from the water level is 0 i.e. h= 0. Putting

h=0 in h(t) = -16 + 8t + k, we obtain

-16!" + 8 +k -16: + 8f + 48 = 0
=0 2² - 6 = 0 ((-2)(2: + 3) t=2
-t
(iii) Ans. (d): polynomial having t =-l and t =2 as its zeros given by p(t) = k(t + 1)(--2)...(i)
A

is
When t =0, it is gievn that p(0) = 48. Putting t=0,p(0) = 48 in (i), we obtain:
48 = (0 +1)(0 - 2)=k=-24
k

Putting k=-24 in (i), we obtain: p() = -24(1+ 1)( -2) or, p(t) =-24² + 24t + 48.
(iv) Ans. (c): A polynomial q () with sum of zeroes as 1 and the produced as - 6 is given by
= ...(ü)
qt) k(--6)
<br>

POLYNOMIALS 2.13

Att=0, it is given that q(0) = 48. Putting t =0,q(0) = 48 in (ii), we obtain: 48 =k(-6) k=-8
Putting k=-8 in (ii), we obtain: g(t) = -8 + 8t + 48
(v) Ans. (a): It is given that the zeroes of r(t) =-12 +
(k-3)t + 48 are negative of each other.
Sum of the zeroes = 0 k-3
=0 k=3.
12
EXAMPLE 36 Polynomials are everywhere. They play a key role in
the study of algebra, in analysis and on
the tohole many mathematical problems involving them. Since polynomials are
used to describe curves of
various types, engincers uSe polynomials to graph the curves of roller coasters.

Fig.2.10 Fig. 2.11

Based on the given information answer the following questions:
(i) If the Roller Coaster is represented by the graph y = p(x), shown in Fig. 2.11, then the type
of the
polynomial it traces, is
(a) linear (b) quadratic (c) cubic (d) biquadratic
are y = p(x) shown in Fig. 2.12. Which Roller
() The Roller Coasters represented by the following graphs
Coaster graph has more than three distinct zeroes?

(a)

y' y'

Fig. 2.12

(iii) If the Roller Coaster is represented by the cubic polynomial t(x) = px" + qx* + rx + S, then which of the

following is always true

(a) s # 0 (b) r # 0 (c) q 0
(d) p * 0
(iv) If the path traced by the Roller Coaster is represented by the graph y= p(x), shown in Fig. 2.13, then the
number of zeroes is
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3

6
y

2
4 -2 -1 1
4
+

4 -2

-4|

y'

Fig. 2.13 Fig. 2.14

<br>

MATHEMATICS-X
2.14

= shown in Fig. 2.14, thes

(v) If the patlh traced by the Roller Coaster is represented by he graplh y p(x),
its zeroes are: (d) 3, 1, 2
(a) -3, -6, -1 (b) 2, -6, -1 (c) -3, -1, 2 cuts
y = p(x) representing the Roller Coaster
polynomial
SOLUTION (i) Ans. (c): The graph of the zeroes and hence p(r) is a cubic polynomial.
three distinct
X-aXis at three points. So, P(r) has curve given in option (d) cuts X-axis
at
polynomial represented by the
(ii1) Ans. (d): The graph of the four distinct
zeroes.
Hence,graph given in option (d) has qx + rx+s.
four distinct points.
represented by the cubic polynomial t(x)= pr"+
(iii) Ans. (d): If the Roller
Coaster is
2.
then p distinct viz. -2, 0 and
0.

y = p(r) shown in Fig. 2.13 has three

(iv) Ans. (d): The graph crosses r-axis at (-3, 0),(-1, 0) and (2,
0).
=
y p(r) shown in Fig. 2.14,
(v) Ans. (c): The graph
zeroes.
So, -3, -l and 2 are three
water travelling at 20 cm per second.
Its
a dolphin jumps out of the
EXAMPLE 37 In a pool at an aquarium, -
t seconds is given by h=20t 16/.
height above water level after

Fig. 2.15

Based on the above, answer the following questions.

(i) Find zeroes of polynomial p (t) = 20t - 16".
(ii) Which of the follouwing type of graplh represents p() ?

height
Y, height
(a) (b)
5/4 time 5/4-+ time

y' y

height
YT height

(c) s4/ X
5/4
time time

y'
Fig. 2.16
<br>

(iii) 2
dolplhin covered before hitting the water
level again!
(iv) How much distance has the [CBSE 2023]

SOLUTION (1) We have,

p() = 20 - 16/2Iu-ia-)--160 -o-)

The zeroes of p() are given by
5
p)=0 -16(t -o1-2=0 » (-0[1-2}-0 =1-0, 4

5
Hence, the zeroes of p(t) are 0 and 4

t is negative integer - 16. So, graph of h=P() 15 a

(ii) In p(t), we find that the coefficient of
5
parabola opening downward which
crosses time axis at t=0 and t=.So, the graph in option (a) is
4
the graph of P().
3 9
(fi) The value of h at t = is given by h=pl= 20
x-16 x=-6.
4
a cm from water level.
This means that the dolphin will be inside the water at depth of 6
5
(iv) The dolphin hits the water level again at t= seconds. The distance travelled by the dolphin
4
before hitting the water level again is twice the ordinate of the vertex of the parabola h =20f
- 162
5 = 5
The abscissae of the vertex is t= and the ordinate at t is given by
8 8

-5 -i6x 25
h= 20x Cm
8 4

25 cm
Hence, distance covered by the dolphin = 2x =12.5 cm.
4

ASSERTION -REASON BASED MCQs

Each of the following examples contains STATEMENT-1(Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason)
and has following four choices (a), b). (c) and (d), only one of which is the correct answer. Mark the
correct option.
(a) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(b) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is not a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(9) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
d) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
<br>

MATHEMATICS-X
2.16
as its. zeroes is given
Statement-1 (A): A
quadratic polynomial having 2+ /3 and 2
-3
EXAMPLE 38 +
1.
by f(x) =-4x
polynomials wlose two
zeroes are aare given by
and
B

Quadratic non-zero real numbe.

Statement-2 (R):
where k is any
f(x) k-x
= (a + B) + aß,
as ite
having 2+ V3 and 2- v3
Ans. (a)
is true. So, quadratic
polynomials
V3 + (2 + V3) (2
- V3)} Or
SOLUTION The Statement-2 +V3+2-
given by f(x) = k2-x(2
polynomial whose two zeroes ar
zeroes are a quadratic
1). Therefore, r2-4r+1 is a correct explanation for
f(r) = (-
k
4*+ true and statement-2 is
Thus, statement-1 is also
2+ /3 and 2 3. correct.
statement-1. Hence, option (a) is polynomial f(x) = 3x
+ kr +5
If the sum of the zeroes of the quadratic
EXAMPLE 39 Statement-1 (A):

is

The product
Then the value ofk is 2.

of zeroes of the polynomial ax + bx +c is . C

Statement-2 (R):

Ans. (b) = 3x + kx is
SOLUTION The sum of the zeroes of f() +5

3
=- 3
k= 2
true. But, statement-2 is not a correct explanation
for
So, statement-1 is true. Statement-2 is also
statement-1. Hernce, option (b) is correct.

EXAMPLE 40 Statement-1 (A): If zeroes of the polynomial f(x) = 5x -11x - (k- 3) are reciprocal of

each other, then k =-2.

C

Statement-2 (R): The product of the zeroes of the polynomial ax + bx +c is

Ans. (c)
sOLUTION It is given that the zeroes of f(x) = 5x- 11x -(k -3) are reciprocal of each other.

Therefore, product of its zeroes is 1.

i.e.
_(k-3) =1 k - 3 =
-5 k = -2
5

So, statement-1 is true. The product of the zeroes of the polynomial ax + bx + c is

,
C
So,
statement-2 is false. Hence, option (c) is correct.

EXAMPLE 41 Statement-1 (A): Ifthe graplh of I-aXis

the polynomial f(r) =
ax +
bx + c, a > 0 touches

at its lowest point, then its zeroes are

equal to - b

Statement-2 (R): of a quadratic

2a
If the graph polynomial touches xX-axis, then its zeros
equal.
Ans. (a)
SOLUTION If
the graph of the quadratic polynomial touches x-axis at zeroes are
equal. Let each zero be its vertex, then its
a. Then,
<br>

en POLYNOMIALS
2.17

a+ =
21
er So, statement-l Is true. Clearly, statement-2 is
1. Hence, option
also trie and it is a correct explanation for statemene
(a) is corrcct.

ts EXAMILE42 Statement-1 (A):

y a
and are tlhe zerocs of the quadratic polynomial kx'+ 4x +4.
Or
t0nere is an integer
k such that (a + 6)?-2aß = 24, then
k=1.
e Statement-2 (R): If a and B are zerocs
of the polunomial ax + bx + C, a
t 0, then
and aß
Ans. (d)

SOLUTION Given a, are zeroes of kx-+ 4x +

that ß
-4 4
[Link], a
+ß = and aß =
Now, (a + p) - 2aß = 24 k k

16 8
24 16 - 8k =
k? k 24k 3k' + k-2 =
0= (3k - 2)(k + 1) 2
=0k=-1,
So, statement-1 is false. Clearly,
statement-2 is true. Hence, option
(d) is correct.
EXAMPLE 43 Statement-1 (A):
If a, B are roots of
the polynomial 2x + 6x +c,c < 0,
then is
less than - 2.
Statement-2 (R): The sum of a negative
number and its reciprocal is aluways less
- 2. than or
equal to
Ans.(a)
SOLUTION Let x be a negative
real number. Then, x = -y for some y > [Link] know that
20y +--220-x--220>x++2<0x+* 1
y s-2
So, statement-2 is true.
It is given that a, are roots of
B
2x +6x + c,c <0.
aß =<0
2
a and ß are of opposite signs.

andB both are negative a-2 [Using statement-2]

Hence, both the statements are true and statement-2 is correct explanation for statement-1. Hence.
option (a) is correct.
<br>

MATHEMATICS-X

PRACTICE EXERCISES
QUESTIONS (MCQs)
MULTIPLE CHOICE

following:
Mark the correct alternative in each of the polynomial?
the graph of quadratic
a
following is not
l. Which of the y

(b) 0 X

(a)

y'y

(d)
() S

y
y'
y'V
Fig. 2.17
ax + b is the negative of the
2. If one of the zeros of a quadratic polynomial of the form x“+
other, then it
(a) has no linear term and constant term is negative.
(b) has no linear term and the constant term is positive.
(c) can have a linear term but the constant term is negative.
(d) can have a linear term but the constant term is positive.
3. If one zero of the quadratic polynomial x" +3x +k is 2, then the value of kis
(a) 10 (b) - 10 (c) 5 (d) -5
[CBSE 2020]
4. A quadratic polynomial, the sum of whose zeroes is 0 and one zero is 3, is
(a) *-9 (b) x² +9 (c) x+3 (d) x²-3
5. A quadratic polynomial, the sum of whose zeros is - 5 and their product is 6,
is
(a) ² + 5x+6 (b) * -5x +6 (c) x² (d) -x + 5x +6
-5x-6
(CBSE 2020]
6. The product of the zeros of the polynomial + 4x +
x
-6 is
(a) -4 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) -6
7. If one zero of the polynomial f(x) = (k + 4) x +
13x + 4k is reciprocal of the other, then k=
(a) 2 (b) -2 (c) 1
(d) -1
8. If a, B are the zeros of the polynomial
f(x) = 1 1
x+x-1, then +
B
<br>

POLYNOMIALS 2.19
(a) 1
(b) -1
(c) 0 (d) none of these
[CBSE 2023]
9. If a,
ßare the zeros of the polynomial p(x).
1 1

4x3x Is cqual to
+
7, then B
7 7
(a) (b) 3 3
3 (c) 7 (d)
10. If the product of two zeros of the polvnomial ((r)
is
= 2x3
+6x - 4x +9 is 3,
then 1t5 tnra
3 3
(a)7 (b) 9
(c) (d)
11. If one root of the polynomial 2 2
=
f(r) 5 + 13x
+k is reciprocal of the other, then the value or
kis
(a) 0 (b) 5 (c) (d) 6
12. If two zeros of 6
and - 5,
x
+ are
(a) 1
x-5-5 V5 then its third zero is
(b) -1 (c) 2
13. (d) -2
The product thezeros of
of
x+ 4x +x-6 is
(a) -4 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) -6
14. If two zeroes of the polynomial x
+
(a) -1
x-9x –9 are 3 and -3, then its third zero is
(b) 1
(c) -9 (d) 9
15. If V5 and - V5, are two zeroes of the polynomial x
+
(a) 3 3x-5X-15, then its third zero is
(b) -3 (c) 5
5 (d)
16. If the sum of the zeros of the polynomial
f(x) = 2x -3kx + 4x -5 is 6, then the value of k is
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) -2
17. If the product of zeros of the polynomial (d) -4
f(x)=ax-6x +11x-6 is 4, then a =
3 3
(a) 2 2
2 (b) (c) (d)
2 3 3
18. The number of polynomials having zeros
-3 and 5 is
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) more than 3
[CBSE 2023]
19. If one of the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial (k - 1) x+ kx + 1 is - 3, then the value of k is
4 4 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 3 3

20. The zeroes of the quadratic polynomial x + 99x + 127 are

(a) both positive (b) both negative
(c) both equal (d) one positive and one negative
1 1

21. If a, ß are the zeros of the polynomial = ax- + bx+ c, then

f(r)

b- 2ac b²- 2ac (c)

b + 2ac b² + 2ac
(a) (b) (d)

22.
IfaandB are the zeros ofthepolynomial f(x) =
x+ px +q, then a polynomial having and

B is its zeros is
<br>

MATHEMATICS-X
2.20

(d) px + qx + 1

(a) tqx+p (b) - px

+4 (c) gx+ px +1

a,
ß are the zeros of polynomial f(r) x-p(* + 1) -c, then (a + 1)(P+)
23. 1f 1+ c
c (d)
(b) 1-C (c)
(a) c-1
2B= 20, then the value of
+ k is
-6x
+ k and 3a
24. 1f anda D
arethe zeros of the polynomial
(c) -16 (d) 8
-8 (b) 16 resulting
+ 4, so that 3 is the zero of the
(a)
25, What should be addcd
to the polynomial x-5x
polynomial? (d) 5
(c) 4
(a) 1 (b) 2 + so that 15 is the zero of the
30,
26. What should be subtracted
to the polynomial x-16x
resulting polynomial?
(c) 15 (d) 16
(a) 30 (b) 14
x
+ ax + 2b and a + b = 4, then
27. If
I+ 2 is a factor of
b = 5 a= 5, b = -1
(d)
(a) a= 1, b (c)
=3 (b) a=3, b = 1
a=-1,
-
2 and remainder 3, is
x

28. The polynomial which when divided by

-x
+x-1 gives a quotient

(a)
x- 3x+3x-5 (b) -x° -3x-3x–5
(c)
-x+3r²-3x+5 (d) x-3x-3x +5
29. If the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial + (a + 1) x +b are 2 and - 3, then
(c) a 2, b = -6 (d) a =
(a) a =-7, b = -1 (b) a=5, b = -1 0,
=-6
b

[CBSE 2023]
30. If two of the zeros of the cubic polynomial ax + bx + CX +d are each equal to zero, then the
third zero is
C b
(a) (b) (c) (d)
are the zeroes of the polynomial
31. If a
and ß
ax- 5x +c and a +ß = aß = 10, then
1
a= c =
(a) 5,
(b) a = 1,c =
() 5 1
2 a=c=1 (d)
a=.c=5
32. 1f a, B
andy are the zeroes of the polynomial x° - x*-10x – 8, then aß + By + ya + aßy is
equal to
(a) -2 (b) 2
33. If two zeroes of the polynomial x
(c) 18
(d) - 18
+7r - 2x - 14 are /2 and - /2, then the third zero is
(a) 7 (b) -7
34. If zeros of the
(c) -14 (d) 14
polynomial =
(a) 2p = pq -r (b) 2p° =pq
f(x) r-3px* + qx are in A.P., then -r
+r (c) p = pq
(d) none of these -r
35, If a
and ß are the zeroes of the
then the value of k is
polynomial (k + 6)x + 2 (2k - 1) such
that a +B= aß x-
2
(a) 6 (b) 2 (c) 14
36. If
the zeroes of the polynomial - 12x² + 44x +c (d) 7
(a) 44 are in A.P.,, then
the value ofc is
(c) - 44
(b) 48
37. If c, p, y are the zeros (d) – 48
of the polynomial f(*) = ax +
bx? + cx + d,
then++-= B
<br>

POLYNOMIALS 2.21

C C

(a)7 (b) 7 (c) (d) -- C

d
38, If the sum of two zeroes of the polynomial x - 2x + qx is zero, then -r
(a) q = 2r (b) r= 2q (d) r = 4q
39. If the polynomial f(r) = 2x kx + -
5x +9 is exactly divisible by x + 2, then k =
17 17 15 15
(a) 4 (b) (c) (d)
4 4 4
40. If a - b, a and a + b are zerocs of the polynomial x the value of g
+x+1, -3r
then +b is
(a) v2 -1 (b) V2 (c)
-/2-1 (d) 1t V2
41. The zeros of the quadratic polynomial x* + ax + a, 0, a

(a) cannot both be positive (b) cannot both be negative

(c) are always unequal (d) are always equal
42. If the zeros of the quadratic polynomial ax* + bx + C, c + 0 are equal, then
(a) cand a have opposite signs (b) cand b have opposite signs
(c) canda have the same sign (d) c and b have the same sign
1

43. If 2 and are zeros of px+ 5x + r, then

2
(a) p=r=2 (b) p=r=-2 (c) p=2, r =-2 (d) p=-2, r=2
44. If a and ß are the zeroes of the polynomial x-1, then the value of (a +B) is
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) -1 (d) 0
[CBSE 2023]
45. The graph of y=p (x) is given, for a polynomial p
(x).The number of zeroes of p (x) from the
graph is

y'y y=p(x)
Fig. 2.18
(a) 3 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 0
[CBSE 2023)

46, Which of the following is a quadratic polynomial having zeroes and

(d) 5(9r?- 4)
(a)
4x-9 (b)
4
[CBSE 2023)
1 1
47. If a, p are the zeroes of the polynomial p (x) = 4x
-3x -7,then + is equal to

3
(b)
3
(c)
7 (d)7
[CBSE 2023]
<br>

MATHEMATICS-X
2.22

CASE STUDY BASED

It followed
48. Due to heavy storm an electric wire
got bent as shown in the following figure. a

mathematical shape. Answer the following questions:

2
1

3
3 -2 -V01
2

Fig. 2.19

(i) Name the shape in which the wire is bent

(c) Parabolic (d) Linear
(a) Spiral (b) Elliptical
polynomial representing the shape of the wire?
(ii) How many zeros are there for the (d) 0
(b) 3 (c) 1
(a) 2
(iii) The zeros of the polynomial represented by
the wire are
(c) 3, 5 (d) -4,2
(a) -1,5 (b) -1, 3
(iv) The expression of the polynomial representing
the wire is
+
2x +3
(a) x + 2x-3 (b) x-
2r +3 (c) x*-2x-3 (d)

(v) The value of the polynomial at

i=-1 is
(b) -18 (c) 18 (d) 0
(a) 6
lic in shane as shown in the following picture.
<br>

r'OLYNOMIALS
2.23
() If the highway overpass is represented by
x“2x-8. Then its zeros are
(a) 2,-- 4 (b) 4,-2 (c) -2,-2 (d) -4,-4
() Number of zeros of thc polynomial representing highway overpass is equal to
number of
points where the graph of polynomial
(a) intersects x-axis (b) intersects y-axis
(c) intersects y-axis or t-axis (d) none of these
is a
(iii) Graphof quadratic polynomial
(a) straight line (b) circle (c) parabola (d) ellipse
(iv) The representation of Highway Underpass whose one zero is 6 and sum of the zeros is 0.
is
(a) -6x+2 (b) x-36 (c) x-6 (d) x²-3
(v) Thenumber of real zeros that polynomial f(x) (x-2) +4 can have is
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 0 (d) 3
50. suspensiorn bridge is a type of bridge in which the deck is hung below suspension cables on
A

vertical suspenders. The suspension cables are in parabolicshape. The point on the suspension
cable just above the mid-point of the deck is the lowest point of the suspension cable and the
suspension cable is symmetric about a vertical line, parallel to the suspenders, through the
lowest point.
A parabola is the curve representing p () = ax* + bx + c. Parabolas are symmetric about a
vertical line known as the axis which cuts the parabola at the lowest or highest point known as
the vertex of the parabola.
<br>

MATHEMATICS-X
2.24

51. On May 20,2020 super cyclonic storm Amphan hit West Bengal. It caused widespread damaos
were bent o

in West Bengal. Due to this thousand of trees were uprooted and electric poles
Some electric poles bent into the shape of parabola shown below. A parabola is represented
a

answer the following questions.

by a quadratic polynomial. Based on the above information

6
4
2
5 X

543-2-1
U

23 4

Fig. 2.22

(i) If the parabola shown in Fig. 2.22 represents the quadratic polynomial
p() = ax bx +c, then
+

(a) a>0 (b) a<0 (c) a= 0 (d) 2a + b=0

quadratic polynomial represented by the parabola are
(ii) Zeros of the
(a) 2 and 4 (b) –4 and 2 (c) 4 and-2 (d) -2 and 2
(ii) The quadratic polynomial p (*) representing the given parabola is
(a) r+
4x-8 (b) x + 2x-8 (c) -x + 2x
-8 (d) -x-2x +8
(iv) The value of pr) at x = 0 is
(a) -8 (b) 8 (c) 4 (d) -4
(v) If the parabola shown in Fig. 2.22 is moved rightward through one unit, then the quadratic
polynomial represernting it is
(a) x-9 (b) +9 -x (c) 2x +9 (d) -x- -x+8
52. Observe the graph y =f() of a polynomialcarefully and answer the following questions:

(-1,3)

34

(-2, 0) (2, 0)
1

-3 -1 O} 1
1

-34
y 1,-3)
Fig. 2.23
i) The number of zeroes of the polynomial y
=f(r) is
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 1

(ii) The curve y =f(x) shown in Fig. 2.23, represents a polynomials, which is
(a) quadratic (b) linear (c) biquadratic (d) cubic
i Thecoordinates where the curve intersects the
x-axis are
a) (2,0),(-2 0) (b) (2, 0),
(-2, 0), (-1, 3)
<br>

POLYNOMIALS
2.25
(c) (2, 0), (- 2, 0), (0, 0) (d) (2, 0) (- 2, 0), (1, - 3)
53. Observe the graphs y f() and y=g (*) of a polynomial carefully and answer
questions: the following
(2, 8)
7

5
5
(2,4)
3

(1, 1)
1 (1,0)
1

(-1,-1) 3 1

(-2,-2)
3

-5+
(-2, -8)
y'
y
Fig. 2.24
Fig. 2.25
(i) The number of zeroes shown in the polynomial in Figure 2.24 is
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 0
(d) 3
(ii) The number of zeroes shown in the polynomial in Figure 2.25 is
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 0 (d) 3
(iii) The curve in Figure 2.24 represents
the polynomial
(a) y=x+2x +3(b) y=r+3x +2 (c) y=x
(iv) The curve in Figure 2.25 represents
(d) y =-x
the polynomial
(a) y=r+ 2x +3 (b) y= x+3x + 2
(c) y=r (d) y
=

54. The figure shows the bridge with hanging wires showing a mathematical
shape. Answer the
following questions.

4.210 HEr

Fig. 2.26
(i) Name the shape of the hanging wires?
(a) Linear (b) Spiral (c) Parabola (d) Ellipse
(ii) What will be the expression of the polynomial shown in the figure?
(a) y= ax +b (b) y = ax + bx +
(c) y=ar+ bx+cx +d (d) None of these
<br>

CS-x
2.26
graphically. Number of zeroes of a polvno.
can be expressed
(iii) Zeroes of polynomial
a
polynomial
number of points where the graph of
equal to (b) intersects y-axis
r-axis
t4 (a) intersects or t-axis (d) none of the
above
(c) intersects y-axis
bridge whose sum the zeroes is - 3
of
of hanging wires on the and
(iv) The representation
zeroes is 5 is (d) x'+ 3x +5
product of the (c) r'+3r–5
(b) x-3 +5
(a) -3x-5
polynomial is
(v) Graph of a quadratic (c) parabola
(d) ellipse
(b) circle
(a) straight line

ASSERTION-REASON BASED MCQs

STATEMENT-1 (A) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason) andL
Each of the following questions
contains answer. Mark the c
one of which is the correct
(d), only
following four choices (a), (b), (c) and
choice. Statement.1
Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for
(a) Statement-1 is true, Statement.1
Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is not a correct explanation for
(b) Statement-1 is true,
(c) Statement-1 is true,
Statemernt-2 is false.
is true.
(d) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2
zeros.
(A): The polynomial f(x) =
x*- 2x + 2 has two real
55. Statement-1
can have at most two real zeroes.
Statement-2 (R): A quadratic polynomial
1 1
and. as its zeroes is 6x -5x +1.
56. Statement-1 (A): A quadratic polynomial having 2 3
Statement-2 (R): Quadratic polynomials having a and a
B
as Zeroes are given by

non-zero constant.
f(x) = k (x- ( + B) x + aß}, where k is
k #1 is
57. Statement-1 (A): If one root of the quadratic polynomial f(x)=(k-1)x-10x+3,
=
reciprocal of the other, then k 4.
quadratic polynomial ax + bx + c, a 0 is
Statemernt-2 (R): The product of roots of the C

x
+7x+12, then
58. Statement-1 (A): If a
and ß are zeroes of the quadratic polynomial
12 12
24 aß = 395.

are zeroes of the quadratic polynomial ax + bx + c, then

Statement-2 (R): If a and ß

a +ß = and aß = -
-
59. Statement-1 (A): If a, B and y are the zeroes of the polynomial 6x + 3x
5x+l
a
+y =5.
+

cr + then
Statement-2 (R): If a,B,Y are the zeroes of
the cubic polynomial ax°+ bx²+ -d,
a
+ß +Y=
60. Statement-1 (A): The polynomial p
(*) x+ 3x +3
has two real zeroes.
=

Statement-2 (R): A quadratic polynomial can have at most two real zeroes.
2023]
[CBSE
<br>

POLYNOMIALS 2.27

ANSWERSitovm
1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (a)
(a) 9. (d) 10. (b) 11.(b) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (a)
8.
15. (b) 16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (a) 20. (b) 21. (b)
22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (c) 25. (b) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (c)
29. (d) 30. (c) 31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (a) 35. (d)
36.(d) 37. (c) 38. (b) 39. (b) 40. (d) 41. (a) 42. (c)

43. (b) 44. (d) 45. (c) 46. (d) 47. (d)

48. (i) (c) (ii) (a) (iii) (b) (iv) (c) (v) (d)

49. (i) (b) (ii) (a) (iii) (c) (iv) (b) (v) (c)
(iii) (a) (iv) (d) (v) (b)
50. (i) (b) (ii) (c)
(ii) (b) (iii) (d) (iv) (b) (v) (b)
51. (i) (b)
(ii) (d) (iii) (c)
52. (i) (b)
(ii) (a) (iii) (c) (iv) (d)
53. (i) (c) (v) (c)
(ii) (b) (iii)(a) (iv) (d)
54. (i) (c) 59. (b) 60. (d)
56. (a) 57. (c) 58. (d)
55. (d)
<br>

CHAPTER
3
PAIR OF LINEAR
EQUATIONS IN
TWO VARIABLES
REVISION OF KEY
CONCEPTS AND FORMULAE
1. A pair of linear
equations in two variables x
and y can be represented
a,t+ by c =0
+ algebraically as follows:
aX + by + c, =0,

where a,,a2, b,b2C1C2 are

real numbers such that
2. Graphically or geometrically a a' + b, 0, a, +
b, 0.
pair of linear equations
+
aX by + c =0
azt b,y + c =0
+

in two variables represents a pair

of straight lines are which
() intersecting, if (i) parallel, if " b
3. To solve a pair of C2
(iii) coinident, if 119
linear equations in two variables by Graphical
represented by them. method, we first draw the lines
(i) If the pair of lines
intersect at a point, then we say that the pair is
coordinates of the point provide us the unique solution. consistent and the
(ii) If the pair of lines are
parallel, then the pair has no solution and is called inconsistent
of equations. pair
(ii) If the pair of lines are coincident, then it has infinitely many
solutions - each point on the
n
line being a solution. this case, we say that the pair
of linear equations is consistent
with infinitely many solutions.
4. JF "1X +b,y+ =0 C

a,x + b,y + Co = o 1Sa pair of linear equations in two variables x and y such that
sss|s
1) then the pair of linear equations is consistent with a unique solution.
b
,
(i) then the pair of
linear equationsis inconsistent.
b C2

b
s|s ,
(iiü) then the pair of linear equations is consistent with infinitely many
b C2

solutions.
SOLVED EXAMPLES
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCQs)
EXAMPLE 1 Ifa pair of equations is consistent, then the lines representing them are
(a) parallel (b) always coincident
(c) intersecting or coincident (d) always intersecting
Ans. (c)
3.1
<br>

MATHEMATICS

3.2
a,x b2y tc; =0 is consistent then either
+
a,x b,y +
+ c
=0 and Consequently, lines representing it
SOLUTION If a pair of equations many solutions. the two
solution inifinitely on
has unique or coincide.
equations either intescct = 18 represent parallel lines, where
a,
3x by + b are
cquations ax 2y =9 and
+
A
pair of
EXAMPLE 2

(d) ab =6
integers, if (c) 2a = 3b
(b) 3a = 20 (CBSE 20231
(a) a=b
Ans. (d) = 18 represent parallel lines.
SOLUTION Given that
ax + 2y =9 and 3x + by

2 ab =6
represent coincident lines, the
egquations 3x-y+8=0 and 6x-ry + 16 =0
EXAMPLE 3 If the pair of
the value of r is

1
1
(c) 2
(d) -2
(a) (b) [CBSE 2023]
2 2
Ans. (c)
6x - y + 16=0 represent coincident lines.
SOLUTION Equations 3x -y+8=0 and
1 8 1
3
r
r=2
6 16 2
which are:
EXAMPLE 4 The pair of equations and y=b graphically represents lines
x=a
coincident (d) intersecting at (a, b)
(a) parallel (b) intersecting at (b, a) (c) [CBSE 2023]
Ans. (d)
to y-axis and x-axis respectively
SOLUTION Equations x
a
and y=b represent lines parallel
intersecting at (a, b).

line =1 vith the coordinate axes is

EXAMPLE 5 The area of the triangle formed by the b

(a) ab (b)
1

,ab (c) ab
4
(d) 2ab
[CBSE 2023)
Ans. (b)

(0, b)

a A (a, 0)

=1

Fig. 3.1

I4=1 cuts the coordinate axes at A (a, 0) and B (0, b) to form AOAB.
SOLUTION Line
b
1
x OB) =žab
Area of AOAB -(oA
EXAMPLE 6 The value of k for which the
system of linear equations x+2y =3,5x + ky +7=0 S

inconsistent is
14 2 (c) 5 (d) 10
(a)
3
<br>

PAR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES 3.3

Ans. (d)
)LUTION Gven system of equallons will be inconslstent, if

1.2-7
5 k
3
:,
Uning

1_2 km 10.
5
EXAMPLE 7 sysemo equattons X=
The 0, y
3 ha3

(a) a uique solution (b) 0 solution (c) two solutions (d) infinitely many solutions
Ans, (a)
sOLUTION We find that .x= 0 represents y-axis and y a 3 is a line parallel to x-axis at a distance of
3
units from it. These two lines intersect at exactly one point (0,3). Hence, the system has a unique
solutions.
y=
EXAMPLE 8 f the system of cquations 2x+3y =7 and 2ax + (a + b) 8 has infinitely many solutíons,
then
a = 2b (b) a+ 2b =0 (c)
(a) b=2a (d) 2a +b=0
Ans. (C)
SOLUTION Given system of equations will have infintely many solutions, if
20 a+b 8
Using :

2 3 7 a b,
a=
a+b and +b
3 3 7
2a =band 7a+7b =24 b= 2a and 7a +7x 2a = 24 b= 2a and 7a =8
EXAMPLE 9 The pair of
equations x= y
4 and =-3 graphically represent lines which are
(a) coincident (b) parallel (c) intersecting at (4, -3) (d) intersecting at (-3, 4)
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION Equation x = 4 represent a line parallel to y-axis at a distance 4 on its right side and
y=-3 respresents a line parallel to x-axis at a distance of 3 units below it. These two liens intersect
at (4, -3).
EXAMPLE 10 One equation of a pair of dependent linear equations is
equation can be
-5x+7y -2 = 0, the second

(a) 10x +14y +4=0 (b) -10x-14y +

4=0 (c) -10x + 14y +4=0 (d) 10x -14y = -4
Ans. (d)
(CBSE 2011]
SOLUTION TWo equations ajx+b,y + Cj =0 and azx + +
b,y C =0 represent a pair of dependent
linear equations if *== i.e. one equation is constant times the other. For the
b C2
equation in
option (d), we find that 10x-14y + 4 =-2(-5x + 7y- 2).

i.e. 10-14
-57So,
4 the second equation can be 10x-14y =-4.
EXAMPLE 11 the pair of linear equations (3k + x+ 3y
f -5 =0 and
1)
2x-3y +5 =0 have infinite
number of solutions, then the value of k is
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) 2 (d) -1
Ans. (d)
SOLUTION For infinitely many solutions, we must have (CBSE 2011]
3k + 1
+

2 3k 1=-2k=-1.
<br>

MATHEMATICS-X

3.4
-2, then
x
+y equals
ENAMPLE 12 213
+: and
5 (d)
(C) 6
(a) 6 (0);6 ICBSE
2011
Ans, (c)
equations becomes
SOLUTION Let | and
1
-=, Then, the given system of

2u + 3v- 13 =0
and, 5u –4v+2 0
we obtain
Using cross-multiplication, 1
1
7)

6-52 -65 -4 -8-15 -46 -69 -23

1

*+y=56
equations kx +y and x+ky =1 has infinitely
EXAMPLE 13 The value of k for which the system of
=k
many solutions, is
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
Ans. (a)
sOLUTION Given system of equations will have infinitely many solutions, if
k 1 -k?
1k-1
k 1 1
1
and =1 and k
=1»k=tl and k=1 k=1
k k 1

EXAMPLE 14 f the pair of linear equations 2x - 3y=0 and kx + 6y = 0 has non-zero solutions, then the
value of k is
(a) -12 (b) 4 (c) 4 (d) 12
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION The homogeneous system of equations 4,x+ by = 0 and ax+ b,y =0 has non-zero
solutions, if =2. Thus, the givern system of equations, will have non-zero
b, solutions if
2
#=--3k =
12
k=-4
EXAMPLE 15 The point of
intersection of the line representd by
3x-y 3 and y-axis is given by
(a) (0,- 3) (b) (0,3) (c) (2, 0)
Ans. (a) (d) (-2, 0)
CBSE 2023)
SOLUTION The equation of
y-axis is x =0. Solving 3x -y=3 and x =0, we
Hence, the point of intersection obtain y=-3
is (0, -3).
EXAMPLE 16 3
chairs and 1 table cost 900;
is
x
and 1 table is Ry, then the where as 5 chairs
situation can be represented and tables cost 2,100. 1f the cost
3

algebraically as
of l
chai

(a) 3x +y= 900,

3x+ 5y = 2100
(b) x+3y = 900, 3x+ 5y = 2100
(c) 3x+y=900, 5x
+3y = 2100
Ans. (c) d) x+3y =900, 5x +3y =
2100 2023]
|CBSE
<br>

PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO [Link]

TrON The cost of 3 chars 3.5

and l tables is * 3x+ y and
3x +y = 900, 5x + 3y =2100 that of 5 chairs and 3 tables is 5x +
3y.
rYAMPLE 17 The value
of kfor twhich the pair of equations kx = y+2 and
solutions, is 6x = 2y +3 has infinitely many
(a) k=3 (b) does not exist
(c) k =-3
Ans. (b) (d) k= 4
soLUTION Given system of (CBSE 2023]
equations is kx-y-2 =0 and
infinitely many solutions, if 6x- 2y -3 =[Link] systemwill have
k-1-2
6 -2 -3
1 2
Clearly, is not true. Hence, the given system
2 3 does not have infinitely many solution for any
value of k.

EXAMPLE 18 The pair of

linear equations 2x =5y +6 and 15y =6x-18 represents two lines which are:
(a) intersecting (b) parallel
(c)coincident (d) either intersecting or parallel
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION Given linear equations are 2x-5y-6 =0 and 6x-15y-18 =0. We find that
2 -5 -6
So, lines represented by given equations are coincident.
6 -15 -18
EXAMPLE 19 The following pair of lines are non-intersecting. Which of the following statements is true?

=0
y+C
b,
a,x+
C,=0
+
by
ayX+
Fig. 3.2

(a) (b) (c) (d)

b C2 Cy

Ans. (b) [CBSE Sample Faper 2024]

+ = 0 and
SOLUTION If 1, then the lines representing linear equations 4,x+by

jr+bsy+
c,
=0 are parallel and hence non-intersecting.

CASE STUDY BASED EXAMPLES

every correct answer
or False' questions. One mark awarded for
BAMPLE 20 A test consists of 'True'
answers to some of the questions. Rest
while mark is deducted for every wrong answer. A student knew
120 questions and scored 95 marks.
questions he attempted by guessing. He answered
9e
<br>

MATHEMATICS-x

PA.
number of questions
were wrong, then the he
3.6 guessing (iii
atlempted by
answer to all
questions Ie
() f (d) 90 (iv
ansuered correctly is (c) 100
(b) 96
(a) 24 is (v)
questions he guesscd, (d) 90
(i) The mumler of (c) 20 L
9% correctly, they
(a) 24
(b) were wrong and answered 80 SO
attempted by guessing
(iii) fanstuers to all questions he
many marks he got?
(c) 70
(d) 35
questions answerod
(a) 40
(b) 45 were wrong, then the number of (i
attemptcd by guessing
ansUer to all questions le (ii
(iv) f marks is
orectly to score 95 (c) 90
(d) 95 (iv
(a) 100 (b) 105 answer to y
guessing and he knew
Suppose he answered questions by
x (v
(c):
SOLUTION () Ans.
questions. Then, EX

x+y= 120andy --95 > (x+y)-|y 25 x= 20

Ve
4 4
W
we get y=100.
Putting x= 20 in X+y=120,
(iü)Ans. (a): From (), we obtain x = 20
(Gi) Ans. (c);: He answered 80 questions correctly and the remaining 40 questions were wrong as he
answered them by guessing.
= x
40 =70
Marks secured 80-
4
(iv) Ans. (a): Suppose x questions were answered correctly. Then, the remaining (120 - x) were
answered by guessing and were wrong.

*-(120-x)= 95 > 5x4 30 = 95

5x
=125 x=100
4
EXAMPLE 21 Ravish is planning to buy a
house whose layout is given below. The design
measurement has been made such that areas two and the
of bedrooms and kitchen together is 95 m2.
(i)
2

Bedroom 1
Bathroom Kitchen

(i

5m Bedroom 2 Livingroom

15 m (ii
(1) Fig. 3.3
The pair of linear equations in two
variables describing this situation
is
(a) 2x +y= 19, +y =13
x
(b) x + = (iv
2y 19, x +y=
(c) 2x + y=13, x + y=13 13
(d) 2x y=13, x +
+

(ii) The perimeter and area of the house are respectively y=19
(a) 54 m, 180 m² (b) 180 m, 54 m² (c) 27 m, 90 m²
(d) 108 m, 180 m'
<br>

PAIR C
OF LINEAR EOUATIONS
IN TWO VARIABLIS
(iii) The value of xy is
(a) 42 (b) 48 3.7
(iv) Te value ofx -y is (c) 49
(a) 13 1
(d) 13
(b)
(v) The cost
of laying tiles (c) 1
in the kilchen
(a) 1750 at the rate of
(b) R 240X) ?70 per (d) 42
sOLUTION ()
Ans. (a): We observe (c) ? 2450 ² is
that (d) 2550
+2+ y= 15 and 5x4+
(i) Ans. (a): Perimeler 5x+5y =95 > x + y
=13 and 2x +y
=2(15+ 12) = 54 m, Arca = =19
Bi) Ans. (a): Solving x 15x 12 m2 180 m2
+
y=13 and 2.x + y=19, we
(iv) Ans. (c): We obtain: x =6,y
have, N=6,y =7. =7. Therefore, xy = 42.
() Ans. (c): Total cost Therefore,
oflaying tiles =
x-y=6-7=-1.
EXAMPLE 22 lt (70 × 5) =?(70x 35) =
is comMon that governments 2450
Suclas inflation revise travcl fares
elhicles like auto
(a general increase in prices from time to time
based on various
rickslaws, taxis, radio and fall in the purchasing value of factors
zvith the charge cabs etc. The auto money) on different types
for the distance covered. charges a
in city comprise of
Study the following ofa fixed charge together
situations:

Fig. 3.4
Name of the City| Distance
travelled (km) (Amount
paid ()
City A 10
75
15
110
City B
91
14
145
(i) If the fixed charges of autorickshaw be
?x and the running charges be y km/hr, the pair of
linear
equations representing the travel in city A is
(a) x + 10y = 75, x + 5y= 145 (b) x+ 10y = 75, x + 15y = 110
(c) x + 8y = 91, x + 14y = 145 (d) = x+ 8y 145, x + 14y = 91
(ii) If the fixed charges of autorikshaw be x and the running charges y km/r, the pair of linear
be
equations representing the travel in City B is
(a) x + 10y = 75, x + 5y = 145 (b) x + 10y = 75, x + 15y= 110
(c) x + 8y = 91, X + 14y = 145 (d) *+8y = 145, x+ 14y = 91
(iii) The amount paid by a person travelling 100 km in ciy A is
(a) ? 310 (b) 510 (c) 705 (d) R710

(iv) The amount paid by a person travelling 60 km in city B is

(a) 370 (b) 578 (c) 559 (d) 610

<br>

MATHEMATIC
3.8
30 km in Clity B
travelling 50 km in City A and
(v) The amount paid by a person in
(c) 64 (d) ?746
(a) 355 (b) ? 289
75,
SOLUTION (1) Ans. (b): In travelling 10 km in City A, the amount paid is Therefoe,
=
we obtain X+ 15y 110.
X+10y =75. Sinmilarly
x +
By 91.
8 km in City B, the amount paid is 91. Therefore,
(ii) Ans, (c): In travelling
=
Similarly, we obtain x+ 14y 145.
and x+15y 110
(iii) Ans. (c): Two cquations describing the travel in City A are: X+ 10y 75
x =
Solving these two cquations, we obtain 5,y =7.
Amount paid in travelling 100 km in City A (x+ 100y) (5 + 700) 705.
(iv) Ans. (c): Two equations describing the travel in City Bare: x+ 8y 91 and x+14y 145

Solving these equations, we obtain: x = 19, y = 9

Amount paid in travelling 60 km in City B (x +60y) (19 + 60 x 9) 559

(v) Ans. (c): The amount paid in travelling 50 km in City A and 30 km in City B is
(5+ 50x7+19+ 30x9) =*644
EXAMPLE 23 A coaching institute of Mathematics conducts classes in two batches I and ll and fees for rich
and poor children are different. In batch I, there are 20 p0or and 5 rich children, whereas in batch II, there are
5 poor and 25 rich children. The total monthly collection fees from batch I is
of
9,000 and from batch Il is
? 26,[Link]
that each poor child pays ? per month and each rich child pays
X per ?y month.

Fig. 3.5
Based on the above information, answer
the following questins:
) Represent the information given
above in terms of x and y.
) Find the monthly fee paid by a poor child.
H) Find the difference in the monthly jee paid by a poor
child and a rich child.
he) If there are 10 poor and 20 rich chularen in batch
batch II.
what is l, the total monthlu collection of fees
jru
<br>

PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES

3.9

SOLUTION (i) Given information

can be tabulated in
the following form:
Poor (*) Rich (y)Monthly collection
Batch I 20 5 79,000 /
Batch II 5 25 7 26,000 /
Manthlv fees received from x poor and y rich children of batch Iis (20x + 5y). But, it is given
that
monthly collection of fees rom batch I is ?9,000.
the total
20x + 5y = 9000
.
Monthly fees received from x poor and y rich children of batch Il is (5x + 25y) But it is given that
he total monthly collection of fees from batch II is 26,000.
5x + 25y= 26000
Thus, we obtain the following system of linear equations:
20x + 5y = 9000 ..(i)
5x
+
25y= 26000 ...(i)
(ii) Multiplying (i) by 5 and subtracting from (iü), we obtain
95x =-19000 x= 200
Monthly fee paid by a poor child
=
200

(ii) Putting x = 200 in (i), we obtain

5y = 5000 >y= 1000
= 1000
Monthly fee paid by a rich child
a -
200 = 800
Hence, the difference in monthly fee paid by poor child and rich child is
a 1000

(iv) Total collection of fee received from 10

poor and 20 rich children of batch II is
(10x + 20y) = R(10 x 200+ 20 x 1000) 22,000.

ASSERTION -REASON BASED MCQs

Each of the following examples contains

STATEMENT-1 (Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason)
answer. Mark the
(c) and (d), only one of which is the correct
and has following four choices (a), (b),
Correct answer.
(a) Statement-1 and Statement-2
are True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1.
are True; Statement-2 is not a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(b) Statement-1 and Statement-2
(c) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False.

(d) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True. +

(A): The systenm linear equations 9x +3y 12
of
+
=0 and 18r +6y 24 =0
EXAMPLE 24 Statement-1
have infinitely many solutions.
The system of linear equations
a4* +
b,y tG =0 and
Statement-2 (R):
many solutions, if
azx +b,y +
=0 have infinitely

Ans. (a) given in statement-1,

is true (see Theory). For the system of equations
OLUTION The statement-2
infinitely
system of equations in statement-1 has
we find that 93_12 i.e. uSo, the
188 6 24 b, C2 explanation for
true. Also, statement-2 is a correct
is also
any solutions. Thus statement-1
statement-1. Hence, option (a) is correct.
<br>

ICS-X

3.10 kx +
of linear equalions
2x+ 3y =7 and |=12 have no
(A): The system
EXAMPLE 25 Satement-1
solution, if k3.
equations a,x+by + c
=0and + b2y +
C2
=0
Statement-2 (R): 7he systemoflinear
have no
soluthon, r "

C
Ans. (c) if "11
equations in statement-2 have no solution, So,
SOLUTION The system of lincar have no solution, i 2
equations in statement-1 will
system of linear
statement-2 is false. The
k

23*
9/212 Or, ,=;or,
k3 k=3. 12

So, the statement-1 is true.

Hence, option (c) is correct. is consistens
The system of equations 2x +y+9=0
and
x
+3y +7 =0
EXAMPLE 26 Statement-1 (A):
lhaving unique solution. is alwavs
system of equations ax by +c=0 and
+ px + qy +r=0
Statement-2 (R): The
aq bp.
consistent with unique solution, if
Ans. (a)
SOLUTION The system of equations ax +
by +c=0 and px + qy
+r=0 is consistent, if

-- i.e. aq bp. So, statement-2 is true.

For the system of equations 2x +y+9=0 and x+3y +7=0, we

find that
1
So, it is a 21
a
consistent systemn with unique solution. So, statement-2 is also true and it is correct explanation
for
statement-1. Hence, option (a) is correct.
3x+4y-12 = 0 and
EXAMPLE 27 Statement-1 (A): The area of the trapezium formed by the lines
+
9
3x 4y =6 is Square units.
2
Statement-2 (R): The system of equations a1x + b,y + c =0 and ayX + b,y + C =0 is

inconsistent, if b C2
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION Graphs of the given lines are shown in Fig. 3.6.
Area of trapezium ACDB = Area of A0AB– Area of AOCD 3r+4y-12-0

-toAxO8)-ocxop) B (0, 3)

D(o.)
4.5 [Link] (4,0)
So, statement-1 is true.
A
C (2, 0)
Clearly, statement-2 is false. Hence, option (c) is correct.
Fig. 3.6 3x+4y=6

PRACTICE EXERCISES
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS
(MCQs)
Mark the correct alternative in each of the following:
1. The value of k for which the system of equations kx
-y = 2
and, 6x - 2y = 3 has a uniqu
solution, is
<br>

DAIR Or LINEAR EQU^TIONS IN TWOVARIADr

e
(a) =3 (b) 3
3.11
(c) 0
vnlue of k for whhch (d) =0
the system of equations
number of solutions, is 2x +3y 5 and, 4x+ = 10
(a) 1
(b) 3 k has infinite
valhue (c) 6
ofk for which the system (d) 0
solution, is of equations x + 2y
(a) 10
-3 0 and 5x + ky =
+7 0 has no
(b) 6
Tho value of k for (c) 3
which thc system of (d) 1

solution, is equalions 3x + 5y = 0
and kx +
10y =0 has a non-zero
(a) 0 (b) 2
(c) 6
5. (d) 8
The value of k
for which the system of eauations
X+2y = 5
3x + ky +15 =0 has no solution is
(a) 6 (b) - 6
6 If a pair of linear (c) 3/2
equations in two variables (d) none of these
equations are is consistent, then the lines represented
by two
(a) intersecting
(c) always coincident (b) parallel
(d) intersecting or coincident
7. If the systemn of
equations 2 + 3y = 5, 4x + ky = 10
has infinitely many solutions, then
1 k=
(a) 1
(b)
2 (c) 3
(d) 6
8. If the system of equations kx - 5y = 2,6x + 2y =7 has no
solution, then k =
(a) -10 (b) -5 (c) -6 (d) -15
9. Ifx =a,y= is the solution of the systems
b
of equations x-y=2 and x + y=4, then the values
a and b are,
respectively of
(a) 3
and 1
(d) - 1 and-3
(b) 3 and 5 (c) 5 and 3
10. For what value of k, do the equations
3x-y +8=0 and 6x- ky + 16 =0 represent coincident
1
lines?
1
(a) (b) (c) 2
2 (d) -2
11. The pair of linear equatins y =0 and y = -5 has
(a) one solution (b) two solutions
(c) infinitely many solutions (d) no solution
12. 8chairs and 5 tables cost
10,500, while 5 chairs and3 tables cost 6,450. The cost of each chair
will be
(a) 750 (b) ? 600 (c) ? 850 (d) ? 900
13. If ABCD is a rectangle shown in Fig. 3.7, then
(a) x = 10, y = 2 (b) x = 12, y = 8 (c) x =2, y = 10 (d) x =20, y = 0
D

A
- 12
Fig. 3.7
<
B

ky = 8 a solution, if k
1e pair of linear equations 3x
+
5y =3 and 6x+ do not have
1
he
<br>

MATHEMATICS.y
3.12
(c) * 10 (d) #5
(b) = 10 years is 65 and twice the difference oftheir
(a) = 5 son in
sum ages of a father and his ages
15. If the of the age is
years is 50, then the of father
in (c) 55 years (d) 65 years.
years (b) 45 years
(a) 40 has infinitely maany
(2a - b)
+ b) x +
y = 21

system of equations 2x + 3y =7 and, (a

16. If the
solutions, then a = -1, =5 (d) a = 5, b =
(a) a = 1,b=5 (b) a = 5, b = 1 (c)
b
1
= +
1) x +
(k- 1) 1y 2k 1: is inconsistent,,then k
17. If the system of equations 3x
+ y
=1 and, (2k-
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) -1 (d) 2
= n
18. If am # bl, then the system of equations ax + by = c and, lx + my
(a) has a unique solution (b) has no solution
(c) has infinitely many solutions (d) may or may not have a solution.
19. If the system of equations
2r+ 3y =7
2ax + (a + b)y = 28
has infinitely many solutions, then
(a) a = 2b (b) b = 2a (c) a+2b = 0 (d) 2a +b=0
20. If 2r-3y =7 and (a + b)x-(a + b-3)y= 4a + b represent
coincident lines, then a and b
satisfy the equation
(a) a+5b = 0 (b) 5a +b=0 (c) a -55 = 0 (d) 5a -b= 0
21. The area of the triangle formed by
the line =1 with the coordinate axes is
b
(a) ab (b) 2ab (c) (a) ab
4
22. The area of [CBSE 2023]
the triangle formed by the lines y = x, x
(a) 36 sq. units (b) 18 sq.
=6 and y = 0 is
units (c) 9 sq. units
(d) 72 sq. units
23. The area of the triangle
formed by the lines x = 3,y = 4
(a) 1/2 sq. unit and x = y is
(b) 1 sq. unit (c) 2 sq. unit
24. The sum of the (d) None of these
digits of a two digit number 9.
reversed. The number is is If 27 is added to it, the digits
of the number get
(a) 25
(b) 72 (c) 63
25. Aruna has only (d) 36
?1
amount of money and2
coins with her. If the
total number of coins
with her is 75, then
the
that she has is 50 and the
(a) 35 and 15 number of 1 and 2
(b) 35 and 20 coins are, respectively
26. If x = a, y (c) 15 and 35
=b is the solution ofthe (d) 25 and 25
then a + b² is pair of linear equations
equal to 37x + 43y = 123,
43x +37y =11/
(a) -7 (b) 7
27. The value (c) 9
of k for which the (d) -9
lines 5x +7y
(a) 9 =3 and 15x + 21y = k
(b) 5 coincide is
28. One equation (c) 7
of a pair of dependent (d) 18
(a) 10x+ 14y + 4 =
linear equations is
0 -5x +7y = 2. The second
equatio
(c) -10x + 14y + =
4 0d
(b) -10x-14y + 4
(d) 10x
=0
29. If 217x +
131y=913 and
13lx +
-14 =4
(a) 5 217y= 827, then x
(b) 6 +y is equal to
(c) 7
(d) 8
<br>

CS-X

3.14 respectively, what is the equation of total

number of birds and dcer

y be the
(i) f and
x
1000 (d) *-y=500
number of eyes? *+y=500 (c) *-y
+V1000 (b)
(a) legs?
cquation of total number of = 700 (d) 2r-y= 500
(ii) What is the = 500 (c) x+2y
(b) +2y
(a) 2+y70 Zoo?
many birds are there the
in
How (d) 200
(ii) (c) 300
(b) 5000
(a) 1000 Zoo?
How many deer are there in the (d) 700
(iv)
200 (c) 300
(a) 500 (b)
of animals (birds and deer) is
(v) Total number
(c) 500
(d) 300
700 exhibition
(a) 1000 (b)
10 students to see the painting
a school took the standard
34. Mathematics teacher of part of art integration
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION, Bangalore. It is the eager
which was held at ART as Students were
well.
Mathematics. The teacher and students
had interest in painting
of
above pain tings are based on concept
teacher explained that the
to see the above paintings. The
of a pair of lincar equations of two variables.
UPSTREAM (b)
DOWNSTREAM (a)

Dlrection of Boát: Direction of Boat

Directlon of Stream Dlrection of Stream

Fig. 3.11

i) If the speed of boat is 5 km/hr and speed of stream is 2 km/hr. What is the speed of the
boat in downstream?
(a) 5 km/hr km/hr
(b) 2 (c) 7 km/hr (d) 3 kmn/hr
(ii) If the speed of boat is 5 km/hr and speed of stream is 2 km/hr. What is the speed of the
boat in upstream?
(a) 5 km/hr (b) 2 km/hrkm/hr (d) 3 km/hr(c) 7
(iii) A boat goes 21
km downstream. What is the time required to cover it?
(a) 5 hr (b) 2 hr (c) 7 hr (d) 3 hr
(iv) A boat goes 12 km upstream. What is the
time required to cover it?
2
(a) 4 hr hr (b)
(c) 6 hr (d) 3 hr
(v) If speed boat and stream be km/hr and km/hr
of x y distane
respectively. What is the
covered by downstream boat in '' hours?
(a) (* - y) km (b) t (x+ y) km (c) 2t (x - y) km (d) (x+ y) km 2
 TWO VARIADLES
<br>

.he number of solutions O1

3*y 243 and 243*-y 3.13
(a) 0 (b) 1 3 ia
(c) 2
31. The arca of the triangle formed (d)infinite
by the lines
(as shown in Fig. 3.8), is 2x +
3y 12, x
(a) 7 sq. units (b) 7.5 sq. units -y-1 0
and
(c) 6.5 sq, units x0
(d) 6 sq. units
2r+3y-12=0

4
B (0, 4)
3
2
P/(3,2)
1

-4 -3 -2 -1
/1 2 3 4
C(1, 0)
A (6, 0)
D
D (0, -1) -2
-3
-4
I-y-1=0 y

Fig. 3.8
32. Figure 3.9, is the Fig.3.9
graph representing two
area of the triangle formned by these two lincar equations by lines AB and CD respectively. The
lines and the line x =0 is
(a) 3 sq. units (b) 4 sq. units (c) 6 sq. units (d) 8 sq. units

CASE STUDY BASED MOCQs

33. Teachers and students of class X of a school had gone to Nandan Kannan for study tour. After
visiting different places of Nandan Kannan, lastly, they visited bird's sanctuary and deer park.
Rohan is a clever boy and keen observer. He put the question to his friends " How many birds
are there and how many deer are there (at particular time) in Nandan Kannan?" Rahul's friend,
Nishith gave the correct answer as follows:
'Nishith answered that total animals have 1000 eyes and1400 legs."

Fig. 3.10
<br>

LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES 3.15

PAIR OF

ASSERTION -REASON BASED MCas

questions contains STATEMENT-1 (Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason)

Each of the following
four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of which is the correct answer. Mark the
and has following
correct choice.
(a)
Statement-1 is truc, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1.
a
Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is not correct cxplanation for Statement-1.
Ic) Statement-1 is true,
Statement-2 is false.
Stalement-2 is truc.
(d) Statement-l is false, –
3x +5y 4=0 and 15x 25y-25 =0 is
+
25. Statement-1 (A): The system of linear equations
inconsistent.
+ c =0 and azx + b,y + q =0
Statement-2 (R): The pair of linear equations a,*+by
represents parallel lines, if b,
x with
the lines representing =8,y =6
36. Statement-1 (A): The area of the rectangle formed by
sq. units.
the coordinate axes is 24 a solution.
equations x=8,y =6 is consistent with unique
Statement-2 (R): The system of are
represent coincident lines, then the equations
37. Statement-1 (A): Ifa pair of linear equations
consistent and have a unique solution. + Cq =0 represents
ajx+ b,y + C =0 and a,x + b,y
Statement-2 (R): A pair of linear equations

coincident lines iff Cz

- + is inconsistent,
equations 3x + 6y =10 and 2x ky 5 =0
38. Statement-1 (A):
Ifthe system of
then k =-4. b,y + c =0 and a,x + b,y + , =0 is
equations 4,x+
Statement-2 (R): The system of
inconsistent iff 41 C

b
ANSWERS
7. (d)
5. (a) 6. (d)
4. (c) 14. (b)
3. (a) 12. (a) 13. (a)
1. (b) 2. (c) 11. (d) 21. (c)
10. (c) 19. (b) 20. (c)
8. (d) 9. (a) 18. (a) 28. (d)
17. (d)
26. (c) 27. (a)
15. (b) 16. (b) 25. (d)
24. (d)
22. (b) 23. (a) 32. (a)
31. (b) (v) (c)
29. (a) 30. (b) (iv) (b)
(iii) (c) (v) (b)
33. (i) (b) (ii) (c) (iv) (a)
(iüi) (d)
34. (i) (c) (ii) (d) 38. (c)
37. (d)
35. (a) 36. (d)
<br>

CHAPTER
4
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS

REVISION OF KEY CONCEPTS AND FORMULAE

1. A polynomial of degree 2 is called a quadratic
polynomial. The general form of a quadratic
polynomial is ax+ bx + c, where a, b, care real numbers such that a + 0
and x is a real variable.
2. If p(x)= ax“ + bx =+c, a 0
# is a quadratic polynomial and a is a real
number, then
p(a) = aa + ba + c is known as the value of the quadratic polynomial p (x).
3. A real number a is said to be a zero of the quadratic polynomial p (x) = ax + bx + c, if
p(a) =0.
4. If p(*) = ax“ + bx +c is a quadratic polynomial, then p(x) =0 i.e., ax +bx +c =0, a = 0 is
called a quadratic equation.
5. A real number a is said to be a root of the quadratic equation ax + bx +C = 0, if
aa +
ba
+c=0.
In other words, a is a root of ax + bx +c = 0 if and only if a is a zero of the polynomial
p
(x)= ax + bx + c.

6. If ax* + bx + c, a 0 is factorizable into a product of two linear factors, then the roots of the
quadratic equation ax + bx +c=0 can be found by equating each factor to zero.

7. The real roots of the quadratic equation ax + bx + c= 0,a +0 can be found by using the

quadratic formula -bt Vb?- 4ac-, provided that b² - 4ac 0.

2a

8. If a,B are roots of the quadratic equation ax? + bx

+c= 0, then a +p=- and aß =

9. Nature of the roots of quadratic equation ax'+ bx + c= 0, a + 0 depends upon the value of
-
D=b 4ac, which is known as the discriminate of the quadratic equation.
10. The quadratic equation ax² + bx + c = 0, a +0 has:
(1) two distinct real roots, if D = b² - 4ac >0
= =
0
(1) two equal roots i.e. coincident real roots, if D b– 4ac

(ii) no real roots, if D = b - 4ac <0.

= 0
as its roots is x“- (a +p)x+ aß
The quadratic equation having a and B

or, x- (Sum of the roots) x + Product of roots =0.

4.1
<br>

4.2 MATHEMATICSX

12. Surd roots of a quadratic equation with rational coefficients always occur in conjugate
if a+ b is a root, then is also a root, where a, b are rational numbers pairsie.
a-/b such that
b>0.
SOLVED EXAMPLES
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCQs)

EXAMPLE 1
The equation ax“ + bc +
is a quadratic equation
C=0 for
(a) all values of a (b) all non-zero values of a
(c) all non-zeno values of b (d) all non-zero values of c
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION equation ar+ bx+c =0, a# 0 is defined as a
The
and c. quadratic equation for all values of A
Hence, option (b) is correct.
EXAMPLE 2 A quadratic
equation has
(a) at most tvo roots (b) at least two roots (c) exactly two roots (d) at least one root
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION A quadratic equation has exactly two roots, say
a and B, such that a+ß=
b
and
aß
EXAMPLE 3 If a and B are two roots of the
quadratic equation
(a) a (x+ a) (* +ß)
ax+bx + c
=0, then ax“ + bx +c =
(b) a(x- a) (x-P) (c)
Ans. (b)
a)b(x- (x-B) (d) c(x- a)
(x-B)
SOLUTION Since a and B are roots of ax+ bx c. +

ax + bx+c= (x- a) (x - B) for some

and all x
ax +
bx+c= x-x
(a+ B) + aß for all x
|By comparing coefficients of x]
2=4
Hence, ax + bx +c=a(x- a)(x- B).
EXAMPLE 4 The number of
real roots of the equation = 0, is
(a) 2 x+3|x|+2
(b) 3 (c) 0
Ans. (c) (d) 4
SOLUTION We find
that x²+3|x|+2
equation has no real root. =x+3|x|+2 0
for any real x. Hence,
the given
ALITER We find
that x* +3|x\+2=|x +2|x|+|x|+2
EXAMPLE 5 The number of
real roots of
=(|x\+2)(|x+1)=0for any x.
the equation
(a) 4 x-3| x|+2 =
0, is
(b) 3 (c) 2
Ans. (a) (d) 1

SOLUTION We have,
x*-3| x|+2 =0
= 0
|x-3| x|+2
|x-2|x|-|*|+2=0 (|xl-2)(|x|-1) = 0
Hence, the given equation has four real roots. |x=1| x|=2r=tl, y+2
EXAMPLE 6 The least positive value of k,
for which the quadratic eguation 2,2
roots, is rA=0has ration
(a) ±2/2 (b) 2 (c) t2 (d) /2
<br>

OUADRATIC EQUATIONS
4.3
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION Given quadratic equation will have [CBSE 2023|
rational roots, if its
discriminant is a perfect square.
be the discriminant. Then,
D = k +
Let D 32.

Clearly. the least positive value of K

tor which D will be a perfect square, is 2.

CYAMPLE 7 A quad ratic equation vhose roots are 2+ /3 and 2-A ic

(a) x'-4x+1=0 (b) x+ 4x +1=0 (c)

4r-3 =0 (d) x'-1=0
Ans. (a)
(CBSE 2023]
coUIION The quadratic equation whose roots are a
=2+ /3 and B=2-3 is
=0 or,
+ +
r'- (a B)x aß
x-4x +1 =0
EXAMPLE 8
Ifcand d are roots of
the equation (r-a) (* -b)- k= 0, then a, b are roots of the equation
(a) (x-c) (x- d)- k =0 (b) (x-c) (x - d) + k=0
(c) (x-a) (x -c) + k=0 (d) (x-b) (x - + k=0 d)

Ans. (b)
SOLUTION If cand d are roots of the equation (x- a)(x-b) –k=0, then
(x-a) (*-b)- k =
(x- c)(x- d)
(x-c) (x-d) +k= (*- a) (x -b) a, b are roots of the equation (x- c)(x- d) + k =0.
EXAMPLE 9 If a, b, c are positive real numbers, then the number of real roots
of the equation
ax +
b| x|+c = 0, is
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 0 (d) 1

Ans. (c)
SOLUTION We find that for positive values of a, band c; ax + b|x|+c=ax +b|x|+c>0 for all

real values of x. Therefore, ax +

b|x|+c#0for any real values of x.
Hence, ax +
b|x|+c= 0 has no real root.

f the sum and product of the roots of the equation 4k =0 are egual, then the
EXAMPLE 10 kx +
+6x
value of kis
(a) -, 2
(b)
3
2
(a) - 3
Ans. (a)
6
SOLUTION Let a, B
be the roots of the equation kr +6x + 4k = 0. Then, a +B=-and aß= 4
k
It is given that

3
a+ß= aß»-=4»k=
EXAMPLE 11 fone root of the equation 3x² =8x + (2k + 1) is seven times the other, then the value ofk is
7 5 5
(a) (c) ()
3 (b) 3
3
Ans. (c)
be a and 7a, Then,
OLOTON Let the roots of the given equation i.e. 3r- 8x- (2k + 1) =0
2k +1
a +7a =-8 and a x 7a =
3
<br>

MATHIIEMATICS.X
4.4

- 2k + 1 7 2k +1 2k + 1 = 7 5
-»k=
1

aand 7a² 3
3 3

EXAMPLE 12 A
quadratic cquation wvhosc one root is
1t V2 and the sum of its roots is 2, is

(a)
Ans. (b)
-
2x+1=0 (b) x- 2r-1=0 (c) x+ 2x +1 = 0 (d) x*+ 2x-1=0

sOLUTION Let a, be the roots of the desired equation and let

B
a 1+/2 and a+8
Then, a = V2
+1and ß=1- V2. So, the required equation is
**- (a +P)x +
aß = 0 or, x²- 2x-1 = 0
EXAMPLE 13 fone root of
the equation ax + bx+C =0 is three times the other, then
(a) b = 16ac (b) b = 3ac (c) 3b = 16ac (d) 16b=3ac
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION Let the roots be a and 3a. Then,

a+3a and ax 3a =
a= b
and 3g2.
2

4a
EXAMPLE 14 Quadratic
equation whose roots are the reciprocal of the roots
ax bx+c=0, is
+ of the equation

(a) ax+ +b=0 CX

(b) cx+bx + a =0
Ans. (b)
(c) cx-bx + a =0 (d) cx + bx-a =0

SOLUTION Let a, ß
be the roots of the equation ax +
bx +C=0. Then, a +B = -
and C
The equation whose roots are 1 1 aß=.
and is

1
-=0 or, a+B
x² -
+
1
or, bx a
aß =0
aß aß x++-=0 C C
or, cx
+bx + a = 0
EXAMPLE 15
If the roots of theequation a
(b-c)x + b(c- a)x +c (a
(a) b= 2ac -b) = 0 are equal, then
(b) b=
(c) cZab (d) a = 2bc
Ans. (a) a+b
SOLUTION b+c
We observe
both the roots of that x = 1satisfies
the given equation are the given equation.
So, it is a root
equal to 1. of the equation. 1hus,
Product of roots c (a
=1x1
a (b - c)
-b)_ ca - cb =
1 ab -ac 2ac = ab + bc 2ac
EXAMPLE 16
The number
=b=
of
real roots of
a+c
(a) 1 the equation
Ans. (d) (b) 2 (r-1 + (x-
2)' + (x-3)
(c) 3 =0, is
SOLUTION (d) n0ne of these
For any
real value of x, we
equation has no find that
real roots. (r-1)+ (r-2)+(*-3) 0. Hence, the given
<br>

EQUATIONS
OUADRATIC 4.5

CASE STUDY BASED EXAMPLES

and Jayant are very close friends. They decided to go to Ranikhet with their families in
EXAMPLE 17 Johan x
a
cars. Johan's car travels at speed of km/r vhile Jayant's car travels 5 km/hr faster than Johan's
Separate
10re than Jayant to complete the Journey of 400 km.
Johan took hours
4

car.

AE

Fig. 4.1

() The distance covered by Jayant's car in two hours is

(a) 2(x +5) km (b) (*-5) km (c) 2(x + 10) km (d) (2x+5) km
speed of Johan's car is
(i) The quadratic equation describing the
=0
(a) x-5x-500 =0 (b) x+ 4x – 400 =0 (c) x
+5x-500 =0 (d) x-4x + 400
(iii) The speed
of
Johan's car is (in km/hour)
(b) 15 (c) 25 (d) 10
(a) 20
(iv) The speed of ayant's car in km/hr is
(c) 30 (d) 15
(a) 25 (b) 20
Jayant to travel 400 km is
(v) Time taken by
(c) 25 hours (d) 16 hours
(a) 20 hours (b) 40 hours
car is (x + 5)km/hr.
SOLUTION (i) Ans. (a): Speed of Jayant's
= +
covered in 2 hours 2 (x 5)km
Distance
400
car to cover 400 km is hours.
(ii) Ans. (c): Time taken by Johan's

400
hours
Time taken by Jayant's car to cover 400 km
1s 5

cover 400 km.

Johan takes 4 hours mnore than Jayant to

400 400 = 100 (x + 5- x) =l x(x + 5) = 500 x+ 5x - 500 = 0

4 x 5)
X+5 (r+
car is given by
(ii) Ans. (a): The speed of Johan's
- 20x - 500 = 0 (r+ 25) (r
- 20) = 0
>x-20 = 0=r=20
- 500 =
x+5x 0r+25x
(iv) Ans. (a): We have, x 20
(x+5) km/hr 25 km/hr
=
=
Speed of Jayant's car
car 25 km/hr
(v) Ans. (d): Speed of Jayant's

=
400 hours = 16 hours
Time taken to travel 400 km
25
<br>

MATHEMATIKS
4.6
of 15 km the boat
EXAMPLE 18 The speed of
a motorboat is 20
kmr. For covering the distance tock 1
hor
more for upstream then downstrcam.

Fig. 4.2
(i) the speed of stream is x km/h, then the speed of the motorboat in upstream is
f
(a) 20 km/hr (b) (20 + x) km/hr (c) (20 - x) km/hr (d) (x-20) km/hr
(ii)
f the speed of stream is x km/hr, then the speed of the motorboat in downstream is
(a) (20 + x) km/hr (b) (x - 20) km/hr (c) 20 x km/hr (d)
20
-km/hr
(iii) The quadratic equation giving the speed of the current is
- 200 = 0 (b) **+ 20x - 400 = 0 (c)
(a) x+30x x'+ 30x - 400 =0 (d) -20x - 400 = 0
(iv) The speed of the current is
(a) 20 km/hr (b) 10 km/hr (c) 15 km/hr (d) 25 km/hr
(v) Time taken by the motorboat to cover 15 km upstream is

(a) 1
hour (6) 1
2 hours
(c) 2 hours (d) 3 hours
SOLUTION (i) Ans. (c): Speed of motorboat = 20
km/hr and, Speed of stream = x km/hr
Speed upstream of the motorboat = (20- x) km/hr
(ii) Ans. (a): Speed of motorboat = 20
km/hr and, Speed of stream = x km/hr
Speed downstream of the motorboat = (20 + x) km/hr

(iii) Ans. (c): Time taken by the motorboat to cover

15 km upstream 15
hours
20- x
Time taken by the motorboat to cover 15 km downstream = 15
hours.
20 + x

15 15 15(20 + x- 20 + x)
=1 =1 15x 2x = 400 -
20-x 20 + x (20 - x) (20 + x) x*x+30x- 400 =0

(iv) Ans. (b): The speed of the current is given by

r+ 30x-400= 0
x+ 40x-10.x –
400 =0 (r+ 40) ( -10) =0 - 10 = 0
=10
(v) Ans. (b): Time taken by the motor boat to cover 15 15 15 = 1
km upstream 1- hours
20-x 10 2
<br>

EQUATIONS
QUADRATIC
4.7
EXAMPLE 19 While designing the sclhool year book, a teacher asked
[Link]
the student that the length and width of
particular photo by x unils enclh to double the area of
a the photo. The original photo is 18 cm
cm wide.
long
and 12
18 cm

School
12 cm
Photo

Fig. 4.3
Based on the above infornation, answer the folloving questions:
() Write an algebraic cquation depicting the above information.
(i) Write the corresponding quadratic equation in standard form.
(ii) What should be the new dimensions of the enlarged photo?
(iv) Can any rational value of x make the new area equal to 220 cm²?

SOLUTION (1) Original area of photo = 18 x 12 cm² = 216 cm?

Area of photo by increasing length and breadth each by x units.
- x) = 216
(18 + x) (12 + +30x+x
It is given that the area of photo is doubled by increasing length and wid th each by x uints.
216 + 30x +x* = 2x 216 ...i)

(1) Simplifying equation (i), we obtain *

+30x- 216 = 0.
This is the required quadratic equation in standard form.
(iüü) x +30x- 216 =0
=
x+36x-6x-216 0

x(*+36)-6(x + 36) =0 (r-6) (x +36)=0 -6=0 r=6 : x+36 0]

Hence, the new dimensions of the enlarged photo are

Length =18+x= (18 + 6) cm = 24 cm, Breadth =12 + x (12 + 6) cm

= =
18cm
(iv) If new area is 220 cm2, then
30± /916
216 +
30x +x = 220
> x+30x – 4
= 0
r= =-15 t/229 [:
x>0]

X=-15 /229 4:

not rational. Hence. no rational value of x can make new area equal 220 cm².
X
to
Cariy, is
two games of Hockey
AMPILE 20 Tw0 sclhools P' aud '0 decided to award prizes to their students for
per student and Cricket u
Der student, School "P' decided to award a total of * 9,500 for the tvo
games
games to 4 and
ana 4 students respectivelu: while sclhool '0' decided to avard R 7,370 for the two
3 students respectively.
<br>

QUA

EXAMPLE 19 While
designing the school year
increased book, a teacher 1.7
a particular photo
is
by x units each asked the
student that
to double the area of the
and 12 Cm wide. thephoto. The originallength and uidlh of
photo is cm
k
18 long
18 cm

School
Photo 12 cm

Fig. 4.3
Based on the above information, answer
the following questions:
) Write an algebraic equation
depicting the above information,.
(i) Write the corresponding quadratic
equation in standard form.
(:t:) What should be
the nev dimensions of the
enlarged photo?
(iv) Can any rational value x
of make the neV area equal to 220
c²?
SOLUTION (1) Original area =
of photo 18 12 cm² =216 cm?
x

Area of photo by increasing

length and breadth each by x units.
= (18+ +
x) (12 x)= 216 +30x +x*
It is given that the area of photo is doubled by
increasing length and width each
byxuints.
216 + 30x +x = 2 x 216
..(i)
(ii)Simplifying equation (i), we obtain
x+30x- 216 = 0.
This is the required quadratic equation in
standard form.
(iü)
x+30x- 216 = 0
x +36x-6x- 216 =0
x
(x+ 36)–6(x +36) = 0 (x-6) (r+ 36) = 0
-6
= 0
=6 +
36 = 0]
Hence, the new dimensions of the enlarged
"
photo are
Length =18 +x = (18 + 6)cm = 24 cm, Breadth
=12+= (12 +
6)cm = 18 cm

(iv) If new area is 220 cm², then

- 30 + /916
216 +30x +x²= 220 r + 30x - 4
=0 r= =-15 tV229 (:: >0)
2

+
x=-15 /229
rational. Hence, no rational value of can make new area cqual to 220 cm,
Clearly, x is not x

EXAMPLE 20 Two schools 'P decided to avard prizes to their students for tvo gams of Hakey
ad '0 for the tuo games
per st udent and Cricket u per student. Sclool 'P' decided to awardR atotal R9,500
of

, Students respectively: while school 'Q' decided

to award 7,370 for the two games to and
3 students
respectively.
<br>

AEMATICSx
4.8

Fig. 4.4
Based on the above information, answer the following questions:
(i) Represent the following information algebraically (in terms of x and y.
(ii) What is the prize amount for hockey?
(iii) Prize amount of which game is more and by how much?
(iv) What will be the total prize amount if there are 2 students each from two games?
[CBSE 2023)
SOLUTION (i) Given information can be exhibited in the following tabular form:
Hockey (x) Cricket (y) Total money awarded
School P 5 4 9,500
School Q 4 3 7,370
Money awarded by school P to 5 students of
hockey and 4 students of cricket is 5x+4y and total
money for both games is?9,500.
5x + 4y =9500
Similarly, for school Q, we obtain ...i)
4x+3y =7370
(ii) Multiplying (i) by 3 and (ii) by 4 ..(i)
and subtracting, we obtain
(15x +12y)-(16x + 12y) =3x 9500 –
4x
7370
-X=28500 -29480
Puttingx=980 in (i), obtain
we
-X=-980 x= 980

5x980 4y 9500
+ =
4y = 4600 y=1150
Total prize amount for hockey
=(5x + 4x) =9x= (9x980) =8820
(iii) Total prize amount for
cricket = 4y +3y =7y =
(7x1150) =*8050
Clearly, prize amount for hockey is more
by =(8820- 8050)=770
(iv) Total prize amount
for two students in each game
=(2r+ 2y) = R 2(x+ y)
=?2(980 +
1150) =4260
ASSERTION-REASON
BASED MCQs
Each of the following examples
contains STATEMENT-1 (Assertion)
(c) and (d), only one of which isand
and has following four choices (a), (b), STATEMENT-2 (Keas
Correct choice. the correct answer. Mark the
<br>

QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
ment-l and Statement-2 4.9
are True; Statement-2 a
ament-1and Statement-z are is correct explanation for Statement-1.
1rue; Staement-2 is not a correct
ic) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False explanation for Statement-1.
(d Statenment-1 is False, Statement-2 is True.
DE
21 Statement-I
(A: y the equation
roots and a+
x- ax +
b=0 and x'+ bx-a=0 have a common
0,
Statement-2 (R): then a-=1
A common root of two
equations satisfies both the
Ans. (a) equations.
SoLUTION Clearly, statement-2 is always true. Let a
be a common root
Ther, of the given equations.
„2-a2+b=0 and a+ ba – 4=0»(a*- aa + - (a b) + ba - a) = 0
-a (a+ b) =-(a + b) a =1
Putting a=1 in a-aa +b=0, we a
obtain -b=1.
So. statement-1 is true. Clearly,
statement-2 is a correct explanation for statement-1.
Hence, option (a) is correct.

EXAMPLE 22 Statement-1
f the roots of the equation 1,
1
(A): _1 are
equal in magnitude and
*+p
opposite in sign, then p, r, q are in A.P.

Ans. (c)
Statement-2 (R): The sum of the roots of
the equation ax + bx
+c=0 is .
h

SOLUTION The sum of the roots of the equation ax+ bx+c=0 is So, statement-2 is false.

If the roots of the equation ax + bx +c=0 are equal in magnitude but opposite in sign,
then b =0
ie. coefficient of x=0.
1 1
Now, +(p+q-2r) x+ (pq -qr -rp) =0
*+p
Ir's roots are equal in magnitude but opposite in sign.
p+q-2r =0 p+q=2rp,r,q are in A.P.
So, statement -1 is true.
EXAMPLE 23 Statement-1 (A): If roots of the equation (2k -1) ** + 4x-3 =0 are reciprocal of each
other, then k= -1.
Statement-2 (R): Ifa= c, then roots of ax*+ bx +c=0 are reciprocal of each other.
Ans. (a)
SOLUTION If roots of the equation ax + bx+c=0 are reciprocal of each other, then
Product of roots = 1
=1c=a.
So, statement-2 is true.
if
OSng statement-2, the roots of (2k-
1)
x² + 4x -3 =0 will be reciprocal of each other,
1.
2k
-1=3k= is a correct explanation for statement-1.
U, Statement-1 is also true and statement-2
are of opposite signs, then the quadratic equation
c
SAAMPLE 24 Statement-1 (A): If a and roots.
ax+ bx+c=0 has real and distinct zero, it has real
is not equal to
discriminant D of quadratic equation
a
Statement-2 (R): If
and distinct roots.
<br>

MATHEMATICSX
4.10

Ans. (c) ac 0. Therefore,

< D= 2 - 4ac
SOLUTION If and a c are opposite
of signs, then >0 and hence
ax + bx+c has real and distinct roots. So, statemernt-1 is true.
of a quadratic equation are real and distinct only
Clearly, statement-2 is false, because roots whenits
discriminant is positive.
ac If0, then at east one of the tuo equations ax+ bx + c
EXAMPLE 25 Statement-1 (A): =0 and
ax + has real and distinct roots.
bx-c=0
Statement-2 (R): quadratic equation has rcal and distinct roots if its discriminant is
A

posilive.
Ans. (a)

x=: b+yb'-
4ac
SOLUTION The roots of a quadratic equation ax+ bx + c =0 are given by
which are
2a
real and distinct, if D=b²-4ac > 0. So, statement-2is true.
Let D, and D, be the discriminants of quadratic equations ax+ bx + c =0 ax + bx -c=0
and
respectively. Then, D, and D, = b² + 4ac.
=b-4ac
Now, ac # 0 ac > 0 or ac<0

If ac > 0, then D, >0 but the sign of D, is undecided. Consequently, ax + bx +c=0 has real and
distinct roots.
If ac < 0, then D, >0 but the sign of D, is undecided.
Consequently, ax+ bx +c=0 has real and
distinct roots.
Hence, at least one of the two equations
has real and distinct roots. So, statement-1 is true and
statement-2 is a correct explanation for statement-1.
EXAMPLE 26 Statement-1 (A):
If the difference of roots of the equation + q = 0 is ame as
difference of the roots of x-2px the
the equation 2rx +s =0,
s-q=r'-p'. x'- then

Statement-2 (R): The roots of the quadratic

equation ax + bx
WD
+c=0 are given by
-bt -, where D is the discriminant.
Ans. (b) 2a
SOLUTION Clearly,
statement-2 is true. Let
roots a,ß be the roots of x-2px
of
x-2rx +S =0. Then, a +ß= 2p, aß=q,y + 8 = +q=0 and y, 8 be the
2r and y = s. Itis given that
(a -p)' = (y - 8) (a +B)' -4aß(y + 8)' - 4y8 4p – 4q =
=
So, statement-1 is true,
but statement-2 is not a 4r–4s s-q=r-p*
correct explanation
EXAMPLE 27 Statement-1 for statement-1.
(A): If 5+
J7 is a root of a quadratic eguation
its other root with rational coefficients,
is tn
Surd roots of a5-J7.
Statement-2 (R):
quadratic equation
conjugate pairs. with rational coefficients
Ans. (a) 0cc
SOLUTION Statement-2,
being a standard result, is true. [CBSE 2023]
root of a quadratic Using statement-2, we find
equation with rational that 5-V/
true and statement-2 coefficients ifits one
is a correct explanation root is 5+
for statement-1. 7. So, statement-I i5
Hence, option (a) correct.
is
<br>

OUADRATIC EQUATIONS
4.11
PRACTICE EXERCISES
MULTIPLE CHOICE
QUESTIONS (MCQs)
Mark the correct alternative in cach of thefollowing:
Which of the following a is quadratic equation?
(a) + 2x +1 = (4-) +3 -
(b)
(c) (k+ 1) *?
7=7,
3
where k = -1
-2.12
6-) 2x
, Which of the following is not a
(d) =
(t-1) x'-r' [NCERT EXEMPLAR
quadratic equation?
(a) 2(1- 1)' = 2r +1 4r- (b) 2x-x
(c) (V2r+
3) + =3x² -5x =*+5
(d) (x² + 2x) = x +3 + 4x
Which of the following equations
has 2 as a root? (NCERT EXEMPLARJ
(a) x²- 4x +5 =0 (b) x* + 3x–12 =0 (c)
2x'-7x+6=0 (d) 3x -6x-20
A
Which of the following equations [NCERT EXEMPLAR]
has the sum of its roots as 3?
(a) 2x*-3x +6=0
(b) -x+3x-3
3 =0
(d) 3x'-3x +3=0 [NCERT EXEMPLAR]
5. The quadratic equation
2x-5x
(a) two distinct real roots
+1=0 has
(b) two equal real roots
(c) no real roots
(d) more than 2 real roots
6. Which of the following equations has two (NCERT EXEMPLAR]
distinct roots?
(a)
2x- 3/2x+-=0
4
(b) x+x-5=0 (c) x²+3x+ 2V2 =0 (d) 5x-3x +1=0
7.
[NCERT EXEMPLAR]
Which of the following equations has no real roots?
(a) x-
4x +3/2 =0 (b) x² +4x-3/2 =0
8.
(c)
x- 4x-3/2 -0 (d) 3r+4V3x +4 –0 [NCERT EXEMPLAR]
The equation (² +1)° -x' =0 has
(a) four real roots (b) twO real roots (c) no real roots (d) one real root
[NCERT EXEMPLAR]
9. Ifx 0.2 is a root of the equation x-0.4k =0, then k =
(a) 1 (b) 10 (c) 0.1 (d) 100

10. If ,1

2
is a root of the equation x-kx-=0,
5
4
then the value
1
of k is
[NCERT EXEMPLAR]

1
(a) -2 (b) 2 (d)
11. Which of the following is not a quadratic equation?
(a) 3(x+1) = 2x +x+4 (b) 5x +2x =x+9
+ = 2*?-3x
(c)
(*-2x) =x+3+4x (d) (v2x v3)
Le Which of the following equations has 3 as a root?
(a)
x-4x +3 =0 (b) x*+ 4x +3 =0 (c) x+ 5x +6=0 (d) *+7r+ 12 = 0
13, A quadratic equation can have
(a) at least two roots (b) at most two roots
(c) exactly two roots (d) any number of roots
<br>

MATHEMATICS-X

4.12
= 0 is
equation (x + 2)

14. The discriminant of the quadratic (c) 4

(d) 0
(b) 2 has real. and equal roots are
(a) -2 equation 16x+4kx +9=0
The values
of k for which the quadratic 3 3
6, - 6
15. (d)
(a) 6,
1 -
(b) 36, 36
(c) z' 4
[CBSE 2014|
o
then ah
common root of the equations
ay + ay +3 =0 and y' +y+b= 0,
16. If y
=1 is a (c) 6 (d) -3
(b) -7/2 [CBSE 20121
(a) 3

cquation
+ ax +3 =0 is 1, then its other root is
17. If one root of the (d) -2
(c) 2
(a) 3 (b) -3
4-0 is 2, then the other root
+
kx +
is
18. If one root of the equation 2x
-1
(c) (d) 1
(a) 6 (b) -6
zero, is
19. A quadratic equation whose one root is
2 and the sum of whose roots is
(a) +4 = 0
x (b) x-4 =0 (c) 4x-1=0 (d) x-2 =0
20. If the sum and product of the roots the equation
of kr + 6x+ 4k =0 are equal, then k=
3 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 3
21. If the sum of the roots of the equation x-x= (2x-1) is zero, then 2=
1
(a) -2 (b) 2 (c) - 1
(d) 2
2
22. If x =1is a common root of the equations ar +
ax+3=0 and x'+x+b=0, then ab =
(a) 3 (b) 3.5 (c) 6 (d) -3
23. x +4x+k=0 has real and distinct roots, then
If the equation
(a) k<4 (b) k> 4 (c) k4 (d) ks4
24. If ax + bx +C=0 has equal roots, then c=

-b b
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2a 2a 4a 4a
[CBSE 2023]
25. The value of J6+ J6 + f6+... is
(a) 4 (b) 3
26. a
2 is root of the equation x
1f
(c) -2 (d) 3.5
+
bx + 12 =0 and the equation x*+ bx + q =0 has equal root
then q =
(a) 8
27. If p and q are
(b) -8 (c) 16 (d) - 16
(a)
the roots
p=1, q=-2
of the equation
x- px + q
=0, then
(b) p=0,q =1
28. The value of c
(c) p=-2,q =0 (d) p=-2,q = 1
for which the equation
ax' + 2bx +c=0 has equal roots is
b

(a) (b) a
4a (c)
(d)
4b
29. If x [CBSE 2023)
+k (4x+ k- 1) +2 =0 has equal roots, then k=
2 2
3 1
(c)
2'3 2 3
<br>

OUADRATIC EQUATIONS

30. If one
root of the equation ax + bx +c=0 is three times the
4.13

(a) 3:1 (b) 3:16 other, then b : ac =

Aa sum of (c) 16:3
the roots of the equation (d) 16:1
product, then k= x“-(k + 6)x +2(2k - 1) = 0 is equal to half of their
(a) 6 (b) 7 (c) 1
oneroot of the equation
4r* - 2x+(
Tt
- 4) (d) 5
32.
(a) 8 -8 (b)
=0 be the reciprocal of the other, then
(c) 4
.=
TE

33.
the eguation x*- +l=0 has two distinct roots, then
aX (d) -4
(a) lal= 2 (b) lal <2
(c)
34.
Tt
sbeeguation 9x* + 6kx +4=0 has equal roots, Jal>2 (d) None of these
then the roots are both equal to
3
(a) (b) t2 (c) 0
(d) ±3
a5 If the equation ax* +2x+a = 0 has two
distinct roots, if
(a) a=±1 (b) a
=0 (c) a=0, 1

a6 The positive value of k for which the equation

(d) a=-1,0
have real roots, is x+ kx +
64 =0 and x²-8x +k=0 will both
(a) 4 (b) 8 (c) 12 (d) 16
37. If the equation (a + b<) (ac + bd)
x-2 x+
¢ +d =0 has equal roots, then
(a) ab = cd (b) ad = bc (c) ad = (d) ab = ycd
38 If the roots of the equation
bc
(a+b-) x-2b (a c)x+(b² +c)=0 +
are equal, then

(a) 2b a+c (b) b² = ac (c)

2ac
b= (d) b= ac
a+c
39. If the equation x-bx +1=0 does not possess real roots, then
(a) -3<b<3 (b) -2<b<2 (c) b>2 (d) b<-2
40. Ifa and b can take values 1, 2, 3, 4. Then the number of the equations of the form ax? + bx + 1 =0

having real roots is

(a) 10 (b) 7 (c) 6 (d) 12
41. The number of quadratic equations having real roots and which do not change by squaring
their roots is
(a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 1
42. If (a' +b²) x² +2(ac + bd) x + c² +d² =0 has no real roots, then

(a) ad = bc (b) ab = cd (C) ac = bd (d) ad bc

=
43. It sin a and cos a are the roots of the equation ax“+ bx C=0,
+
then b
(a)
a-2ac (b) a + 2ac (c) a-ac (d) a+ ac
x + ax +b=0, then a+b=
44. Ifa and b are roots of the equation
(c) -2 (d) -1
(a) 1 (b) 2
45. The roots of the equation x* +3x-10=0 are:
(d) - 2, -5
(a) 2, -5 (b) -2, 5 (c) 2, 5
|CBSE 2023)
as
following quadratic equations has sum of its roots 4?
Ynich of the
V2r-X+l= 0(d) 4.r- 4x +4 =0
4
(c)
(a)
2x- 4x +8 =0 (b) -x + 4r+4 =0 [CBSE 2023)

. The equation 9y?

(a) no real root
-6x -2 =0 has (b) 2 equal
roots
2 real roots
(d) more than
(c) 2 distinct roots |CRSE Sample Paper 2024|
<br>

MATHEMATICS-X
4.14

CASE STUDY BASED MCQs

48. India is one of the largest importers of crude oil. Oil companies produce crude oil in barea
Suppose the maximum oil produced by company is 300 barrels and profit made from sal
these barrels is given by the function P(x) = -10x'+3500x - 66,000, where P(r) is profs
rupees and x is the number of barrels produced and sold.
Based on the above information answers the following questions:
(i) When no barrel is produced,then the profit or loss is
(a) Profit 22,000 (b) Profit 44,000
(c) Loss 66,000 (d) Loss 88,000
(ii) How many barrels should the company produce to achieve break even points?
(a) 10 (b) 20 (c) 30 (d) 40
(ii) On producing 100 barrels, the company
(a) earns profit of 185,000 (b) earns profit of 184,000
(c) is in loss of ? 185,000 (d) is in loss of 184,000
(iv) If the company produces 400 barrels, then it is in
(a) profit of 266,000 (b) loss of 266, 000
(c) profit of 342,000 (d) loss of 342,000
(v) The graph of the profit function is
(a) a straight line (b) a circle (c) a parabola (d) an ellipse
49. Raghav hasa field with total area of 1260 m. He uses it to grow wheat
and rice. The land used
to grow wheat i.e. wheatland is rectangular in shape while the riceland is
in the shape of
a

square as shown in the following figure. The length of wheatland is 3 metre more
than twice the
length of riceland.

Rice Wheat

Fig. 4.5
Based on the above information answers the following
questions:
(i) If the length of the riceland is x metre, then total
length of the field (in metres) is
(a) (2x +2) (b) 3x +3 (c) 4x
(ii) The perimeter of the field is
+4 (d) 3x +5

(a) 8x + 6 (b) 6x + 8 (c) 3x +4 (d) 4x +3

(iii) If the total area of the field is 1260 m,
then the value of x is
(a) 10 (b) 15 (c) 20 (d) 25
(iv) The area of the wheat land is
(a) 400 m? (b) 760 m? (c) 820 m? (d) 860 m?
(v) The ratio of the areas of the wheat and rice
land is
(a) 43: 20 (b) 20: 43 (c) 23: 40 (d) 40: 23

ASSERTION -REASON BASED MCQs

Each of the following questions contains STATEMENT-1 (A) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason) correct
following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of which is the correct answer. Markthe
at
choice. Statement-1.
(a) Statement-1
is
true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for
<br>

QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
4.15
Statement-1l true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is not a correct
is
(b) explanation for Staterment-1.
Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
) Statement-1 is false, Statemnent-2 is true.
50. Statement-1 (A): If 2+ /3 is a root of a quadratic equation with coefficients,
rational then its
other root is 2- 3.
Statement-2 (R): Surd roots of a quadratic equation with rational coefficients occur in
conjugate pairs.
E1 Statement-1 (A): Ifp, 4 r and s are real numbers and pr =2(q +s), then at least one of the
equations x + px + q =0 and x´+ rX +S 0 has real roots.
=

Statement-2 (R): The sum of two real numbers is positive, then both the numbers are positive.

52 Statement-1 (A): If a +b+c=0, then ax“ +

bx +
c= has real roots.
0

other root is also real.

Statement-2 (R): If one root of a quadratic equation is real, then the
roots.
ax +
bx +c=0 has real
53. Statement-1 (A): Ifa-b+c =0, then
Statement-2 (R): Roots of x-x+l=0 and not real.

ANSWERS
7. (a) 8. (c)
5. (c) 6. (b)
3. (c) 4. (b)
1. (d) 2. (c) 14. (d) 15. (c) 16. (a)
12. (a) 13. (c)
11. (c) 24. (d)
9. (c) 10. (b) 22. (a) 23. (a)
20. (a) 21. (c) 32. (a)
18. (d) 19. (b) 31. (b)
17. (a) 29. (b) 30. (c)
27. (c) 28. (a) 39. (b) 40. (b)
25. (b) 26. (c) 37. (b) 38. (b)
35. (a) 36. (d) 47. (c)
33. (c) 34. (a) 45. (a) 46. (b)
43. (b) 44. (d)
41. (c) 42. (d) (v) (c)
(iii) (c) (iv) (b)
48. (i) (c) (ii) (b) (v) (a)
(iv) (d)
(ii) (a) (iii) (c)
49. (i) (b) 53. (b)
51. (c)
52. (a)
50. (a)
<br>

CHAPIER 5
ARITHMETIC PROGRESSIONS

REVISION OF KEY CONCEPTS AND FORMULAE

A sequence is an arrarngement of numbers or objects in a definite order.

1.
2. A sequence ajaz, a3,ayr is called an arithmetic progression, if there exists a constant dsuch
-
that a, a1 = d,a3 - az = d,a4 - A3 =d,...„ an1- a, =d and so on.
The constant '' is called the common difference.
3 If 'a' is the first term and 'd the common difference of an AP, then the A.P. is

a,a + d,a + 2d,a +3d, a + 4d,..

4. A sequence a,,az, ayAn. is an AP, if a,+1 - 4, is independent of n.

5. A sequence a, ag, ag,.. , an.

is an AP, if and only if its
n
term a, isa linear expression in n and
in such a case the coefficient of n is the common difference.
is an AP with common difference 'A' if and only if a, = An + B.
6. The nth term a, of an A.P. with first term 'a' and common difference 'd' is given by

a, =0+(n -1)
d.

are m terms in the AP,

7. Let there be an A.P. with first term 'a' and common difference d. If there
then
nth termn from the end = (m-n+1) term from the beginning = 4+(m-n)d
Also,
l denotes the last term.
nth termn from the end =Last term (n-1)(-d) =l- (1-1) d, where
+

manner.
8. Various termns is an A.P. can be chosen in the following
Terms Common difference
Number of terms
+d d
3 a-d,a,a
2d
4 a-3d,a- d,a + d,a + 3d
d, a +
5 a- 2d,a-d,a,a + 2d

a-5d,a - 3d,a + 3d,a + 5d

d, a + 2d
6
common difference 'd' is given by
9. The sum to
n
terms of an A.P. with first term 'a' and
+
S, =2a (n-1)d}
= term =0+(7-1)d
Also, S, =a+1}, where last
of their nh terms,
sums of n terms of two AP's is given, then to find the ratio
10. If the ratio of the
n terms.
We replace n by (2n-1) in the
ratio of the sums of A, B
sum of its n terms is of the form An+ Bn, where
11, A sequence is an A.P. if and only
if the
common difference is 2A.
are constants. In such case the
a

,. is an AP with common difference d', then a, -a, (p-q)d.

=
a ag, a3, a4,..., 4,
l2. It
5.1
<br>

MATICS-X

.2
n
n
(n + 1) = (n +1)
n naturalnumbers is 2 ie. 1+2 +3+...+n
A3. Thesum of first 2
=y2
numbers is n i.e. 1+3+5+...+ (2n -1)
14. The sum of first odd
n natural
n even natural number is
n
(n +1)
15. The sum of first + 1).
+n) = 2n -n(n
2n 2(1+2+3+...
=
i.e. 2+4 +6+...+ 2
beginning and the endl is alwayssame
sum of the terms equidistant from the
16. In a finite AP the term.
to the sum of its first and the last
and is equal common difference d, then
sum of n terms of an AP with
denotes the
17. If S,
+Sn-2
a, = S, -S,-1 and d= S, -25,-1

SOLVED EXAMPLES
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS
(MCQS)

of the A.P. /18,/50, V98,... is

EXAMPLE 1 The next term
(c) V162 (d) /200
(a) 146 (b) V128 [CBSE 2012)
Ans. (c) common diference
SOLUTION Given A.P. is 3/2,5/2,7/2,.. Clearly, first term a=3/2 and
= 162.
So, the next term is 2/2 more than the preceding term 7/2. Hence, it is 9/2
d=2/2.
EXAMPLE 2 The 12h term ofAP whose first two terms are
an -3 and 4 is

(b) 74 (c) 60 (d) 81

(a) 67
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION Let a be the first term and d be the common difference of the given A.P. It is given that
a=-3 and
a d
=4a =-3 and d=7
+

-
12" term = a+(12 1)d=a+11d=-3+ 11 x7 =74
EXAMPLE 3 The 7h term from the end of the A.P. 7, 11, 15,
..., 107, is
(a) 79 (b) 83 (d) 87 (c) 81
Ans. (b)
sOLUTION The common difference and the last term of the given A.P. are 7 and 107 respectively.
If a, is the last term of an AP with comnmon difference 'd'. Then,
kh term from the end = a,-(k-1) d.
7h term from the end = 107 - (7-1) x 4= 107 - 24 = 83
EXAMPLE 4 If the common difference of an AP is 7, then azs - ag1 is equal to
(a) 14 (b) 20 (c) 28 (d) 35
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION If a, and a, are mh and nth terms of an AP with common difference 'd', then
a, -a, ={a+(m-1) d} -{a+ (n -1)d} = (m- n)d
Hence, for the given A.P., we obtain
Ags -
a1=(25-21) ×7 = 28
ALITER azs - a1 = (25 -21) d = 4d =
4x7 = 28

EXAMPLE 5
Ifp-1, p+1 and 2p +3 are in A.P., then the value of p is
(a) -2 (b) 4 (c) 0 (d) 2
Ans. (c) [CBSE 2023)
SOLUTION p-1, p+1 and 2p +3 will be in A.P., iff
<br>

ARITHMETIC PROGRESSIONS

2(p+1)=p-1+2p +3 5.3
2p+2 =3p + 2
>p=0
EXAMILE 6
If a1, ag
a3,, a... is an AP such that
a0-y
A.P. is =-32 then the common
difference of
the
(a) 4 (b) -4
Ans. (b)
(c) -3 (d) 3
SOLUTION a,- a, = (m -n) d

a20 - 412
=(20-12)d = -32 = 8d d=-4 (See [Link]. 12 on page
5.1]
rYAMPLE 7 If the n termm of an AP is 3n +7, then its common difference is
(a) 7 (b) 3
(c) 3n
Ans.(b) (d) 1
coLUTION A sequence an
is AP with common [CBSE 2023]
A4 R Here, a, =3n +7. So, it is nth tern of difference "A' if and only if
an A.P. with common
its nh term is of the form
difference 3.
ALITER d=a, -a,-1=(3n
-1) +7)-(3(n +7) =3.
EXAMPLE 8 If 11" term
from the end of the A.P.: 10, 7, 4, .., - 62 is
(a) 15
(b) 16
Ans.(c) (c)-32 (d) 0
sOLUTION We find
that 10, 7, 4, .., – 62 is an A.P. with common (CBSE 2023] -

11th term from the end = a, difference d = -3.

+(11-1)x -d = 4, -10d=-62-10 x-3 =
-32
EXAMPLE 9 If the sum of n terms of an
A.P. is S, =3n + 4n, then common difference
of the A.P. is
(a) 7 (b) 5 (c) 8 (d) 6
Ans.(d)
SOLUTION We know that a sequence is an
A.P. with common difference 2A iff the sum
terms is S.. = An + Bn. Hence, S. = 3n + 4n. So S, of its n
the common difference of the A.P. is 2 x3 =6.
EXAMPLE 10 If a, be the pth term of A.P. 3, 15, 27,
such that a, - ago = 180, then p= .,
(a) 68 (b) 65 (c) 66 (d) 67
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION The common difference of
the given A.P. is 12.
Now, ay - As0 = 180

(p-50) d= 180 (:am-a,

=
(m-n)d
12(p -50) = 180 p- 50 = 15 =p=65
EXAMPLE 11 The sum of the first n odd natiural numbers is
(a) 2n
Ans.(c)
(b) 2n + 1
(c) (d)
r-1
SOLUTION First n odd natural numbers are 1, 3, 5, 7,
.. (2n - 1). Clearly, these numbers form an
A.P. with first term 1. Jast term = 21 -1 and common difference = 2. Let S, denote the sum. Then,

=(1+2n - 1)
= n
S,

EXAMPLE 12 even natural numbers

is

The sum
n
of first
(a) 2n (c) n +n (d) n'-1
(b) n?
Ans.(c)
SOLUTION
Let Sn be the sum of first
n
even natural numbers. Then,
- n(1+1)
> S, = 2{1+2+3+4t...n} =2
x
-n+n
On =2+4 +6+8+...+ 2n 2
 MATHEMATICS y
<br>

n is
5.4 225, then the value of
first n odd
natural numbers is (d) 45
sum of
(c) 35
EXAMPLE 13 If the
(b) 25
(a) 15
Ans. (a) >=15
SOLUTION We have,
= 225
+ V27 + V48
+..... is
series V3+ /12
EXAMPLE 14 The
sum of n terns of the V3 n (n + 1)
2n(n -1)
(d)
/3n(n -1) (c) 2
/3
21n(n + 1) (b)
(a) 2
V3
+... ton terms. Then
Ans, (c) = J3 + /12 + /27 + /48
SOLUTION Let S,
n terms
+ 4/3 +... to
S, = V3 + 2/3 +3/3 n(n+1)1
V3n (n+1) 1+2+3+...+ n= 2
=
to n terms)
S., = /3 (1+2 +3+4+...
2

sum of first n terms of the A.P. is

an A.P. is (2n + 1), then the
term of (d) n(n -1)
EXAMPLE 15 Ifnth
(c) n (n + 1)
(b) n (n +2)
(a) n (n -2)

Ans. (b)
a,, = 2n +1. Therefore, a, = 2x1+1=3
SOLUTION We have,
= n(1 + 2)
+44)=(3+2n + 1)
Hence, S, =(a an A.P. is 3 :2, then the ratio of the
21st term to
5h

11" term
of
18 term to
EXAMPLE 16 If the ratio of
term is (c) 1:3 (d) 2:3
(a) 3:2
(b) 3:1
that
Ans. (b)
the common difference of the given A.P. It is given
d be
SOLUTION Let be the first term and
a

a+ 20d 4d + 20d ...

18
3 a+ 17d 3
2
4d
a21

a+10d
-a=
a+ 4d 4d + 4d 1
thet
terms of two A.P.'s are in the ratio (2n
+3):(3n + 2), then the ratio of
EXAMPLE 17 If the sum of n

mh terms is +
(d) (4m + 1):(m 6)
(b) (6m 1):(4m +1)
+ (c) (4m + 1):(6m -1)
(a) (4m -1): (6m + 1)
Ans. (c)
be the common differences of two A.P.'s. It s
SOLUTION Let a,, 4, be the first terms and d,d,
given that
n-1
(2a, +(n -1) d,) 2a, + -1) d,
(11 2n +3 2 2n +3
2n +3
2 21, (11-1) d,
+ 3n + 2 1-1 3n+2
+ (1 -1)4,) 31 +2
24,
2

n-1
by m-1 ie. n by (2m
- 1), we obtain
Replacing 2

a, + (m -1) d, 2
(2m-1) +3 4, + (m -1) d, 4m +1
a, + (m -1) d, +
3(2m -1) 2 ah + (M - 1) d, 6m -1

Hence, mth terms of two A.P.'s are in the ratio (4m +1):(6m -1).
<br>

CASE STUDY BASED

EXAMPLES
EXAMPULE I8 India is competitie manufacturing location
due to the
engineering capabilities contributing
low cost manpouer and strong
techmical and to higher quality production rns. The
production of TV
a fuctory incaseS nifornly by a fixed number every year. It
setsin produced 16,000 sets in 6h year and
year. Based on the above information, answer
22,600 inn 9th the following:

Fig. 5.1

(6) The production of TV sets during the first year was

(a) 2200 sets (b) 5650 sets (c) 5000 sets (d) 5750 sets
(i) The nunber of TV sets produced during the 8" year vas
(a) 20,600 (b) 20,000 (c) 20,400 (d) 20,200

(iii) Total number of TV sets produced in first five years was

(a) 47,000 (b) 45,000 (c) 48,000 (d) 50,000
(iv) In which year the production was 29,200. TV sets

(a) 10 (b) 12 (c) 14 (d) 8

(v) The diference of the production during 7 year and 4 year is

(a) 6600 (b) 6000 (c) 5600 (d) 7600

SOLUTION (i) Ans.(c): As the production increases uniformly so the number of TV sets produced

form an A.P. with first term 'a' (say) and common difference (say). It is given that
''
ao = 22,600 = 16,000 and a
+8d = 22,600 a=5000, d = 2200
a6
=
16000 and a+5d
(1) Ans.(c): ag =a+7d=5000 +7 x
2200 = 20400

(1) Ans.(a): S;
5
=(2a + 4d) = 5(a + 2d) = 5 (5000+ 4400) = 47,000
2
(v) Ans. (b): Let the production be 29,200 in nh year. Then,
a, =29,200
a +(n-1)d = 29,200
x = 29200 50 +
221 -22 = 292 22n = 264 n= 12
S000 + (n -1) 2200
=
(v) 3d)
=
3d=3x 2200 6600
Ans.(a): = h - Ay =
(a 6d)-(a
+ +
Required difference
<br>

5.6 MATHEMATICSy

EXAMPLE 19 olhn wants to participate in a 200 m

race. He can Currently run that disttance
in
and with cach day of practice it takes him 2 seconds less. He wanls to do it in 31 seconds 51 seconds

200M

Fig. 5.2
(i) Which of the fllowing are in A.P. for the given
situation?
(a) 51, 53, 55,.... (b) 51, 49, 47, .... (c) -
-51, 53, – 55, ... (d) 51, 55, 59, ....
(ii) The minimum number of days he needs to
practice to achieve the goal is
(a) 10 (b) 12 (c) 11
(iii) Which of the following terms is not in the A.P. (d) 9
of the
given situation?
(a) 41 (b) 30 (c) 37 (d) 39
(iv) The common difference of the A.P.
having a, =2n +3 as n" term, is
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 5
(v) The value of x,for which 2x, x + 10, (d) 1
3x +2 are three consecutive terms of an
(a) 6 A.P., is
(b) -6
SOLUTION (1)) Ans. (b): John
(c) 18
(d) - 18
takes 51 seconds to cover the distance
less in each subsequent runs. So, in first run and takes 2 seconds
time taken in first, second, third ...
(ii) Ans. (c): Suppose he days are 51, 49, 47, 45, ...
45, ... practices for n days to
achieve the goal. Then, nth term of
is 31. the A.P. 51,49,47,
31=51 + (n-1) x (-2) 31 =51-2n
(iii) Ans. (b): Terms of +2 2n = 22 n=11
the given A.P. are odd numbers. Therefore,
cannot be a term of the given A.P. 30 being an even number,
(iv) Ans. (a): Common difference =a, - 4n-1 =
(2n +3) - (2n +1) = 2
(v) Ans. (a): If 2x, x +10,
3x + 2 are in A.P., then
2(x +10) = 2x + (3x+2) =
2x+20 = 5x +2
EXAMPLE 20 Rishi wants to buy a car and plans to
3x 18 =6. x
take loan fromn a bank to buy
of 1,180,000 by paying every month the Car. He pays his total loan
starting with the first instalment
instalment by ? 1000 every of 10,000. If he increases the
month answer the following:

BANT

Fig. 5.3
<br>

PROGRESSIONS
ARITHMETIC 5.7

by Rishi in 30" instalment. is

i) The amount paid
(b) ?35, 000
(a) 39,000 (c) ?37, 000 (d) ?36, 000
30 instalments, is
ii) The amount paid by Rishi in
(a) 370,000 (b) 735,000 (c) 753,000 (d) ?750,000
Afer paying 30" instalment thc amount still to be paid is
iii)
(a) 455, 000 (b) 490,000 (c) ? 445,000 (d) ?540,000
Be) f the loan is to be repaid in 40 instalments, then amount paid in the last instalment is
(a) 49, 000 (b) 39,000 (c) 59,000 (d) ?94,000
(v) The ratio of the first instalment to the last instalment is
(a) 1:49 (b) 10: 49 (c) 10:39 (d) 39: 10
sOLUTION ) Ans. (a): Various instalments form an A.P. with first term a =10,000 and common
difference d=1,000
Amount paid in 30th instalment ={a + (30-1) d) =*(10,000 + 29 x 1000) =* 39,000
(ii) Ans. (b): The amount paid by Rishi in 30 instalments is
30
2a + (30 -1)d) =*{15(24 + 294)) =* 15 (20,000+ 29,000) =* 735,000

(iii) Ans. (c): Loan amount =*1,180,000, Amount paid in 30 instalments =735,000
=

Amount to be paid after paying 30 instalments =(1,180,000 -735,000) 445,000

(iv) Ans. (a): Amount paid in first 39 instalments is

24 + (39 - 1) d} ={39 (a +194)} =* 39 (10,000 19,000) =* 1,131,000

39 +
L2
Amount to be paid in 40th instalment =(1,180,000- 1,131,000) =49,000
(v) Ans. (b): First instalmernt =10,000, Last instalment =49,000
= 10:49
Required ratio
EXAMPLE 21 Manpreet Kaur is the national record holder for
women the shot-put discipline. Her throw
an Indian female athlete. Keeping her
of
18.86 m at the Asian Grand Prix in 2017 is the biggest distance for m
as a role model, Sanjitha is determined to earn gold in Olympics one day. Initially her throw reached 7.56
the mornings and in the evenings and was able
only. Being an athlete in school, she regularly practiced both
camp for 15 days, she started with 40 throws
to improve the distance by 9 cm every week. During the special
12 to achieve this remarkable progress.
and every day kept increasing the number of throws by

..

Fig. 5.4
<br>

5.8 MATIIEMATICSY

How many throws Sanjitha practiced on 11h day of the camp?

(ii) What twould be Sanjitha's throw distance at the end of 6 months?
(iii) When will she be able to achieve a throv of 11.16 m?
(iv) How many throvs did she do during the entire camp of 15 days?
(CBSE Sample
SOLUTION
laper i24
(1) Number of throws form an A.P. with first term a =
40, and common
differenc
d= 12.
Number of throws Sanjitha practiced on 11h day =a+(11 -1)d= 40+ 10 x 12= 160
(ii) Sanjitha's throw distances form an A.P. with first term = 7.56 m
and common di
d=9 cm = 0.09 m. We find that
6 months = 6 x 4 weeks = 24 weeks.
.:.
Sanjitha's throw distance at the end of 6 mnonths = a+ (24-1) d
=(7.56+23 x0.09) m
=93m
(iii) Suppose Sanjitha achieve throw of 11.16 m at the end of nth weeks. Then,
11.16 =7.56 + (n -1) x 0.09

11.16 –7.56 = (n - 1) x 0.09 3.6 = (n-1) x 0.09 3.6

n-1= 0.09 n-1=40 n=41

Hence, Sanjitha achieved throw of 11.16 m in 41 weeks.

(iv) Number of throws per day, in the camp of 15 days, form an A.P. a = 40 and
with first term
d = common difference = 12.

15
Total number of throws in the camp of 15 days 40 +
(15–1)x12}=(80 =
=2x4
2
+168) 1850

Hence, Sanjitha threw 1860 throws in the camp of 15 days.

ASSERTION -REASON BASED MCQs

Each of the following examples contains STATEMENT-1 (Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason)
and has following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of which is the correct answer. Mark the
correct choice.
(a) Statement-1 and Statement-2 are True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation
for Statement-1.
(b) Statement-1 and Statement-2 are True; Statement-2 is not a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(c) Statement-1 True, Statement-2 is False.
(d) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True.

EXAMIPLE 22 Statement-1 (A): The sequence whose nh term is given by a, =7n is an A.P. wh
-5
common difference 7.
Statement-2 (R): A sequence is an A.P. with common difference
'A' if and only y Ts
terms is of the fornm a,, = An + B.

Ans. (a)
SOLUTION Statement-2 is true (See Examnple 2 on page 5.6 in main book). Statement-1 also true
and statement-2 is a correct explanation for statement-1. Hence, option (a) is correct.
<br>

'ROGRESSIONS
ARTHMETIC 5.9

EXAMPLE 23 Statemett-1
(A):
Stotement-2 (R):
The sun of 20 terms of llhe A.P. 1,3, 5, 7, ..
is 400.
The sum of
firsl n odd natural numbers Ís n?.
Ans, (a)
SOLUTION 1, 3, 5, 7, 9,
+
., (211 -
1) are first n odd nalural numbers, Let
--
S
be their sum. Thern,
S=1+3 5
+74+9+... + (211 1)
S=(l+ 211 - 1) =? Uaing S, -
2
So,
statement-2 is true. Using this statement, we
find that
1+3+5 +7+... upto 20 terms = 20 = 400.
statement-1 is also true and statement-2 is
So,
a
correct explanation for sta tement-1.
correct.
Hence, option (a) is
... is
EXAMPLE 24 Statement-1 (A): The sum of 20 terms of the series 11, 13, 15, 17, 600.
Statement-2 (R): The sum of
first n odd natural numbers is n².
Ans. (b)
eOUTION Clearly, statement-2 is true (See example 20).
...
Tet Sdenote the sum of the series 11, 13,15, 17 upto 20 terms. Clearly, it is an A.P. with first term
d =
a=11and common difference 2.

20 38) = 600
(20-1)x 2} =
+
-{2x 11++ 10 (22
S=
2
[Link]-1 is also true. But, statement-2 is not a correct explanation for statement-1.
Hence, option (b) is correct. .. is 2n +n.
EXAMPLE 25 Statement-1 (A): The sum of
the n terms of
the A.P. 1,5, 9, 13,
Statement-2 (R): Let S, denote the sum of n terms of an A.P. with first term a and common

m, Omn is
difference d such that d = 2a. Then for any natural number Sm

independent of m.

Ans. (d)
... an and common difference 4. Let S., denote the
A.P. with first term
1

SOLUTION 1, 5, 9, 13, is
sum of its n terms. Then,
- 1) x 4) =
S, =22 x1 + (n 2n-n
false.
So, statement-1 is not true i.e. it is
mn
{2a+ (mn - 1) d} n{(2a- d) + mnd} n (mnd)
=n',if d= 2a.
{(2a - d) + md}
Smn 2
m {2a + (m md
Now, Sn -1) d}
2
Hence, option (d) is correct.
mn is independent of m, if d = 2a. So, statement-2 is true.
Clearly,
Sm

EXAMPLE 26 Statement-1 (A): a, b, c are in A.P. iff 2b =a+ c.

the
terms equidistant from the beginning and
Statement-2 (R): In an A.P. the sum of the term.
to the sum of first and least
end is alwayssame and is equal
Ans. (b)
<br>

5. 10 MATTIEMATiKs,

SOLUTION a, b, c are in A.P. b-a =c-b 2b = a + C. So, statement-1 is true

Let aj, az,..., a, be an A.P. with common difference d. Then,
kth term from the beginning + kh term from the end
-
= ap
t an -k+1 +
=a,
(k- 1) d} +{a, (n -k+ 1-l 1) d}
+ = 4 +
4, +
(n-11) d =
ata,
So, statement-2 is correct. Clearly, statement-2 is not a correct explanation for statement s

Hence, option (b) is correct.

EXAMPLE 27 Statement-1 (A): If a,denotes the nth term of the A.P. 2, 7,, 12, 17,
asoso -Azo20 = 15150.
Statement-2 (R): If a, denotes the nth term of an A.P. with common difference ,
d,
hea

Ans. (a)
SOLUTION Let a be the first term of the A.P. whose common difference is d. Then,
a, =a+ (p-1) danda, = a+(g-1)
d.

a, - 44 = (a+(p-1) d) - (a + (q-1)d) = (p-q)d

..., we
So, statement-2 is true. Using statement-2 for the A.P. 2, 7, 12, 17, obtain
-ao20 =(5050 - 2020) x 5 = 15150
agoso

So, statement-1 is also true and statement-2 is a correct explanation for statement-1.
Hence, option (a) is correct.
PRACTICE EXERCISES
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCQs)

Mark the correct alternative in each of the following:

1.
1
The commnon difference of the A.P. is 2q
1-24 1-4q **
is
24 24

(a) -1 (b) 1 (c) q (d) 2q

[CBSE 2013)

2. The common difference of the A.P. 11-3b 1- 6b

z
2"1S
1
(b)
(a)
3 3 (c) -b (d) b
[CBSE 2013)

1 1-6b 1-12b -,***

3. The common difference of the A.P. 26 2b 25
is

(a) 26 (b) -2b (c) 3 (d) -3 2O13)

ICBST

4
Ifk, 2k- 1 and 2k + 1 are three consecutive terms of an AP, the value of kis
(c) -3 (d) 6
(a) -2 (b) 3 [CBSE 2014

5. The next term of the A.P. /7,/28, J63,...

(a) /70 (b) /84 (c) /97 (d) 112 2014/
[CBSE
<br>

ARITUM5TIC PR
an A.P. respectlvely
The first three terms
of 5.11
6. are 3y - 1, 3y + 5
(a) -3
(b) 4
(c) 5
and5y + [Link], y equals
(d) 2
1

7. 11
If,+3+5 are in AP. Then, xe (CISE 2014|

(a) 5 (b) 3 (c) 1

Thenh term an A.P., the sum of whose n

of (d) 2
8. terms ls S,, l8
(a) S, + S,-1 (b) S, - S-1 (c) S, + SA
ommon difference of an (d)
A.l, the sum of whose n terms js S.. isS, -S,1
(a) S, -2S,-1 + S,-2 (b) S, -2S,-1 -Sh-2 (c) S,
-S, (d) S, - S,-1
10 The sum of first 20 odd natural numbers is
(a) 100 (b) 210 (c) 400
(d) 420
[CBSE 2012|
11. If 18, a, b,
-3 are in A.P., the a +b=
(a) 19 (b) 7 (c) 11
4
(d) 15
The first term of an A.P.1s p and the common
difference is q, then its 10th term is
(a) q+9p (b) p-9q (c) p+9q
(d) 2p + 9q
Tho value of x for which 2x, |CBSE 2020]
x+10 and 3x + 2 are the three consecutive terms of
(b) 18 ån A.P. is
(a) -6 (c) 6
(d) -18
2020] [CBSE
14 If the sum of three consecutive terms an
of increasing A.P. is 51 and the product of the first
third of these terms is 273, then the third term is and
(a) 13 (b) 9 (c) 21 (d) 17

15. (-}{(-)-(-). upto terms is

1
(a) (b) (a) (Sn +1)
16. The sum of first 16 terms of the A.P.: 10, 6, 2,.., is
(a) -320 (b) 320 (c) -352 (d) -400
(NCERT EXEMPLAR
17. If the first term of an [Link] -5 and the common difference is 2, then the sumn of first 6 terms is

(a) 0 (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) 15

[NCERT EXEMPLARJ
18. The 4h term from the end of the AP: -11, -8, -5, .., 49 is
(a) 37 (b) 40 (c) 43 (d) 58
[NCERT EXEMPLARI
19, Which term of the A.P. 21,42, 63, 84, ...is 210?
(a) gth (b) 10th (c) 11th (d) 12th
[NCERT EXEMPLARI
4U. If the 2nd term of an A.P. is 13 and 5h term is 25, what is its 7th term?
(a) 30 (c) 37 (d) 38
(b) 33
[NCERT EXEMPLARI
<br>

5.12 sum of its terms is 36, then thenumbR

are 1 and 11. Ifthe
terms of an
A.P.

21. The first and last (d) 8

terms willbe (c) 7
(b) 6 greatest number is 4 times
(a) 5 that their
sum is 50 and the thelea
aresuch
numbers in A.P.
22. If four are 7, 11, 15
(d) none of these
then the numbers 22 (c) 3,
10, 15, 20 (b) 4, 10, 16, difference is 4, then the
sum of its 40 terms is
(a) 5, common
of an
A.P. is 2 and (d) 2800
If the first term (c) 200
so that the sum is 406 i
23.
3200 (b) 1600 ...
to be taken
(a) 11, 15,
number of terms of the A.P. 3, 7, (c) 12
(d) 14
24. The
(b) 10 + V32 + is
(a) 5
the series V2 +
/8 +18
25. Sum of n terms of n (1 +1)
(d) 1
n
(n+1) (c) V2
(a)
(b) 2n(n +1) zero is
2
term is 9. The term which is equal to
an
The 9th term of A.P. 502th is 449 and 449th (d) none of these
26. (c) 458th
(a) 501th (b) commnon difference is
term is b, then its
an A.P, is a
and n" b+ a
27. If the first term of b-a (d)
b-a b-a (c) n-1
(b)
(a)
n+) n-1
terms 17
5+9+ 13 +to n

then n=
28. Ir 7+9+11+. to (n+1) terms 16
(c) 10 (d) 11
(b) 7
(a) 8
+ 164 is its
29. The sum of n terms of an A.P. is 3n 5n, then
(c) 26h term (d) 25th term
(b) 27h term
(a) 24" term sum of first terms of the A.P. is
n
term of an A.P. is 2n + 1, then the
30. If the (c) n(n +1) (d) n(n-1)
(a) n (n -2) (b) n (n +2) 2
a,,
termns of the sequence whose nth terms is given by =3+n
3
The sum of first 24
(c) 382 (d) 384
(a) 270 (b) 272
3 is
32. The sum of first five multiples of (d) 75
(b) 55 (c) 65
(a) 45 (NCERT EXEMPLAR

sum of q terms is p, then the sum of p+ terms wl

q
g
33. If the sum of P termns of an A.P. is and the
be
(c) p+9 (d) - (p + q)
(a) 0 (b) p-9 term b
sum n terms of an A.P. be 3n + n and its common difference is 6, then its first
34. If the of
(b) 3 (c) 1 (d) 4
(a) 2 [CBSE 2023

term of one of these is 8 and that of

the

35. Two A.P.'s have the same common difference. The first
other is 3. The difference between their 30th terms
is

(a) 11 (b) 3 (c) 8 (d) 5 202:

[CBSE Sample Paper
difference dis
36. Let S, denote the sum of n
terms of an A.P. whose first term is a.
If the common
given by d= S, -kS,-1
+
S,-2, then k =
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) none of these
<br>

PROGRESSIONS
ARITHMETIC
Cteet 5.13
and last term of an A.P. are a
and respectively. If
T
S is the sum of all the terms of
the
A.P. and the common difference is given by
k-(l+ then k

(a) S (b) 2S (c) 3S

(d) none of these
Te
she sum of first even natural numbers is equal to
n
38. k times the sum of first n odd natural
numbers, then k=
1 n-1 1 +1
(a) (b) (c) n+1
2n (d)
1E+he first, second and last term of an A.P. are a, b and 2a respectively, its sum
is
ab ab 3ab
(b) (c) (d) none of these
(a) 2(b-a) b-a 2(6-a)
0 TfS. is the sum of an arithmetic progression of 'n' odd number of terms and S, the sum of
S
the
terms of the series in odd places, then
2n n+1 n+1
(a) (b) n (c) (d)
n+1 +1 2n
41. Ifin an A.P., S, = n'p and S,, = m'p, where S, denotes the sum of r terms of the A.P., then S, is
equal to
(a)
1,3 (b) mn p (c) p (d) (m+n)p
42. If S, denote the sum of the first
n terms of an A.P. If S,n =3S,, then S3, :S, is equal to

(b) 6 (c) 8 (d) 10

(a) 4
first r terms. Then,
Sp is equal to
43. In an AP, S, =4,5, =p and S, denotes the sum of

(c) p+9 (d) pq

(a) 0 (b) -(p +)
r an A.P. Then, Ssy :(S)y -S,) is
44. If S, denotes the sum of the first terms of (d) none of these
(b) 3n (c) 3
(a) n 3n +5
then their nth
are in the ratio
sums of n terms of two arithmetic progressions 5n +7
45. If the
terms are in the ratio 5n +1 5n-1
3n +1 (d)
3n -1 (b) 5n +1
(c)
3n +1 3n -1
(a) d such that
5n -1 term aand common difference
the sum of n terms of an A.P. with first
46. If S,, denote
x,
is independent of then
S (c) a=2d (d) d=-a
(b) d = 2a 18 term
a ratio of their
(a) d= are in the ratio 5n + 9:9n +6. Then, the
of two A.P.'s
*7. Ihe sum ofn terms 176
175 (d) 321
184 178 (c) 321
(a) (b) 321
321
A.P. J6.24, J54,... is
48. The next term of the (d) /216
(c) V72 |CBSE 2023]
(a) /60 (b) /96

BASED MCQs economy. Lumber

CASE STUDY US
contributes jobs to the
resource that government-leased forests.
49. Lumber is a SIgnificant natural privately-managed or lumber
raw materials from raw nmaterial is transported to
Companies source their usable lumber,
this
wood into
In order to process tree
<br>

MATHEMATICSY
5.14

mills, wherecut to different sizes. Lumber is primarily used by the construction

it is
industry,
though it can also be used to produce furniture, paper and pulp, and composites
manner: such as
plywood. A lumber company stacks 200 logs in the following

Fig. 5.5
20 logs in the bottom row, 19 inthe next row, 18 in the row next to it and so on
shown
in
Fig. 5.5. Based on the above information answer the following questions:
(i) Number of logs in first row, second row, third row,
(a) follow a pattern forming an A.P. with common difference 1.
(b) follow a pattern forming on A.P. with common difference -1.
(c) do not follow any specific pattern.
(d) follow a pattern forming an A.P. with common difference 2.

(ii) The number of rows in which 200 logs are stacked is

(a) 25 (b) 20 (c) 16 (d) 10
(iii) The number of logs in the top row is
(a) 5 (b) 7 (c) 10 (d) 2
(iv) The number of logs in the middle rows are:
(a) 11, 10 (b) 12, 11 (c) 14, 13 (d) 13, 12
(v) The number of logs in the top two rows is
(a) 10 (b) 11 (c) 9 (d) 12
50. A small terrace at a football ground comprises of 15 steps each of which is 50 m long and built
1 1
of solid concrete. Each step rises of m and a tread of m (see Fig. 5.6). Let
V, , .., V3, ..., Vis
4
denote respectively the volumes of concrete required to build the first,second,
third, fifteenth step. Based on the above information answer the following
questions:

m
2
m
50

m 3
4
4

Fig. 5.6
<br>

PROGRESSIONS
RITHMETIC
Joights of first, second, third, ., 15 steps form an A.P. with commnon
difference
5.15

1 1
(a) m (b) m 3
4 2 (c) 1
(d) m.
(ii) The value of V, is 4

nm3 (b) 50 m3
(a) 25 (c) 12.5 m3 (d) 6.25 m³
*:ty The volume of concrete used in the middle step is
(a) 25 m3
m
(b)
50 (c) 75m3 (d) 6.25 m²
(iv) The sum of the surface areas of 15 treads is

(a) 350m? (b) 400 m? (c) 375 m? (d) 475 m?

(v) The total volume of the concrete required to build the terrace is
(a) 800 m3 (b) 375 m3 (c) 650 m³ (d) 750 m3
1. A
Carpenter wants to manufacture a 3 metre ladder having rungs 25 cm apart (see
Fig. 5.7). The rungs decrease uniformly in length from 45 cm at the bottom to 25 cm at the top
and the top and bottom rungs are 2.5 metre apart.
Based on the above information answer the following questions:
(i) Total number of rungs in the ladder is
(a) 10 (b) 9 (c) 11 (d) 12
(ii) The lengths of rungs from bottom to top form an A.P. with first and last terms as
45 cm and 25 cm respectively. The common difference of the A.P. formed is
(a) -2 cm (b) – 2.5 cm (c) 4.5 cm (d) 2 cm
(iii) The length of the mniddle rung is
(a) 33 cm (b) 35 cm (c) 37 cm (d) 35.5 cm.

25 cm

2.5 m

25 cm

45 cm
Fig. 5.7

(iv) Length of the wood used for rungs is (d) 4 metres

(c) 3.85 metres
(a) 3.75 metres (b) 2.85 metres
the ladder
) Length of the wood required for (c) 5.85 metres
(d) 8.85 metres
metres
(b) 9.85
(a) 68.5 metres is
metres, the cost of ladder 985
(vi) If the wood costs 100 per (c) 885 (d)
(a) 685 (b) 7585
<br>

is 5
m
from the first potato, an
5.16 point, which
starting are n potatoes in theline (Se
bucket is placed at the line. There
in a straight
race, a runs back with
a potato m apart
up the nearest potato,
52. In are placed 3
potatoes bucket, picks to
the other competitor starts from the potato, runs to the bucket drop it int-
Fig. 5.8). Each pick up the next the bucket. Based on
bucket, runs back to potatoes are in tt
drops it in the in the same way until all the
continues
bucket, and she
answer the following questions:
above information

3 m 3m
5 m
Fig. 5.8
the bucket, is
first potato in
pickup and drop
Distance run by the competitor to
m (d) 7 m
(i) (c) 10
(b) 8 m potato in the bucket, is
(a) 5 cm up and drop n"
run by the competitor to pick
m

Distance (c) 2(3n -1)

(d) 6(n-1)
m

(i) (b) 2(3n+ 2)

m

(a) (3n + 2) m to pick up and drop first for potatoes is

run by the competitor (d) 76 metes
(iii) Total distance metres (c) 86 metres
(b) 40 is
(a) 36 metres
competitor to pick up and drop n potatoes in the basket
(iv) Total distance
run by the (d) 3n +7m
(3n +2) mn (c) n (3n + 7) m
(a) n (3n + 2) m (b) 2n third,.
distances run by the competitor to pick up first, second,
(v) If d,dy, d,,..., d, denote an A.P. with common difference
n potato respectively, then d,d,
d3,..., a, form
(c) 7 (d) 5
(a) 3 (b) 6 ar
lemon
a race, a bucket is placed at a starting point, which is 6 m away from the first
line. There are 10 lemons
in
53. In lemon a
straight
m apart from each other in
other lemons are placed 4 runs back with it, drops it in t
picks up the nearest lemon,
line. Riya starts from the bucket,
runs to pick up the next lemon, runs to the bucket to drop it in and continues n
bucket, back
are the bucket. Based on the above information answer the followir
all the lemons in
questions:

Fig. 5.9
(i) The lemons are placed in a straight line depicts which part of sequence?
(a) Geometric (b) Arithmetic (c) Linear (d) Harmonic
(ii) The total distance covered by Riya is
(a) 370 m (b) 480 m (c) 460 m (d) 400 m
(iii) The formula to find nh term of the Arithmetic sequence (progression) is
(a) a, a- (n-1) d
=

(b) a, a (n-1) d
=

(c) a, = a + (n-1) d (d) S, =(2a + (n - 1)d )

(iv) The difference between the terms of arithmetic sequence is called as
a) common ratio (b) common difference
(c) common term (d) none of these
<br>

ARITHMETIC

Figure 5.10, shows playing cards stacked together a

5.17
54. are stacked in this manner. in following manner:
56 cards 14 cards are
in the bottom
row next to and
it so on. Based on
this information answer row. 12 in the next row, 10
the following questions: in the

Fig. 5.10
IY Thetotal number of rows in which the
cards are stacked is
(a) 7 (b) 6 (c) 8
(d) 9
(ii) The number of cards in the top row is
(a) 4 (b) 6 (c) 1
(iii) The mathematical (d) 2
concept applied in solving the above problem is
(a) Linear equations (b) Probability
(c) Arithmetic progression (d) Coordinate geometry
55. Do you knoW old clothes Which are thrown as waste not only
fill the landfill site but also
produce very harmful greenhouse gas. So, it is very important
that we reuse old clothes in
whatever way we can. The picture given below on the right, shows a footmat (rug) made out
of old t-shirts yarn. Observing the picture, you will notice that a number of stitches in circular
rows are making a pattern :6, 12, 18, 24,...

Fig. 5.11
Based on the above information, answer the following questions:
an AP. If yes, find the common difference and the
CheCk whether the given pattern forms
next term of the AP.
of stitches in the 10 circular row.
u
Write the nh term of the AP, Hence, find the number
[CBSE 2022)

BASED MCQS
ASSERTION REASON
Each of STATEMENT-2 (Reason)
thefollowing questions contains STATEMENT-1 (Assertion) and
correct answer. Mark the
and has following four choices (a), (b),(c) and (d), only one of which is the
Correct
choice. Statement-1.
(a) a correct explanation for
Statement-1 is
true, Statement-2 is true;
Statement-2 is
correct explanation for Statement-1.
(b) Statement-1 nota
true, Statement-22 is true; Statement-2
is
Statement-1
is
is false.
(d) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2
is false, Statement-2 is true.
<br>

5.18 MATHEMATICS

56. Statement-1 (A): The n" term a, of an A.P., the sum of whose n
terms is S,
a, = S, -S,-1,1 > 1. is given
Statement-2 (R): The common difference 'd' of an A.P., the sum of whose n
termns
by d= S,, - 25,-1 + S,-2, n > 2. S,isgiverg
57. Statement-1 (A: The sum of n terms of the series V5 + V20 + 45 + /80 +. is
n(n+1).
n
(n +1) 2
Statement-2 (R): The sum of first n natural numbers is 2
59, Statement-1 (A): The sum of terms of an APwith first and last terms as
n
a, and a,respectively
is S, = (a1 ta,).
Statement-2 (R): The sum of the terms equidistant from the beginning
and end in the
aj az, ag,., an-2ap-1 a, is equal to a, + an. A.P

59. Statement-1 (A): The sum of first n even natural numbers is n (n + 1).
Statement-2 (R): The sum of first n odd natural numbers is n (n-1).
60. Statement-1 (A): If a, a,, ag,..., a, is an AP such that a
+ a4 + ay +...+ a16 =147, the
aj + a6 t a11 t a16 =98.
Statement-2 (R): In anA.P., the sum of the termns equidistant from
the beginning andthe end
is always same and is equal to the sum of first and last term.
61. Statement-1 (A): a, b, c are in A.P. if and only if
2b =a+c.
Statement-2 (R): The sum of first n odd
natural numbers is n. [CBSE 20231

62. Statement-1 (A):

Statement-2 (R):
-5,-0.
Theterms an
5

of
is an A.P.
A.P. cannot have both positive
numbers. and negative rational

[CBSE Sample Paper 2024)

ANSWERS
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (c)
10. (c) 11. (d) 12. (c) 8. (b) 9. (a)
13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (c)
19, (b) 20. (b) 16. (a) 17. (a) 18. (b)
21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (a)
28. (b) 24. (d) 25. (c) 26. (c) 27. (b)
29. (b) 30. (b) 31. (b) 32. (a) 33. (d) 34. (d)
37. (b) 38. (d) 39. (c) 35. (d) 36. (b)
40. (a) 41. (c) 42. (b) 43. (b)
46. (b) 47. (a) 48. (b) 44. (c) 45. (b)
49. (i) (b) (ii) (c) (iii) (a) (iv) (d) (v) (b)
50. (i) a) (ii) (c) (iii) (b) (iv) (c) (v) (d)
51. (i) (c) (ii) (a) (iii) (b) (iv) (c) (v) (b)
52. (i) (c) (ii) (b) (iüi) {d) (vi) (d)
(iv) (c). (v) (b) 53. (i) (b) (ii) (b)
54. (i) (a) (ii) (d) (iii) (c) (iv) (b)
(iii) (c) 55. (i) 6,30
56. (b) 57. (a) (ii) 6n, 60
58. (a) 59. (c) 60. (a) 61. (b) 62. (c)
<br>

CHEAPTER

CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY

REVISION OF KEY
CONCEPTS AND FORMULAE
,
The abscissa and ordinate
of a given point are
the distances of the point from y-axis
respectively. and x-axis
, The
coordinates of any point on x-axis are
of the form (x, 0).
3 The coordinates of any
point on y-axis are of the form (0, y).
4. The distance between
points P(x,y) and Q(x,y2) is given by PQ =
J(, -x) +(y2-y
5. Distance of a point P (x, y) from
the origin O (0, 0) is given by OP
=J*+y'.
6. The distances of
the point P(x,y) from x andy axes are
|yland| x| respectively.
7. The coordinates of the point which
divides the join ofpoints P (x,y) and Q(x,y2) internally
in the ratio m:n are

m+n m+n
8. The coordinates of the mid-point of the line
segmentjoining the points P(x1,y) and Q(x2, y2)
are
9. Point P(*,y) divides the line segment joining
points A(x,y) and B(x2 y2) in the ratio

10. () The x-axis divides the line segment joining points A (x,,y) and B(x,,y2) in the ratio
-y1Y2
(ü) The y-axis divides the line segment joining points A
(x,y) and B(x,y2) in the ratio

1l. lk point P (x,y) lies on the line segmentjoining the points A(*2, y2) and B(*3, y) i.e. points

P,A, B are collinear. then 121-y2

Y1-93
12.
I DI,y), E
are
(x,,y»), F (x,
y) the coordinates of the mid
points of sides BC, CA and AB respectively of AABC. Then, the E(*2 y2)
F (x3 y3
cOordinates of its vertices are

A2 +X3 - X,y, + y -y), (x, + - B x X2 y3 + y1-y2)

and C(x, x, - +
Fig. 6.1
y1
t y2-Y3)
X3

A(,y),, B(*.y2), C (*3

13.
If ABCD, then the
ys): are three vertices in order of parallelogram
a

coordinates of its fourth vertex are (x +x, - X2,yi +y3 - y2).

D

6.1
<br>

6.2 A(X,y), B(h.9)

points
centroid of triangle formed by the
14. The coordinates
of the
C(*3, y3) are

3 D(X4, y4) are vertices taken in order of a parallelyan|

15. If A (*, yi), (r,, y2), C(x3,y3) andx
B
+ X3 =Xy + X4 y + y3 y2+ y4
rhombus/rectangle/square, then

SOLVEDEXAMPLES
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS
(MCas)

the angle between the

lines x = 2, y
=-3 and the coordinates of
the point
The measure
of
EXAMPLE 1
are respectively
intersection of these lines - (c) 90°, (-3,2) (d) 90°, (2, 3)
(a) 180°, (2, - 3) (b) 90°, (2, 3)
Ans. (b) on its right andy=-3 is a line paral.s
sOLUTION We observe thatx = 2 is a line parallel to y-axis
at (2, -3) and are inclined at
90°.
I-axis below [Link] two lines intersect
y

ix=2

X
X
90°
A
y=-3 (2, -3)

Fig. 6.2

EXAMPLE 2 The distance between the point P (cos 21°,0) and Q(0,- cos 69°) is
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) V2 (d) /3
Ans. (a)
SOLUTION PQ=(cos 21° - 0)
+(0+ cos 69) =Vcos? 21° + cos? 69° =Jcos? 21° + sin 21° =1
EXAMPLE 3 The point A is on positive y-axis at a distance 4 units from the origin. If the coordinates of B ar
(-3, 0) the length of AB is
(a) 7 units (b) 5 units (c) 49 units (d) 25 units
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION The coordinates of A
are (0, 4) and (-3, 0) respectively.
and B

AB = (0-(3) +(4 -0) =

/9 +16 –5
EXAMPLE 4 The ratio in which the line segment
y-axis is
joining the voints A
(- 2, - 3) and B (3, 7) isdivdes g
(a) 2:3 (b) 1:3 (c) 1:2
Ans. (a)
(d) 3:1
SOLUTION The line segment joining points ratio
-x} :X4. So, required ratio is A(x1y) and B(*2,y2) is divided y-axis in the
-(-2):3 or 2:3.
ALITER Let the required ratio be
:1. Then, the coordinates of the point of
divsi
3A- 2 7,-3\
2+1 h+1 This point lies on y-axis. So,
its x coordinate is zero.
<br>

CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY
63
32-2
i.e. 2+1
=0=.Hence,
3
required ratio is 2:3.
EXAMPLE 5 The ratio in which the line segment
joining points A
(3, –
4) and B
(- 2, 7) ís divided by
Iaris is
(a) 3:2 (b) 2:3 (c) 4:7 (d) 7:4
Ans. (c)
oITION The line segment joining points A(X1y) and(x,, Y2) is divided by x-axís in the ratio
-y:y2 Hence, the required ratio is -(-4:7) ie. 4:7.
AUTER Let the required ratio be A:1. Then, the coordinates of the point of
division are
(-22 +3 72-4
It lies on x-axis. So, its y-coordinate
2+1 +1 is zero.
72.-4 4
2+1
Hence, required ratio is 4:7.
EXAMPLE 6 The distance between the points
P (2, tan a) and O (3, 0) is
(a) sec a (b) cosec a (c) | sec a (d) | cosec a|
Ans. (c)
sOLUTION PQ = J(2-3) + (tan a -0) = 1+ tan" a = Vsec'a =| sec al
EXAMPLE 7 If 180 < a < 360, then the distance between the point A
(-1, 3 +2 cota) and B (1, 3) is
(a) 2 cosec a (b) -2 cosec a (c) 2 sec a sec a
Ans. (b)
(d) -2
sOLUTION AB=(-1-1 + (3+2cot a - 3)
=/4+4cot a =4cosec a
=|2cosec a | [: |x|)
AB = -2 cosec a
EXAMPLE 8 The line segment joining the points A (5, 3) and
the ratio
B(-3, 11) is divided by the point C (3, 5) in
(a) 1:3 (b) 3:1 (c) 2:3 (d) 3:2
Ans. (a)
SOLUTION The line segment joining point P(x, y))and Q (*,.y2) is divided by the point R (r, y) in
X, 0r, y, - y:y-y2- Hence, the required ratio is 5
the ratio x} -*:*- -3:3-(-3) or, 1:3.
ALITER Let the required ratio be .:1. Then, the coordinates of the point of division i.e. C are
(-32 +5 112 +3
1+1 But, the coordinates of C are (3, 5).
A+1
-3A + 5 +3 112
. =3 and =5
2+1 2+1 1
-3A + 5 = 32 +3 and 112 +3= 5A +5 62 =2 and 6A = 2 )=
Hence, required ratio 3
is 1:3.
EXAMPLE 9 < 0 < the distance between the points P (tan 0, 2) and Q (0, 3) is
If 90 180,then
(a) cosec 0 (b) - cosec0 (c) sec0 (d) -sec 0
Ans. (c)

SOLUTION PO =(tan 6- 0)
+(2-3) =1+ tan0 = Vsec 0 =| secO-sec0 as, seco< 0 for
90° <0 < 180°
EKAMPLE 10 The coordinates of the fourth vertex of the rectangle formed by the points O0,0), A (2, 0) and
B (0, 3) are
<br>

MATHEMATIC

6.4
(d) (3,2)
(0, 2) (c) (2, 3)
(a) (3, 0) (b)
Ans. (c) Care (2, 3).
SOLUTION It is evident from Fig.
6.3 that the coordinates of

C
(2, 3)
B (0, 3)

o (0, 0) A
(2, 0)

Fig. 6.3
EXAMPLE 11 The perimeter of the triangle with vertices (0, 4), (0, 0) and (3, 0) is
(a) 20 (b) 12 (c) 6 (d) 16
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION Clearly, given points form a right AOAB with two legs of length 3 and 4 units and

hypotenuse 5 units. Therefore,perimeter of A0AB = 3+5+ 4 = 12.

B
(0,4)
S (. y) R(-3,-2)

ol (0,0) A (3, 0)

P (3,4) Q(-2,3)
Fig. 6.4 Fig. 6.5
EXAMPLE 12 If the vertices of a
- rhombus PQRS
(-3, 2), then the coordinates of its fourth vertex(see Fig. 6.5) taken in
S are
order are P (3, 4), Q
(- 2, 3) and R
(a) (-2,- 1)
Ans. (c)
(b) (-2,-3) (c) (2, 1) - (d) (1, 2)
SOLUTION
If (*1,y), (x2y2), (x3,y3) are vertices of a parallelogram/rectangle/rhombus
then the coordi-nates of
its fourth vertex are (*, - X, + , V1 taken,
(3-(-2) +(-3), 4 -3 +(-2)) i.e. (2, - 1). -y, + ya). So, the coordinates of are
EXAMPLE 13 If A (6,
1), B (8, 2), C (9, 4),
value of x is and D (x, 3)are the vertices of a parallelogram
ABCD, then tne
(a) 4 (b) 7 (c) 6
Ans. (b) (d) 5
SOLUTION If P(x1,y1), Q(* y2), R
order, then x + X3 = X + x4
(3 y3)and S(*4,y4) are vertices of a
parallelogram
and yi t y3 = y2 ty4 takent
6+9 = 8+x =7,
EXAMPLE 14
If A (5, p), B (1, 5), C (2, 1)
and D (6, 2) taken in order are
7
the vertices of a square, ne
(a) (b) 3 (c) 6
Ans. (c) (d) 8
<br>

GEOMIETRY
Co-ORDINATE 6.5

SOLUTION Given points taken in order are the vertices of a square,

p+l=5+2 p=6
EXAMPLE 15 The coordinates of the vertex A
of a
rectangle ABCD whose three vertices are given as
D (4, 0) are:
B (0,0), C (3, 0) and
(b) (0,3) (c) (-3,4)
(a) (4, 0) (d) (4,3)
Ans. (c) (CISE 20231
SOLUTION Let the coordinates of vertex A
be (x,,y). Then,
y,
X +3=0+0 and +0=0+4
x =-3 and y, = 4

Hence, the coordinates of vertex A are (-3,4).

XAMPLE 16 The perpendicular bisector of the line segment joining the points A (2, 3) and B (5, 6) cuts the
y-axis at
(a) (8, 0) (b) (0,8) (c) (0, - 8) (d) (0,7)
Ans. (b)
sOLUTION Let P (0, y) be the point of intersection of y-axis and the perpendicular bisector of the line
segment AB. Then,
4+y' - 6y +9
= 25 +
PA = PB PA' = PB =
(0-2) +(y-3)' (0-5) +(y- 6)' y' -12y +36

6y =48 y=8.
Hence, the coordinates of the required point are (0, 8).
(c, a), then the
EXAMPLE 17 If origin is the centroid
a
triangle whose vertices are A (a, b),
of B (b, c) and C
+
value of
a+b cis (c) 3 ca (d) 3 abc
(a) 3 bc (b) 3 ab
Ans. (d)
SOLUTION The coordinates of the centroid of
AABC are (,). It is given that

centroid is at the origin.

(a+b+c a+b+c (0.0) > a+b+ C =0 > a
+b+c =3abc
3 3
(- 2, 6) and (3, 1) are collinear, then t=
EXAMPLE 18 If the points (t, 21),
(c) 3 (d) 4
(a) 3/4 (b) 4/3
Ans. (b)
and (x3,y3) are collinear, then
SOLOTION If the points (X,,y), (X,,y)

collinear, if
0, tne points (t,
26), (-2,6) and (3, 1) will be 15t = 20 t= 4

t+2 2-6 (t+2) (2 - 1) = 2(t -3) > 2: +3-2= 2:-12t +18 3

t-3 2t-1
x'-3px +3qx -1 =0 and
EXAMPLE 19 If a, B, Y are real roots ofthe equation

are
coordinates of
the centroid of AABC
are vertices of [Link] the
(d) (-p, -)
(a) (-p.9) (c) (p.9)
(b) (p,-q)
Ans. (c)
<br>

MATIEMATICSY

6.6

a,B,y arc roots of the equation

-3px*+3qr -l0.
SOLUTION Given that 1
ly yu 3qand aßy
m + +

+ß+y 3p, a)

So, the coordinates of centroid of MBC

are )
aß + By+ ya
Or, 3 3aßy BC, CA, AB respectively of AABC.
(4, 3), F (-2, 4)
2), E
– are nid-ppoints of
the sides
EXAMPLE 20 fD (1,
ABC ae
then thc vndinates of the centnvid of (c) (1, 1) (d) (2, 2)
(1, 0) (b) (1, 2)
(a)
Ans. (c)
of triangles DEF and ABC
are coincident. So, the coordinates
SOLUTION The centroids
(1+4-22-3+* ie. (1, 1).
centroid of AABC are 3
, = bisects angle A. IfD lies on BC %o ns
= =
BC 5, CA 4 and AD
EXAMPLE 21 In a AABC AB 6, 29
31 9
(c) (d) 10
(a) 3 (b) 10

Ans. (a)
SOLUTION Point
D
divides BC in the ratio AB: AC i.e. 6:4
or
3:2. Therefore,
BD + DC 5 BC 5 5
DC 2 DC
BD 3
3 BD
+l=+1l
3 BD
BD 3 BD
BD =3
DC 2 BD

(a* ,0) and B (0,T ) is

EXAMPLE 22 If the area of the triangle formed by the points O (0, 0). A
square units, tlen x = - 1, -5
(c) 1,- 5 (d)
(a) 1,5 (b) -1,5
Ans. (d)
SOLUTION Given points form a right triangle OABright angled at
O
arnd two perpendicular sides
OA and OB.

Area of a0AB -(0Ax OE) =-(axat)a 2

1
It is given that area of A0AB is 205 Square units.

-at6
2
=-a²
2
+
6x=-5 +6x+5 =0 » (r+1) (r+5) = 0
=-l,-5
EXAMPLE 23 If points A (a, 0), B (0, b² ) and C (1, 1) are collinear, then
1 1 1 1 1

(a)=1 (6) -=1 (c) a' + b² =1 (d)-2

Ans. (a)
SOLUTION Given points are collinear.
a-0 0-b² Using:
a'-1 0-1

ab² +
= 1 1
a=b (a'-1) a' +b -=1
EXAMPLE 24 If
points A (x, 2x), B (3x, 3x)and C (3, 1)are collinear. then a non-zero value ofx
(a) 1/3 (b) -1/3 (c) 2/3
Ans. (b)
(d) -2/3
 O-ORDINATE
<br>

OLUTION Given points will be collinear 67

if
2.r-3x
-3 2.r-1
CASE STUDY BASED 3
EXAMPLES
ENAMPLE 25 In onder to conduct sports day
activitics vour school,
wUser at u. distance of 1
m
each a rectangular in in lines hove
been druwn chalk
shaped ground ABCD, with
100 flower pots have
stance of 1 m
fromn
leen placed at
nchother along AD, as shown in
the followingfigure. Niharika runs
the
...on0e ADon the 2nd linc and poss agreen Flag.
Preet
lo Taking Aas the origin AB
runs1
distance AD on the cight line
and posts
along x-axis and AD along
y-axis, answer the following
questions.
C

10

A
1
2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10
Fig. 6.6
(i) The coordinates of the green fla8 are
(a) (2, 25) (b) (2, 0.25) (c) (25, 2) (d) (0, - 25)
(ii) The coordinates of the red flag are
(a) (8, 0) (b) (20, 8) (c) (8, 20) (d) (8, 0.2)
(ii) The distance between the two flags is
(a) J45 m (b) 11 m (c) V6l m (d) /51 m
(iv) Rashmi has to post a blue flag exactly half way between the line segment joining the two flags, where
fshould she post her
flag?
(a) (5, 22.5) (b) (10, 22) (c) (2, 8.5) (d) (2.5, 20)
(v) IfJoy has to post flag at one fourth distance from the green flag, in the line segment joining the green and
a

red flags, then where should he post Ihis flag?

(a) (2, 25) (b) (8, 20) (c) (3.5, 24) (d) (3.5, 23.75)
sOLUTION () Ans. (a): The green flag is posted on second line at a distance of 25 metres from AB.
So, the coordinates of the point where the green flag is posted are (2, 25).
(0) Ans. (c): Preet posts red flag on 8h line at
a
distance of 20 metres from AB. So, the coordinates
of the point where red flag is put are (8, 20).
<br>

6.8 MATHEMATICSy

(ii) Ans. (c): The coordinates ofG and Rare (2, 25) and (8, 20) respectively.
GR (2-8)² + (25 - 20) = 36 +
25 V6l
m

25 +
(iv) Ans. (a): The coordinates of the mid-point of GR are
2 2
20-(5,22.5).
() Ans. (d): The required point divides GR in the ratio 413 i.e. 1:3.
4
So, the coordinates of the required point are (
1
x8+3x2 1x20+ 3 x 25 or, (3.5, 23.75).
1+3 1+3
EXAMPLE 26 Tlhe class X students ofa school in Rohini
have been allotted a rectangular plot of land for ths
gardening activity. Saplings of Gulmohar are planted on the boundary at distance of 1 metre from each
There is a triangular grassy lawn in the plot as shown in ck
the following figure. The students are to soD t
of the flowering plants on the remaining area of the plot.
B
C

7
P
6
5
4
R

2
1

1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Fig. 6.7
(i) Taking A as the origin AD
and AB as the coordinate axes,
the coordinates of P are
(a) (4, 6) (b) (6, 4) (c) (0,6)
(ii) Taking C as the origin, CB (d) (4, 0)
and CD as the coordinate axes,
(a) (8, 6) the coordinates of R are
(b) (3,10) (c) (10, 4)
(iii)Taking C as the origin CB and CD as (d) (0, 6)
the coordinate axes, the
(a) (6, 13) coordinates of Q are
(b) (-6, 13) (c) (-13, 6)
(iv) IfA is the origin, (d) (13, 6)
AD and AB are coordinate axes,
(a) 5 sq. units the area of the triangle PQR is
(b) 6 sq. units (c) 8sq. units
(v) IfC is the origin, (d) 4.5 sq. units
CB and CD are
the coordinate axes, area
(a) 8 sq. units the of the triangle PQR is
(b) 5 sq. units
SOLUTION (i) (c) 6.25 sq. units
Ans. (a): The coordinates (d) 4.5 sq. units
of P,
and AB as the coordinate axes. and R are (4, 6), (3, 2) and (6, 4) respectivelymu
reference to AD Q
(ii) Ans. (c):
Taking CB and CD as
(12, 2), (13, 6) the coordinate axes,
and (10, 4) respectively. the coordinates of P,
(iii) Q, and N dit
Ans. (d): It is evident
from Fig. 6.7 that
the coordinates of
(iv) Ans. (a): Area of 4POR
Q are (13, 6)
=4(2-4) +3 (4-6) +6(6-2)]=|1o|=
(v) Ans. (b): Area
of A PQR = 5 sq. 5sq. units
units
<br>

GOMETRY
cO-ORDINATE
6.9
The pacific Ring of Pire is a najor area
EXAMILE 27 in Ue basin
occur.
arthguakes and volcanic eruptions Ina large horseshoe slhape, It [Link] Pacific Ocean where many
trenches volcanic arcs, and volcanic is assoclaled with a nearly
series of onic bells and plate movements, continuous

Fault Llnon
Anormal Sault
Paclfla ning of Flro
Arovorso aull

Aolriko-nlip fault

An obliquo fault 2LongifudG

meOhnivy kruh

(1)
Fig. 6.8
.ewoe foults
within the Earth's crust result from the action of
plate tectonic forces,
oudaries between the plates. Energy release associaled with rapid movement onwith the largest forming the
onnst eartlquakes. active faults is the case of
Positions of some countries in the Pacific
ring fire is shown in the square grid ziven
of
above. Based on the given njornmation, answer
the following questions:
(i) The distance between the point country A and country B is
(a) 4 units (b) 5 units (c) 6 units (d) 7 uníts
a
(ii) Find relation belween x and y such that the point (x, y) is
equidistant from the country C and
country D
(a) *- y=2 (b) x+ y=2 (c) 2x -y=0 (d) 2x +y=2
(iii) The fault line 3x +y-9=0divides the line joining the country P (1,3) and countryQ(2,7) internally
in the ratio
(a) 3:4 (b) 3:2 (c) 2:3 (d) 4:3
(iv) The distance of the country M from the x-axis is
(a) 1 units (b) 2 units (c) 3 units (d) 5 units
(v) What are the coordinates of the country lying on the mid-point of country A and country D?

(a) (1,3) (b) (2, 9/2) (c) (4, 5/2) (d) (9/2, 2)
SOLUTION Ans. (b): The coordinates of country
() A and country B are (1, 4) and (4, 0)
respectively. So, the distance AB is given by
AB = (1-4) +(4- 0) =5 units
(1) Ans. (a): The coordinates of country C and country D are (7, 1) and (3, 5) respectively. If
P (, y) is equidistant from C and D. Then,

CP = CD =
cp² = Cp? (x-7)? +(y -1 = (x-3)? +(y -5)' 8r-8y = 16 x-y =2 » »
(i) Ans. (a): Suppose the fault line 3x + y-9 =0 divides the country P (1, 3) and Q(2,7) internally
(22. + 1 7). +3
In the ratio 2.:[Link], the coordinates ofthe point of
division are This point lies
on 3x +
+1'.+1
y-9=0.
3
6. +3 +72+3-9).-9 =0 » 4). =3 )=
Hence, required
3
(-9-0= 4

ratio is 3:4.
<br>

MATHEMATIC%

x-axia
So, lt ln nt a distance of units from
3

(i) Aus, (o): The oordnatea of Mare (2,3).

of countrles
A
ond D are (1, 4) and (3, 5) respectively. Hence,
() As, (b): The Mordnate th

ontinates of the mld-ont of AD are (3, 415) e.(2,7)

2

playing surfuce for the

gamelockey. Histarically, the game was
of
E\AMPLR 28 A
hky ficl is the playe.
(gass) but nodays it is
pvedominantly played on an artificial turf. It iis rectangular
n
Matunltut in shay
from the centre of the backlin
- 1(X)
nns by 60 yarnds. Guls consist of tvo upright posts placcd equidistant
inat at the top byu horizontal crosshar. "he iner edges of lle posls must be 3.66 metres (4 yards)an
the
n
e
scoense mst bhe 2.14 meres (7 eet)ulbove

the fiel iduring th yame inchuding the goulie. Positions

you
lle grond. Eaclh team plays witlb 11n
miglht play include:
E, F and G.
loend: As shown by players A, B,I Cand D; Midfielders: As shown [Link]
Iulllcks: As shown by players 1, and J; Goalic: As shown by player
Using the picture ofua lockey ficld below, answer the following qucslions:

50
t4
3 °B
2
K °E
6
35 9 10 11 12 13 14 1516
-2
-30G
-4

100 yards
Fig. 6.9
(i) The coordinates of the centroid of AEHJ are
(a) (-2//3, 1) (b) (1,-2/3) (c) (2/3, 1) (d) (-2/3, - 1)
(ii) Ifaplayer P needs to be
at equal distances from A and G, such
position of P will be given by
that A, P and G are in straight line, then
(a) (-3/2, 2) (b) (2, -3/2) (c) (2, 3/2) (d) (-2, - 3)
(iii)The point x axis equidistance from I and E is
on
(a) (1/2, 0) (b) (0,- 1/2) (c) (-I/2, 0)
(iv) What are the coordinates of the (d) (0, 1/2)
a
position of player Q such
from E and K, Q and E are collinear? that his distance from Kis twice his distance
(a) (1, 0) (b) (0, 1) (c) (-2, 1)
(v) The point on y axis equidistant (d) (-1, 0)
from B and C is
(a) (-1, 0) (b) (0, 1) - (c) (1, 0)
SOLUTION (i) Ans. (a): (d) (0, 1)
The coordinates of E, H
and J are (2, 1), (- 2, 4)
coordinates of the centroid of AEHI are and (-2, -2). So, tre
-2
,*-2)
1+4-2 Jie
(i) Ans. (c): The coordinates
of A
3
and Gare (3, 6) and (1, - 3)
respectively. The
()
equidistant írom mid-point of AG
and G.
Thecoordinates of the mid-point are
<br>

mONDNNAEGOMETRY

Ans. (a): Let (r, 0)

ya point on a-axs equilistant íronn
() (-1, 1) and (2, ), Then,

Hene, P.0 is the rquired point.

The ordinates of Kand E are (-4, l and(2, 1) respectively,
) Ans. (b): Clearly,Qdivldes Kl in

the ratio 2:1,.So,

the coordinates of Q are (2N2+Ix-4?x|:Ic.(0,).
2+1 2+1
a: The oordinates of Band C are
(4,3) and (4,- 1) respectively. Let P (0, y) be a point on
C, Then.
ais quidistant from Band
n- PB = PC' (0-4) +(V- 3)° = (0- 4) +
(y+1)* -6y +9 a 2y +1> 8y 8 > y 1

Hene the oordinates of Pare (0, 1).

ENAMPLE 29 agdisnhas a fieli ehtch iS in the shae of a right angled triangle AQC. IHe wants to leave a
Y
he form of a square PQRS insde the field for growing wheat and the renaining for growing
taNes (as shoen in the Fig. 6.10). In the field, there is a pole marked as o,

P X
X...C (-200.0) (200.0)
Fig. 6.10

Based on the above infornation, answer the following questions:

(i) Taking as origin, coondinates
O of P are (- 200, 0) and Qare (200, 0). PQRS being a square, ulhat are the
COordinates of R and S?
(ii) What is the araa of square PQRS?
(ii) What is the length of diagonal PR in square PQRS?
(iv} IfS divides CA in the ratio k: 1, what is the value
of
k, twhere point A is (200, 800)?
|CESE 2023|

SOLUTION () Given that PQRS is a square.

PQ= QR = RS = PS 400 = QR = PS
So, the coordinates of andS are (200, 400) and (- 200, 400) respectively.
R

PORS = = 400 sq. units =

16000 sq. units.
() Area of square (PO)
(ii) Length of diagonal PR is given by
= 400V2 units
PR= 200 -(-200) +(400) /160000+ 16000
S divides CA in the ratiok:1. So, the coordinates
(0") Let the coordinates ofCbe (x. 0). Given that
200k + x 800k + 0 are (- 200, 400).
of Sare But, the coordinates of S
k+1 k+l
<br>

MATHEMATICS

6.12

200k + x 800k = 400

=-200 and k+1
k+1 -
200 and 800k
= 400k +
400 > k=1and x=-600
200k +x=-200k
football tournament
is fixed with a monthly
vas thrilled to know that the Women's World Cup's
tima
EXAMILE 30 Tharunya first time in the FIFA history,
20th August 2023 and for the
frame from 20th July tovenues. Her father felt that the game can be better understood the position of player,
if

tvo nations lhost in 10 on a coordinate plane.

is represented
as points

FULL-BACK
D
FORWARD
CENTRAL
MIDFIELDER
CENTAE-BACK
ATTACKING STRIKER
GOALKEEPER MIDFIELDER
DEFENSVE:
MIDFIELDER

SWEEPER

K F
WING-BACK
WINGER

Fig. 6.11
a the position of the central mid
(i) Atan instance, the mid fielders and forward formed parallelogram. Find
are: (1, 2), B (4, 3) and A

fielder (D) if the position of other players who formed the parallelogram
C (6,6).
Wing-back K (0, 3) fall on a same straight
line.
(ii) Check if the Goal keeper G(-3,5), Sweeper H (3, 1) and
(iii) Check if the Full-back J (5, - 3) and centre-back I (- 4, 6) are equidistant from forvard C (0,1) and if
C

is the mid-point of I.
- b) lie on the same
(iv) If Defensive mid fielder (1, 4), Attacking mid fielder B (2, 3) and Striker E (a,
A

straight line and B is equidistant from A and E, find the position of E.

[CBSE Sample Paper 2024|
sOLUTION Let the coordina tes of D be (r, y). Given that ABCD is a parallelogram and diagonas
()
of a parallelogram bisect each other.

(2)-(-)-(
4+x 7 3 +y
4 = 4+x=7,8 =3+y =3, y=5
2 2' 2
Hence, the central mid fielder isat D (3, 5).
-3+3 5+1 are the coordinates
(i) The coordinates of the mid-point ofGH are 2 2
i.e. (0, 3), which
of K. This means that the Wing-back K is at the middle keeper G (-3, 5) and Sweer
of Goal
H(3, 1). Therefore, Goal keeper,Sweeper and Wing-back fall on the same straight line.
= Cl = 6)² =
(ii) We
find that CJ =J(5-0 +(-3-1)? /41 and Jo+ 4)² +(1- 41
<br>

CO-t
Cl= C] 6.13
Eorward C is equidistant
from Full-back and
Centre-back.
coordinates of
the mid-point (5-4 -3+6
The
Therefore,
Given
C is
not the mid-point of IJ.
of IJ are
°-) '7 and the coordinates of C (0, 1).
(iv) that attacking mid fielder (2, -3) B
is the mid-point of A
(1,4) and
2,-3)=(-21t,
E
(a, b).

2 =-3, a=3, b=-10

Hence, the striker at is E (3,– 10),.

ASSERTION -REASON
Coch MCOs BASED
of the following examples contains
STATEMENT-1
Lhas following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), (ASsertion) and STATEMENT-2
only one (Reason)
Correct choice. of which is the correct answer.
Mark the
la) Statement-1 and Statement-2 are
True; Statement-2 is a correct
4) Statement-l and Statement-2 are explanation for Statement-1.
True; Statement-2 is not a correct
(c) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 explanation for Statement-1.
is False.
(d) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True.
EXAMPLE 31 Statement-1
(A): If the centroid of the triangle having
its vertices at A
(1, a), B (2, b) and
C(c -3)lies on x-axis, then a + b = 3.
Statement-2 (R): On y-axis, x-coordinate every
of point is zero.
Ars. (b)
sOLUTION The coordinates of the centroid of AABC are (3+c a+b-3 If it lies on x-axis, then
its y-coordinate is zero. 3 3

a+b-3
3
=0 a+b=3
Thus, statement-1 is true. Clearly, statement-2 is also true. But it is not a correct
explanation for
statement-1. Hence, option (b) is correct.
EXAMPLE 32 Statement-1 (A): If c is a variable, then the centroids of the triangles having vertices at
P (1, a), (c, b), and R (c“, 1) will never lie on y-axis.
Q

Statement-2 (R): Ifx-coordinate of a point is not zero, it does not lie on y-axis.
Ans. (a)
a+b+1
SOLUTION The coordinates of the centroid of APOR are
3

for all c
Now, eoculudaa(1)(-(4--* >0

Thus, any c. 1+c+? +0 for any c

1+c+¢² 0 for
3
zero for any value of c. Consequently,
nus, x-coordinate of the centroid of APOR cannot be
centroid of APOR does not lie on y-axis. So, statmernt-1 is true.
Hence, option (a) is corect.
Otatement-2 is also true and it isa correct explanation for statement-1.
<br>

twnds paiy ths) it.

PRACTICE EYERCISES
wLTILE CHOE GUESTIDNS (Ws)
nves sdtInutiw in
hart thy vh f the fulvuiny

Ka) 2

4
d)

(a) finft trizrye (b) irs trianye

td) salie triarye

(a) (0,9) (b) (0, 2) () (2,9) (d) (-2, 0)

(a) (0, 1) b) (9,- 1) () (-1,0) (d) (3,o)

la) (,y) (b) (y,) t) (z/2,y/2) (d) (y/2,1/2)

7.
Aóse draun with nizýn as ttucentre passthrnyh ( 13/2,0). The Pint wiics
dees r i
 CO-ORD
<br>

6.15
(a) (-3/4, 1) (b) (2,7/3) (c)
(5,-1/2) (d) (-6,5/2)
between the points
8. If the distance (4, p) and (1,0) is 5, then the [NCERT EXEMPLAR
value of p
(a) 4 only (b) +4 (c) - 4, only is
(d) 0
A
(9, 0), B
(9, 6), |NCERT EXEMPLAR)
9. The points C(-9,6) and D
(-9, 0) arethe vertices of a
(a) square (b) rectangle (c) rhombus
(d) trapezium
[NCERT EXEMPLAR
Ttahe distance between the
points (2, - 2) and (-1, x) is 5, then the sum
of the values ofx is
(a) 4 (b) -4 (c) 8
(d) -8
11. The distance between the points (cos, sin0) and (sin -
cos0) is
(a) V3 (b) 2 (c) 2 1
(d)
12 The distance between the points (a cos 25°,0) and (0, a cos 65°) is
(a) a (b) 2a (c) 3a (d) none of these
12 a
Ifxis positive integer such that the distance between points P (x, 2) and Q (3, -6) is 10 units,
then x =
(a) 3 (b) -3 (c) 9 (d) -9
14. The distance between the points (a cos0 + b sin 0,0) and (0, a sin -b cos 0)
is

(a) a
+b² (b) a+b (c) a'-b²
[CBSE 2020]

15. If the distance between the points (4, p) and (1, 0) is 5, then p =
(a) t4 (b) 4 (c) -4 (d) 0
16. A line segement is of length 10 units. If the coordinates of its
one end are (2,-3) and the abscissa
of the other end is 10, then its ordinate is
(b) 3,-9 (c) -3,9 (d) 9,-6
(a) 9,6
(0, 0), (1, 0) and (0, 1) is
17. The perimeter of the triangle formed by the points
(a) 1+/2 (b) V2+1 (c) 3 (d) 2+2
are the vertices of a triangle, then the length of the median
18. If A(2,2), B (-4,-4) and C (5,-8)
through vertex C is
(c) V85 (d) /113
(a) /65 (b) 117
x
are collinear, then the value
of
is
19. If A(x,2), (-3, -4) and C(7,-5)
B
(c) 60 (d) -60
(a) -63 (b) 63 ICRSE 20i4)
y-axis in the ratio
- 4), and
-2) is divided by (1,
U. Ihe line segment joining points (-3, (d) 2:3
(c) 3:1
(a) 1:3 (b) 2:3
1) are collinear, then t=
t points (t, 2), (- 2,6) and (3,
1. 5 3
4 (d)
(a)
3 (b) 3
(c)
3
4 are collinear, then
C
(7, -5)
22. If
,B (5, and
p)
1),
the points A
(3, (d) 1
(c) -1 {CBSE 2020)
(a) -2 (b) 2

x=
23. If (x, 2),(-3,- 4) and (7,-5) are collinear, then (d) -60
(c) -63
(a) 60 (b) 63
 MATMACS
<br>

(7, 1) In
nwhieh (4, 5)divides tte oln of (2, ) and (l) 213
24, he ato 2 () 012
(a) 213 () aegmont Jolnlog A (0,6) and 2| (- 12,- 3)s
The mtiou which the
a-aNn divdeA the (l) I
(l) :2
(C) -21I
(a) 21
6) and (a, 2) aro colllnear, then a -
t6, lpointa (1, 2), (5, (e) 2 () -2
-
(a) (b) 7
o the polnt (- 6, W) from the axin ln
27, he tistane
6 unta (b) nlta (c) # unlts () 10 unlts
(CISE
(a) 202

7) from the yaxla l

28, The tistance of the pont (4, (c) 11
7 (b)
(a) 4 polntn A(1,3) and R4
29, Thevordinates of the point Pdividlng theline aegmentjolnlng the
in the ratlo 2:lare (c) (4, 2) (d) (5, 3)
(a) (3,4) (b) (3, 5)
(CSE 2012)
(5, 0) is
0, Thepont on the aaxds which
ls equdistant from ponts (-1, 0) and
(c) (3, 0) (cd) (0, 3)
(a) (0, 2) (b) (2, 0)
|CISE 201)
a
points (0, 0), (3, V3) and (3, 2) form an equilateral triangle, then
31,
l three (b) -3 (c) -4 (d) none of these
(a) 2
3A) and (3, 1) arecollinear, then k
32, l the points (, 2A), (3A,
(b) -1/3 (c) 2/3 (d) -2/3
(a) 1/3
are equidistant from the points (-3, 4)and (2,5)
33, Thecoordinates of the point on x-axis which
are
(a) (20, 0) (b) (- 23, 0) (4/5, 0)
(c) (d) none of these
ya
B
(11, -5) and P(12, y) are the vertices of a right triangle right angled at P, then
34, IfA (5,3),
(b) -2, 4 (c) 2,- 4 (d) 2,4
(a) -2, 4
35, The area of the triangle formed by (a, b + c), (b, c + a) and (c, a + b) is
(c) (a+b+c)? (d) 0
(a) a+b+e (b) abc
by the points (r, 2x), (--2, 6) and (3, 1) is 5
square units, then
36. Ifthe area of the triangle formed
(a) 2/3 (b) 3/5 (c) 3 (d) 5

37. lf points (a, 0), (0, b) and (1, 1) 11

are collinear, then =+÷=
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 0 (d) -1
(1,4) and two of its vertices are (4, - 3) and (-9,7), then the
area
38. lf the centroid of a triangle is
the triangle is
183 183
(a) 183 sq. units (b) -sq. units (c) 366 sq, units (d) Sq. units
2 4

39. 1fthe centroid of the triangle formed by (7,x), (y,-6) and (9,10) is at (6, 3), then (, y) =
(n) (4, 5) (b) (5, 4) (c) (-5, - 2) (d) (5, 2)
o
40. If P is a point on x-axis such that its distance from the origin is 3 units, then the coordinates
point Qon OY such that OP 0Q,are
(a) (0,3) (b) (3, 0) (c) (0, 0) (d) (0, - 3)
<br>

CO-ORDli

P (x, y) 6.17
Ifthe point
is equidistant from A
41. (5, 1) andB(-1,5),
(a) 5x =y (b) x= 5y (c) 3x = 2y
then
the entroid
of the triangle formed (d) 2x = 3y
by the points (3, -5), (-7,
(k, -1), then k= 4),(10, -k) is at
the point
(b) 1
(a) 3 (c) 2
1)is the centroid of the triangle (d) 4
having its vertices at (x, 2),
the relation (10,-2), (-8, y), then z, y satísfy
= (b) 3x-8y = 0
(a) 3x + 8y 0 (c) 8x + 3y =0
The coordinates of the tourth vertex (d) 8x = 3y
of the rectangle formed bythe points
0) (b) (0,2) (0,0), (2,0), (0,3) are
(a) (3, (c) (2,3)
(d) (3, 2)
45. The ratio in which the line segment joining
P(x1,y) and Q(x,y,) is divided by x-axis is
(a) y1 : Y2 (b) -y
:y2 (c)
.c The ratio xX2 (d) -x1 :2
in which the line segment joining points A (a,,b,) and B (22,b,) is divided by y-axis is
(a) -4, :a (b) a :22 (c) b, : b,
. T thecoordinates of one end of a diameter of a circle are
(d) -b, :b,
(2,3) and the coordinates of its cerntre
2re (-2, 5), then the coOrdinates of the other end of the diameter are
(a) (-6, 7) (b) (6,- 7) (c) (6, 7) (d) (-6,-7)
[CBSE 20121
45. In Fig. 6.12, the area of AABC (in square units) is
(a) 15 (b) 10 (c) 7.5 (d) 2.5
[CBSE 2013)

A (1,3)

B C
S43 -2 -1
12 3 4 5 6

Fig. 6.12
of median through C is
49. If A (4,9), (2,3) and C (6,5) are the vertices of AABC, then the length
B

(c) 25 units (d) 10 units

(a) 5 units (b) 10 units [CBSE 2014)

are the vertices of a parallelogram PQRS, then the value of

P(2,4), Q(0,3), R (3,6) and (5,y)
S
50. If

yis (d) -8
(a) 7 (b) 5 (c) -7 [CBSE 2014)

vertices (0, 4) and (0, 0) and (3, 0) is

51. The perimeter of a triangle with (d) 12
(c) 10
(a) 7+5 (b) 5 [CBSE 2014]

B (8, 4), then

on the line joining points A (4, 2) and
D2. lI the point P (2, 1)lies 1 (d) AP=AB
1 AP= BP (c) PB=AB
(a) AP (b) 3
-AB
<br>

6.18
(2, - (-7,4) s the
B
A 2) and
polnts
line scgment jolningthe
tatin
0) divides the
i3. If the point (k, (d) -1
of k is
1:2, then the value (c) -2
1 (b) 2
(a)
If (2, -5) is the
mid-point of
nt P"
and Q, respectively. PQ,
y-axis and -axis
54. A line intersectsthe Qare, respectively 4) and (-10, 0) (d) (0, -10) and (4o
coordinates of P and
then the 0) (c) (0, y
and (2, 0) (b) (0, 10) and (4, origin and radius is 5, then
(a) (0, -5) a whose centre ls at the
(x, 4) lies on circle (d) t4
35. If thepoint t3
(c) 0
=
(a) t5
(b)
a square ABCD, then p
(6,2) form
points A (5, p), B
(1,5), C (2, 1) and D (d) 8
56. If (c) 6
(a) 7
(b) 3
triangle formed by the points on
of the
of the circumcentre
57. The coordinates
are (d) (b, a)
A(a, 0) and B (0, b) (c) (b/2, a/2)
(b) (a/2, b/2) perpendicular bisector the)line segment
of
(a) (a, b) on the
on x-axis which lies
58. The coordina
tes of a point are
6) and (-3, 4) (d) (2, 0)
joining the points (7, (c) (0, 3)
(b) (3, 0) abscissa of(Bis 10 units,then
(a) (0, 2)
segmentjoining (2,-3) and
A Bis 10 units. If the
length of a line
(d) -6 or - 27
59. The
can be or 27
its ordinates or (c) 6
(a) 3 or -9
(b) -3 9 points P (a, -2) and
(3, -4), and (1, 2) is trisected at
joining the points
60. If the line segment
Then,
1
8 2 (b)
a==0 7 (c)
a-=1 (d)

is
distance between the points (0, 2/5) and (-2/5,0)
61. The (d) 0
(c) 2/20 units
(b) 4V10 units !CBSE 2023)
(a) 2/10 units

1, 7) from x-axis is
62. The distance of the point (- (d) /50
(c) 6
(b) 7 [CBSE 2023]
(a) -1

8) from origin is
63. The distance of the point (-6, (d) 10
(b) -6 (c) 8 [CBSE 2023]
(a) 6

and
64. The distance between the points
(c) 2 units (d) 3 units
(b) 4 units [CBSE 2023/
(a) 6 units
in the third
How many such points lie
a
65. Point (x, y) is at distance
of 5 units from the origin.
quadrant?
1 (c) 2 (d) infinitely many
(a) 0 (b)
joining (2, -3) and (5, 6) is divided by I-axis.
66. Find the ratio in which the line segment (d) 5:2
(b) 2:1 (c) 2:5
(a) 1:2
<br>

GEOMETRY
coORINATE
6.19
CASE STUDY BASED
MCQB
6.13 shows the plans for a sun room. It will
67. Figure are square be built onto the wall of a
walls of the sun room clear glass panels. The roof house. The four
is made of four
of same size and one
s trapezium shape
clear glass panels tinted glass panel in half a regular octagon
shape.
Y

A B Topview
C

J
C D

G
A

cm
A I 1

Not to scale
Front view

m
Scale 1
cm=1
Fig. 6.13
(6, 17) and
of the segment joining the points J
the mid-point
(i) In the top view, find
I(9, 16). (d) (1/2, 3/2)
(c) (15/2, 33/2)
(b) (3/2, 1/2)
(a) (33/2, 15/2) is
from the y-axis
the point P
the distance of
In the top view,
(d) 25
(i1) (c) 19
(b) 15
(a) 5 point A and S is
distance between the (d) 20
view, the
(ii) In the front (b) 8
(c) 16
line segment joining
(a) 4 point which divides the
co-ordinates theof
view, find the
internally.
(iv) In the front A ratio 1:3 (d) (2.0, S.5)
and Bin the (c) (3.0,
7.5)
the points (2.0, 9.5) 8) and S(17, 8),
then
(b) Q(9,
(a) (8.5, 2.0) equidistant fromthe 13
a point(,
y) is
= 0 (d)-y=
view, if (c) y-13
of

(v) In the front = rectangular plot

13 0
+y= 13
(b) r- Nagar have
allotted a
been boundary at a distance of
(a) x Krish on the Fig. 6.14.
The
school in planted the
of a secondary Gulmoharare plot asshownin Considering A
68. Class Xstudents Saplings of
grassy lawn in the area of the plot.
activity. remaining
land for gardening There is a triangular plants onthe
other.
1 from each
m
of
flowering answer questions:
seeds y-axis
students are to sOw AB along
t-axis and
as origin, AD along
<br>

MATHEMATISY

7 P

6
5

4<
3

24

7 8 9 10 D
2 6
Fig. 6.14

(i) What are the coordinates of A?

(a) (0, 1) (b) (1, 0) (c) (0, 0) (d) (-1, -1)
(ii) What are the coordinates of P?
(a) (4, 6) (b) (6,4) (c) (4, 5) (d) (5, 4)
(iii) What are the coordinates of R?
(a) (6,5) (b) (5, 6) (c) (6, 0) (d) (7,4)
(iv) What are the coordinates of D?
(a) (16, 0) (b) (0, 0) (c) (0, 16) (d) (16, 1)
(v) What are the coordinates of P, if D is taken as the origin,DA along negative r-axis and DC
along y-axis?
(a) (12, 2) (b) (- 12, 6) (c) (12, 3) (d) (6, 10)
69. Four persons John, Saurabh, Salim and Ratan are sitting in a courtyard at points A, B, C and D
respectively as shown in Fig. 6.15. The Courtyard has been divided into small squares by
drawing equality spaced horizontal and vertical lines. Taking OX and OY as the coordinate aves
answer the following questions:

YA
10

Rows
6

3
2
D

1
2 3 6 7 10 X
Column
Fig. 6.15

(i) The coordinates of points A are

(a) (4, 3) (b) (3, 4) (c) (3,3) (d) (4, 4)
 CO-ORDINATE GEOMETpy
<br>

(Gi) Byjoining Ato B, to C,Cto and to A,

B
D D
(a) rhombus square the figutefnned
(b) is rMÉA
(iii) The distance between the mid-points of AC
and D
(a) 2 (b)3 is
(iv) Area of AABC is
(a) 18 sq. units (b)9 sq units
(v)
() 12 y
ráts
Perimeter of quadrilateral ABCD is
(a) 4/13 (b) 3/13
(cj 2/13
en A City school is organizing annúal sports everTIt
racks are being marked witha gapof 1 in a rectarvzular shapd
ynd hUD. Te
lacod with a distance of 1 m each alongn each in the furri of straizt ires 12, ierne ys
along AD and post her flag. Saanví runs
[Link]í runs 1 /3 cf the
dístarce it ee
end ine
e
1/5 of the distance AD ir
flag.
he eighth ite ssd yas to

A
1
3 4 5 6 8 9 10

Fig. 6.16

(i) The distance between the two flags is

(a) 2V73 (b) 3/73 (c) /273 (d)
3
(1) If Reena has to post the flag exactly halfway between the line segment joining the two
flags, the coordinates where she should post her flag are
(c) (5,32) (d) (10, 64)
(a) (2, 40) (b) (2, 30)

(ii) The coordinates where Shruti posts her flag are

(c) (2, 30) (d) (3, 40)
(a)(2, 40) (b) (40, 2)

(iv) The coordinates where Saanvi posts her flag are

(c) (5, 32) (d) (8, 24)
(a) (3, 40) (b) (24, 8)

ASSERTION-REASON BASED MCQs

Each of STATEMENT-2 (Reason) and has
the following questions contains STATEMENT-1 (A) and correct answer. Mark the correct
following four one of which is the
choices ((a), (b), (c) and (d), only
choice.
<br>

6.22 AATHEMAÍKS

a correct explanatin for Statrns.

(a) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true: Statement-2 ís
not a coTrect explanatirm t
(b) Statement-1 is true, Staternent-2 is true; Staternent-2 is
Statement-1.
(c) Statement-1 ís true, Statement-2 is false.
(d) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
whose vertices are (a
P

71. Statement-1 (A): If a+b+c= 0, then the centroid of the triangle

Q(b, c) and R (C, a) is at the origin. vertice
Statement-2 (R): The coordinates of the centroid of the tríangle whose
Y
+y2+y,
A(K191), B (X2 y2)and C y
(*y, 3) are+23
are P (a, b), O (b. c)ard
72, Statement-1 (A): If origin is the centroid of triangle whose vertices
R (c, a), then
a+ b
+=3abc.
Statement-2 (R): If a+ b+c=0, then
a
+c3abc.
+ b

of sides AB and ACof AABC are D (3.5).

73. Statement-1 (A): If the coordinates of the mid-points
and E (-3, - 3) respectively, then BC= 20 units. is paralle!
Statement-2 (R): The line segment joining the mid-points of two sides ofa triangle
to the thírd side.
right anglei
74. Statement-1 (A): A triangle with vertices at (4, 0), (- 1,- 1), and (3, 5) is isosceles
triangle.
Statement-2 (R): If ABC is an isosceles triangle, then it is right angled.
are non-collinear.
If a 0,b 0, then the points O(0,0), A (a, a), (b, b-)
B

75. Statement-1 (A):

=
Statement-2 (R): If points P, Q
and Rare collinear, then PQ+QR PR.
76. Statement-1 (A): Point P(0,2) is the point of intersection of y-axis with the line 3x+2y =4
Statement-2 (R): The distance of the point P (0, 2) from x-axis is 2 units.
[CBSE 2023)

ANSWERS
5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (b)
1.
(b) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (a)
13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (a) 16. (b)
9. (b) 10. (b) 11. (b) 12. (a)
21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (d)
17. (d) 18. (c) 19. (a) 20. (c)
30. (b) 31. (d) 32. (b)
25. (a) 26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (a) 29. (b)
37. (a) 38. (b) 39. (d) 40. (a)
33. (d) 34. (c) 35. (d) 36. (a)
55. (b) 46. (a) 47. (a) 48. (c)
41. (d) 42. (c) 43. (a) 44. (c)
53. (a) 55. (b) 56. (c)
49. (b) 50. (a) 51. (d) (d)
52. 54. (d)
62. (b) 63. (d) 64. (d)
57. (b) 58. (b) 59. (a) 60. (b) 61. (a)
65. (d) 66. (a)
(iv) (d) (v) (b)
67. (i) (c) (ii) (a) (ii) (c)
(v) (b)
68. (i) (c) (ii) (a) (iii) (a) (iv) (a) (2)
(s)
69. (i) (a) (ii) (c) (iüi) (c) (iv) (b)
70. (i) (a) (ii) (c) (iii) (a) (iv) (d) 75. (c)
71. (a) 72. (a) 73. (b) 74. (c)
76. (b)
<br>

CHARTER

TRIANGLES
REVISION OF KEY CONCEPTS AND FORMULAE
same shape but not necessarily
1. Two figures having the the same size are called similar figures.
are similar but
2. All congruent figures the Converse is not true.
having the: same number of sides are similar, if
3. Two polygons

() their corresponding angles are equal and

.
6) their corresponding sides are proportional (i.e., in the same ratio).
Ta line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle to intersect the other two sides in distinct
are divided in the:same
points, then the other two sides ratio.
.#a line divides any two a
sides of triangle in the same ratio, then the line is parallel to the thírd
side of the triangle.
6 The internal bisector of an angle of a triangle divides the opposite side internally in the ratio of

the sides containing the angle.

7. Ifa line through one vertex of a triangle divides the opposite side in the ratio
of other two sides,

then the line bisects the angle at the vertex.

8. The external bisector of an angle of triangle divides the opposite side
a externally in the ratio of

the sides containing the angle.

9. The line drawn from the mid-point of
one side of a triangle is parallel of another side bisects the

third side.
10. The line joining the mid-points of
two sides of a triangle is parallel to the third side.
11. The diagonals of a trapezium divide each
other proportionally.
a
of a quadrilateral divide each other proportionally, then it is trapezium.
12. If the diagonals non-parallel sides
13. Any line parallel to the parallel
sides of a trapezium divides the
proportionally. made by
are intersected by two transversals, then the intercepts
14. If three or more parallel lines
them on the transversals are proportional. corresponding angles are equal, then the triangles
AAA Similarity criterion: If in
two triangles,
15.
are similar. are respectively equal to
triangles, two angles of one triangle
two
i0. AA Similarity criterion: If in are similar.
triangle, then the two triangles
the two angles of the other corresponding sides are in the same ratio, then the
27 DSSSimilarity
criterion: If in two triangles,
and
two triangles are similar. equal to one angle of another triangle
a triangle is
DAS Similarity criterion:
If one angle of are simnilar.
are in the same ratio, then the triangles are
including these angles one side of one triangle
ne sides hypotenuse and
19. RHS Similarity criterion: If in two triangles, triangle, then the two triangles are
of the other
Proportional to the
hypotenuse and one side
similar. melians.
20. If two triangles are equiangular, then of corresponding
same as the ratio corresponding angle
bisector
(i) the ratio of the Corresponding
sides is of the
same asthe ratio
corresponding sides is
(i) the ratio of the corresponding altitudes.
segments. is same asthe ratio ofthe the bisectors of these
(ii) the ratio of the corresponding sides another triangle and
one angle of similar.
21. If one equal to the triangles are
a
angle of triangle is then
the same ratio,
equal angles divide the opposite side in
7.1
<br>

7.2
one of the8e sldes ofa trlangle
are respectively proportionA
a median bisectiug triangle, then the trlangles
22. If thvosides and corresponding medlan of another
to the tvo sides and the are respectively proportional
sinilar. third sicde of a triangle t%

a median bisecting the thenthe triangles are slnlat.

23, Iftwo sides and median of nother trlangle,
corresponding
thetwo sides andthe
~
24. AABC ADEF, then
AB BC AC
Perimeter of AABC
DE EF DF Perimeter
of ADEF a right trianela t.
from the vertex of the right angle ofare similar to the he

is drawn perpendicular
25. If a perpendicular triangles on both sides of the
hypotenuse, then the
other. sum of%.
triangle and also to cacha the square of the hypotenuse is equal to the
26. Pythagoras Theorem: In right triangle,
squares of the other two sides. square of one side is cqual to the sum of the
sauave
a
in triangle,
27. Conerse ofPythagoras Theorem: lf opposite to first sideis right angle.
a
sides, then the angle
of the other two twice the square of half
of tk.
sum of the squares of any two sides is equal to sida
28. In any triangle, the square of the median which bisects the third
twice of the
third side together with thesquares of a triangle is equal to four times the
sum ofhe
of the sides
29. Three times the sum of the
squares of the medians of tlhe triangle.
is
the squarc of any side of an cquilateral triangle
30. Three times
square of the altitude.
equal to four times the
a perpendicular drawn from the vertex of right angle
In triangle
triangle into two similar triangle
31.
to the hypotenusc divides the
i.c, AADB~ ACDA. square of the perpendicular is equal B
Also, AD BDxCD i.e. the two sides on the
D

of other
to the product of projections Fig. 7.1
hypotenuse (Fig. 7.1).

SOLVED EXAMPLES
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCQs)
the length of AE is
EXAMPLE 1 In Fig. 7.2, DE| BC. IfAD =3
cm, AB = 7 cmand EC =3cm, then
cm
(c) 3.5 Cm (d) 4
(a) 2 cm (b) 2.25 cm [CBSE 2023)
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION Given that DEI| BC

AD AE 3 AE
> AE -9 cm =2.25 cm
DB EC 4 3 4
A

we
3 cm 3

C
4 cm Fig. 7.3
Fig. 7.2
= DB AE =3 units and EC a x units, then the tu
EXAMPLE 2 In Fig. 7.3, DE| BC. If AD 2 units,
x is
(b) 3 (c) 5 (d) 9/2
(a) 2
<br>

As
SOLUIRN DE DC
[CRE 23)

D3
ERAMTLE :F74 AAC- 0PR. AC
=6, BC=5 cm, OR
=3 m
arå PR=I CT,then tht
(b) 25 (c) 10
(2) 26 d) 32o
Ars (b)
CRSE 23]
SOLUTION A4BC- 40PR
AB_ BC_ AC
QP PR QR
BC_ AC
PR QR
Fg.74
ERAMPE In AABC. PQIC. .IFPB = 6 , ,
AP=t, 40=S th te rtt f
(a) 12 c (b) 20 (c) 6
(d) 14 cr:
AC

Ans ()
CRSE 223]
SOLUTION PQL BC

4 S
6 OC
»C=12 cm
= Fig.7.5
AC AQ+C= (8+12) =Wm m

EXAMPLE S In Fi. 7.6, if DE BC, ten the nhue ox is

fa) 6 (b) 125 (c) S (d) 10
Ans a)
SOLUTION Given that DE BC

AD DE
DB BC m

2r=12 =6
Fig. 7.6
tXAMPLE 6
I AABC - APOR wth A =
32 and R=65, then the mosure 28 is
(a) 32 (b) 65 (c) S3° (d) 97
Ans (c)
CNE N23)
SOLUTION
AABC- APQR

LA=P, 2B= 20and C= R A= 32 and 2C = 65

Using ange
sum property AABC, we obtain
in
= =>
EXAMPLE
LA+2B+2C= 1S0 2°+ L8+65° ZB=83 1S0

7
Itis that AABC ADFE, ZA= 30, 2C= 50,AB =5 cm, AC
=
§cm and DE =75cm.
trhich of $gien
Then,
e following
(a) DE = is true?
12 cm. Z (b) DE = 12 cm, 2F= 100°
(c)
F=50°
EF
=
12 cm.
D=100 (d) EF = 12 cm, 2D= 30°
<br>

74 MATHEMATIKS)

Ans. b) (NCERT EXEMPLA

SOLUTION It is given that AABC- ADFE.
AB BC AC
2A=LD, ZB=E, LC=ZE and DE EF DE
5 BC 8
LD=3, LF=100, LE =50° and
75 EF DE LB=15
LF= 100 and DE = 12 cm.
=
EXAMPLE 8
In triangles ABC and DEF, ZB= LE, ZE 2C and AB =3 DE. Then. thetwo triargies y
(a) congruent but not similar (b) sinilar but not congruent
(c) neither congruent nor similar (d) congruent as well as similar {NCERT EXEM:
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION In tríangles ACB and DEF, it is given that ZB= LE, F=LC. So by AAiterind
similarity ABC - ADEF. It is also given that AB = 3DE. So, AABC is not congruent to aDEF
AB DE. Thus AABC~ ADEF but AABC is not congruent to ADEF.

EXAMPLE 9 If APOR - AABC ; PQ =6 cm, AB = 8 cm and the perimeter of ABC is 36 cm, thn peide

f APQR is
(a) 20.25 cm (b) 27 cm (c) 48 cm (d) 64 cm
Ans. (b) CSE
SOLUTION APOR - AABC
Perimeter of APQR 6 Perimeter of APOR 36x6
PQ Perimeter of APQR =
8
m=a
AB Perimeter of AABC 8 36

AB BC CA
EXAMPLE 10 If in two triangles ABC and POR, then
QR PR PO'
(c) ACBA ~ APOR (d) ABCA- APQR
(a) APOR~ ACAB (b) APOR~ AABC
Ans. (a)
SOLUTION It is given that

AB BC CA +
APQR~ CAB
AoQ,B 4 R,C P
QR RP PO
= 6/2 cm, PQ =
APOR, we have AB 4.5 cm BC 5 cm, CA
= = 10
EXAMPLE 11 In AABC and
OR
= 9
Cm, PR 12/2 cm. If
=
ZA=75 and ZB=55, then P=
(a) 75° (b) 55° (c) 50° (d) 130°
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION In AABC and APOR,we find that
BC CA R=75°, ZQ=
AB AABC- ARQP ZA
=
ZR,2B= 20 and 2C= ZP
QR QP PR
,we obtain
Using angle sum property in APQR,
= P=50°
ZP+2Q+ ZR = 180° > LP+55° +75° 180°
EXAMPE 12 AABC is such that AB =3cm, BC = 2 cm, CA= 2.5 cm. If AABC~ADEF and *
then perimeter of ADEF is
(b) 15 Cm (c) 22.5 cm (d) 30 cm
(a) 7.5 cm
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION It is given that
<br>

7.5
ARCADEN
AR C AC A
CCA

T
IeimeterofADET 2 l'erneter ofADEE I'erlmoter of ADEE 1ff cm.

AABC and ADEr, then they willbe slnilar, wen

D
(b)
(«) 4A

OLUTION Ve have, INKTANLARI

AB BC AB BC

DE D D
DE A»,hoDandCF
,
hte. AdBC ANDF and henCe ZA- ZB= 4D and C= 2E.
7.
LACICDA, AC= 8 cmn,
AD = 3 cm, then RD =
22 55 64
(a)m (b)
3 (c) () Cm

C
wOLUON ln triangles ACB and CDA,we find that

LACB= ZCDA |Glven)

and ¿CAB ZCAD

So, by using AA-criterion of similarity, we obtain

A'9 om D
AC AB 8 AD DB Flg. 7.7
AACB ~AADC 3+ DB > pR= 55 Cm
AD AC 8 3
AB BC
INAMIE s AABC and ADEE, DE Whichof the following makes the twotriangles similar?
FD
(a) 2A= ZD (b) ZBa )
Ans, (b)
SOLUTION We have,
AB BC AB ED
DE F) BC
D AARC
~
ADE I ZD2D
ENAMPLU to In AABC, DEI| [Link] = 1,
DE=, BE b
andEC=c. Then, x=
ab
(a) (b) (c) (d)
b+c
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION Given that DE||AB
AB BC
DE

D
b+c
Fig. 7.8

INAMPE 17 f in Fig. 7.9, ZBAC 90° and ADL BC, lhen

(a) BDxCDBC? ABx AC = ADp?
(b) ABxAC e BC? (c) BDxCD =AD' (d)
<br>

(NCERT EXEMFLAR
7.6

Ans, (c) ABD and ABC, we find that

SOLUTION In triangles [Each equal to 90] A

LADB= ZBAC [Common]

ABC
and,
ZABD we obtain
AA-criterion of similarity, ...()
So, by using ...(ii)
ABDA~ ABAC
B
Fig.7.9
Similarly, AADC~ ABAC
we obtain AD?
From (i) and (ii), DA BA BD x DC=
BD
ABDA AADC AD DC AC vertex of right angle to the hypotenuse,
perpendicular drawn from the
a right triangle
ALITER In
triangle into two similar triangles.
divides the x CD.
AD DB AD'= BD
AADB~ ACDA= DA is eauol
to
CD cn, then BD
IfAC = 9 cm and AD =3
AC.
EXAMPLE 18 In AABC,
ZB= 90,BD 1 cm (d) 3/3
cm
cm (c) 2V3
cm (b) 3/2
(a) 2/2
Ans. (b) example,
using the result given in the above
SOLUTION By
we obtain Can. 3 cm
6 cm
BD =3/2 Fig. 7.10
BD' = AD× CD=3x6=18
cm and 8 cm
lengths 16
triangle, right angled at B are of ABE is
EXAMPLE 19 Sides AB and
BE of a right
square FDGB that can be inscribed the triangle
in
respectively. The length of the
side of largest 4 A
8 cm
16 - (c) cm (d) 3
32 (b) cm 3
(a) 3
3
Ans. (b) In x cm. triangles AFD and
a
SOLUTION Let the length of side
of the square be
DGE, We find that
[Each equal to 90°]
LAFD = ZEGD G
cm
LADF= 2DEG
-8
and, Fig. 7.11
criterion, we obtain
So, by using AA-similarity 16
X= -cm
AF FD 16-x 128- 24x+x*= 3
AAFD ADGE = DG GE 8-x
of the following is nr
= ZR = ZE, then which
EXAMPLE 20 If in two triangles DEF and PQR, ZD 2Qand

true? EF DE
DE EF DE DF
EF DE (c) (d) RP QR
(a)
(b) PQ RP QR PQ
PR PQ |NCERTEXEMPLAR

Ans. (b) similariy

AA-criterion of
SOLUTION It is given that ZD=2Qand ZR=ZE. So, by using
obtain
EF DF EF DF DE EF DE DF
DE
ADEF ~ AQRP > QR PR PQ PR PQ' QR PR'QR PQ
<br>

TRIANGLES

opttion (a), (c) and (d)

are true but 7.7
Hence, option (b) is not truc.
~
EXAMPLE 21 If AABC AEDF and AABC is not sinnilar to
ADEF, then which
of the following
true? x is not
EF = AC FD (b) ABx =
EF ACx DE (C)
(a) BCx BC× DE= ABx EE
(d) BCx DE= AB×
Ans. (c) FD
Given that AABC ~ AEDF (NCERT EXEMPLAR]
SOLUTION and AABC is not similar to ADEF
AB BC AC AB BC
= and either BC AC
AB AC
ED DF EF DE EF or, Or, EF* DE DE DF
AB BC AB AC BC AC
ED DF ED and
EF DE EF
ABx DE= BC x ED,ABx EF = ACx ED,BCx EF = ACx DE
Options (d), (b) and (a) are true.
an1 g 22 In Fig. 7.12, two line segments
ACand BD
EAn PB= 3 cm, PC=2.5 cm, PD = 5 cm, ZAPB = 50°intersect
and
each other at the point P
such that
(b) 30° CDP= 30°.Then ZPBA is eaual to
(a) 50° (c) 60°
(d) 100
Ans. (d)
|NCERT EXEMPLAR]
sOLUTION In triangles PAB and PDC, we have
PA PB
and ZAPB = ZCPD
PD PC Vertically opposite angles]
[Link] using SAS-criterion of similarity, we obtain
APBA ~
APDC 6 cm Pe-5cm.
2D= LA
LA=30° 30>

Applying angle sum property in APAB, we obtain 50°

-2.5
/P+LA + ZB= 180° 50° +30°+ ZB= 180° ZB=100 cm>
R
Fig. 7.12
EXAMPLE 23 AABC is
such that AB = 3 Cm,
BC = 2 cm, CA = 2.5 Cm. If AABC~
then perimeter of ADEF is ADEF and EF = 4 cm,
(a) 7.5 cm (b) 15 cm (c) 22.5 cm (d) 30 cm
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION Given that AABC ~ ADEF
AB BC AC AB+ BC +CA
3+2+2.5
DE EF DF DE + EF+ DF Perimeter of ADEF -15 cm
4 Perimeter of ADEF
EXAMPLE 24 In Fig. 7.13, if DE || BC, AD = 3 cm, BD
=4 cm and BC = 14 cm, then DE equals
(a) 7 cm
(b) 6 cm (c) 4 cmn (d) 3 cm
Ans. (b)
sOLUTION It is given that DE || BC. Therefore,
A

D
AADE ~
AABC AD DE 3 DE
DE =6 cm
AB BC 3+4 14

Fig. 7.13
EXAMPLE
25 In Fig. 7.14, DE || BC. Which of the following is true?
(a) x4+b (b) y= (c) x= ay (d)
ay
a+b a+b
<br>

7.8

Ans. (c) Therefore,

given that DE |I| BC.
SOLUTION It is
AE DF Y
AADE~AABC AC BC a+b

(a+b) x Fig.7.14
ay and If AABC ~-lAPQR ar4
a+b APQR respectively.
of AABC and
and PN are altitudes
EXAMPLE 26 If AM
AB':PO=4:9, then AM: PN= (d) 2:3
(c) 3:2
(b) 4:9
(a) 16 : 81
Ans. (d) AM 2
AB AM
AABC ~ APOR PN PN 3
SOLUTION Gven that PO = 3 Cm, then the lengtk of 0b:
= cm, PQ= 2 cm and OB
I| PO. If AB 6
EXAMPLE 27 In Fig. 7.15, AB 4 cm (d) 1 Cm
(c)
(a) 9 cm
(b) 3cm (CBSE 2023)

Ans. (d)
SOLUTION In AOAB and OQP, we have
= 20QP and ZOBA = ZOPO
ZAOB = ZQOP, LOAB -
cm
similarity, we obtain
So, by AAA criterion of
6

AOAB ~ AOOP

AB OB 6 3
OP=1cm
QP OP 2 OP
Fig.7.15

CASE STUDY BASED EXAMPLES

EXAMPLE 28 Vijay is trying to find the average height of a tower near his house. He is using the
properties
of similar triangies. The height
of Vijay's house is 20 meter. Wen Vijay's house casts a shadow 10mlong er
the ground at the same time, the tower casts a shadows 50 m long on the ground and the house of Ajaycss
20 m shadow on the ground. Based on the above information answer the following questions.

Vijay's House Tower Ajay's House

Fig. 7.16
(i) The height of the tower is
(a) 20 m (b) 50m (c) 100 m
(d) 200 m
 TRIANGLES
<br>

casts a shadow
When Vijay's house of
12 m,
the length of
79

m (b) 50 m the shadop f the toer

(ii) (c) 45 rn is
(a) 75 ofAjay's house is
(d) 60 m
The height
iii) m (b) 40 m
30 (c) 50 m
(a) casts a shadow of (d) 20 n
the tower 40 m,
When the length of the
(iv) m (b) 32 m (c) 20 m
shade of Ajays honu is
(a) 16
When the tower
casts a shadow of 40 m, the length of the shadorr cf (d) 8 m
Vijay's house is
(v) m (b) 32 m (c) 16 m
(a) 15 (d) 8 m
SOLUTION Three triangles formed by Vijay's house, tower and Ajay's
house ate shown in
are similar triangles.
Fig.
77.17 these
R

20 m

A 10 m B 50 m 20 m
Fig. 7.17

AC PR LN ..1)
AB PQ LM
PR LN
20 PR LN and 2= PR=100 and LN=40
20 50 20
50
10
of tower = 100 m.
(i) Ans. (c): From (ii),
we obtain PR= Height
we obtain
(ü) Ans. (c): From (i),
AC PR
AB PQ AB = 12 (given))
20 100 From (i), we obtain PR = 100, AC= 20and
12PQ
PQ =60 cm cm.
From (ii), we obtain LN =40
(iii) Ans. (b): = and PR= 100,
we obtain
PR LN = N
0
When PO 40,
we obtain PQ LM
(iv) Ans. (c): From (i),
100 40 16
LM
LM= AC=20
m, webtan
40 m, PR = 100m and
AC PR PQ= 40
When
(v) From (i), we obtain: AB PQ
20 100 AB = 8 NCQs
ASSERTION-REASON BASED STATEMENT-2((Reison)
AB 40 answer. Markthe
(Assertion) and
contains
STATEMENT-1
only one of
whichisthe ort
Each of the following examples (d),
(a), (b), (c) and
and has following four choices
correct choice.
<br>

(a) Statemnt- and statement;, ot a wretslauati

or
itatemen
stateuent afe
wy
Statewnt:
() Stateteutl and Statement:2 ix lalse
() Statmiu- is huo in uo
Stateucut
() Statement- is Valse,

bn a right trinngle, the

yuare f the epeniculardn m
the wtes
Statement-2 (NA the stut
prjntions ef tuo siles on the hpotenuse.
Ans, (a)
angled at Aaned AD be pcrpendicular drawoton
sOLUTION Let ABC be right triangle right
a

hypotenuse BC,
lu A's ADE and CDA,
we have
(Bach equal to 0°)
LADB a ZCDA
and, LDAB= DCA we obtain
So, by using AA-criterion of similarity,
DB
~ AD
AADB ACDA
CD DA
we find that in APOK,
Thus, statement-2 is true, Using statement-2,
Fig. 7,18
=
QS = PS x
RS => QS
=x9 36 QS=6cm
a correct explanation for statement-1,
So, statement-1 is also true and statement-2 is
Hence, option (a) is correct.
s
EXAMPLE 30 Statement-1 (A): ln AABC, ifAB a 24
cm, BC = 10 cm and AC 26 cm, then AAC
a right angled tràangle.
are
Stutement-2 (R): If corresponding sides of two triangles are equal, then the trangles
similar.
Ans, (b)
SOLUTION We find that in AABC, AC² AB+ BC* holds good.
Thus, by using tlhe converse of P'ythagoras theorem, AABC s a right angled triangle.
So.,

statement-1 is true.
Let ABC and PQR be two triangles such that their corresponding sides are equal ie. AB n PQ
BC = QR and AC = PR. Then,

AB BC AC
PQ QR PR
> AABC- APQR

So, statement-2 is true. But, it is not a correct explanation for statement-1.

Hence, option (b) is correct.
EX \MPL.E 31 Stntement-1 (A: and aDEF be right triangles right angled at B ad 6.
Let AABC
respectively. If AC5 cm, BC = 4 Cm, DF = 15 cm and EE a
12

tlhen ZA 2D and 2C=2.

Statement-2 (R): in two riglht triangles, hypotenuse and one side of vne triange
f
proportional to the hypotenuse and oneside of the other triangle, then t
triangles are similar.
Ans. (a)
<br>

TRIANGLES

[Link] statemen2is 7.11

triangles ABC and DE,we find that AC and,DE are

In right
hyprotenuse such AC BC
Therefore, by using 8tatement-2, we obtain that
DE EP 3
ADE
AABC ZAZDand /C /
statement-1 is also true and statement-2 is a correct
So, corroct. explanation for staternent-1.
(a) is
Hence, option
Statement-1 (A): If in AABC, D and E are
EXAMPLE 32 points on sides AB and AC
respectively such
that DE|| BC, then AD AE
AB
Statement-2 (R): If a line ts drawn parallel to AC'
one side of a triangle
intersectiny the other
(wo sides, then it divides the two
sides in the same ratio,

Ans. (a)
SOLUTION
We
find that statement-2, being well known BP T, true. Using
is staternent-2, we cbtain
AD AE
DB EC
DB EC
AD AE
DB EC+1 D
+1=
AD AE
DB+ AD EC + AE AB AC AD AE C
Fig. 7.19
AE AD AE AB AC
AD
a correct
So. statement-2 is true. Also, statement-2 is explanation for statement-1.
Hence, option (a) is correct.

PRACTICE EXERCISES

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCQs)

Mark the correct alternative in each of the following:

= DE BC = 8 cm, then EF=
1. IfAABC and A DEF are similar such that 2 AB cm and
(d) 4 cm.
(a) 16 cm (b) 12 cm (c) 8
X and AC at Y. If
BC of a A ABC cutting AB at
2. XY is drawn parallel to the base
AB =4 BX and YC = cm, then AY= 2

(d) 8 cmn.
(b) 4 cm (c) 6 cm
(a) 2 cm
m and 11 m stand vertically upright
on a plane ground. If the distance
3. Two poles of height 6
between their tops is
between their foot is 12 m, the distance (d) 11 m
14 m (c) 13 m.
(a) 12 m (b) that DE || BC and
E are points on side AB and AC respectively such
9. In ABC, D and
A

=
AD: DB=3:1. If EA 3.3 cm, then AC
=
(d) 5.5 cm
cm (c) 4.4 cm
(a) 1.1 cm (b) 4
65°, then Z B=
40°, AB: ED AC: EF and ZF=
=
ntriangles ABC and DEF,ZA= /E= (d) 85°
(c) 75°
(a) 35 (b) 65° C=
47° and ZE 83°, then
=

6. If ABC and DEF are similar triangles such that ZA=

(d) 80°
(c) 70° 3 cm, then
(a) 50° (b) 60° = 6 cm, AC = 5 cm and BD
7. In a of ZBAC. If AB
A
ABC, AD is
the bisector
DC= cm (d) none of these
(c) 3:5 = 3 cm, then AC
(a) 11.3 cm (b) 2.5 cm = cm, BD 6 cm and DC
ADis the bisector of
/BAC IAB 8 (d) 8 cm
(c) 3 cm
a ABC,
(a) 4 cm cm
(b) 6
<br>

MATHEMATICS

AC and BD interSect
BC || AD and AB =4
cm. If the diagonals at
ABCD is a
trapezium suchthat
AO DO e
Osuch that then BC Fp
(c) 9 cm
(d) 6 cm
(a) 7 cm
m

(b) 8
BC ~
then AABC AEDF when
AB
.
If in AABC and A DEF,
DE FD
ZB = ZD (d) ZB = ZE
(a) A =
2F (b) ZA = ZD (c)

AB BC CA
1. If
in two triangles ABCand DEF, DE FE FD then
ACBA~ A FDE (d) ABCA ~ FDE
A
~ (c)
(a) AFDE ~ ACAB (b) A FDE A ABC
.o
2. If in two triangles ABC and DEF, LA
= ZE, ZB = ZE, then which of the following is not
AB BC AB AC BC AB
BC AC (c) (d)
(a) (b) DE DF EF
DF DE DE DF EF
13. In Fig. 7.20 the measures of ZDand ZF are respectively
(a) 50°, 40° (b) 20°, 30° (c) 40°, 50° (d) 30°, 20°
A

45 63
)30• 20° 130°
72 5
Fig. 7.20
14. In Fig. 7.21, the value of x for which DE II BC is
(a) 4 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) 2
A A
x+3
D,
E E
3x + 19
3x + 4
B
B
Fig. 7.21
Fig. 7.22
15. In Fig. 7.22, if ZADE = ZABC,
then CE =
(a) 2 (b) 5 (c) 9/2 (d) 3
16. In Fig.7.23, RS | DB || PQ. If CP =
are respectively
PD= 11 cm and =
DR RA =3 cm. Then the values of x andy
(a) 12, 10 (b) 14, 6 (c) 10,7 (d) 16, 8
11
11
cm
8
2 cm> B
A
P

A B
Fig.7.23
Fig.7.24
17. In Fig. 7.24, if PB | CF and DP || EF, AD
then
DE
<br>

TRIANGLES

7.13
(b) (c)
(a) 4
4 (d)
4ABC is such that AB =
3 cm,
18.
BC =
2 cm and CA
3
EF =4
cm, then perimeter of DEF is
A
2.5 cm.,If A
DEAABC and
cm (b) 15 cm
(c) 22.5 cm
(a) 7.5 ,a (d) 30 cm.
4ABC line XY parallel to BC cuts ABat X
19. In and ACat Y. If BY bisects
(a) BC = CY (b) BC = BY (c) BC CY
XYC, then
ABC, perpendicular AD from (d) BC + BY
a A
A A on BC meets BC at
20. In D, If BD =
8 cm,
AD = 4 cm, then
= 2
DC cm and

(a) A ABC is isosceles (b) A ABC is

equilateral
(c) AC =2 AB (d) A ABC is right-angled at A.

ARC~ ADEF such that DE

=3Cm, EF = 2 cm, DF = 2.5 cm, BC = 4 cm, then perimeter of
AABC is
(a) 18 cm (b) 20 cm (c) 12 cm (d) 15 cm
~
A
ADEF such that AB = 9.1 cm and DE = 6.5 cm. If the perimeter of ADEF
ABC

is 25 cm, then the perimeter of AABC is

(a) 36 cm (b) 30 cm (c) 34 cm (d) 35 cm

2 In an isosceles triangle ABC, if AB = AC = 25 cm and BC = 14 cm, then the measure of altitude
from A on BC is
(a) 20 cm (b) 22 cm (c) 18 cm (d) 24 cm
= cm. If QS I PR, then QS is equal to
24. In APOR, ZQ=90°, PQ=5 cm, QR 12
13 60 12
80 (d) cm
Cm (b) Cm (c) Cm
(a 5 13 5
13 cm and TS = 4 cm, then
AT=AQ =6 cm, AS =3
In Fig. 7.25, PQRS is a parallelogram,
if
25.
(b) x= 2, =3
y (c) x=1,y
=
2 (d) x=3, y=4
(a) x=4,y = 5
P

cm- S

6 cm>
4 cm
P
3 P

cm
6 R

B D Fig. 7.27
R
Fig. 7.26 equal
Fig.7.25
cm, AB = 5 cm and AC
= 10cm, then AD is
cm, AR = 4.5 cm, AO =6
AP =3
n F'g. 7.26, if (d) 7.5 cm
to (c) 5.5 cm
cm
(a) 5.7 cm (b) 7.6 cm, cm, then PQ =
= 8 PS =4 (d) 24 cm
POR =ZPRS. If PR perimeter of
nPig. 7.27, (c) 32 cm = 8 cm, then

(a) 12 cm (b) 16 cm cm, ZX = 6.5 and

cm PQ
cm, YZ = 4.5
28. If APQR
~AXYZ and XY=4 cm
(d) 30 m, n and
r.
APQR is 15 cm lengths
(c)
ABC with side
(a) 25 cm (b) 23 cm about a triangle

29. Consider three sta tements

following the n?-m²=2. triangle.
provided 2is a
right angle
S-1 ABC is a right triangle and r+ triangle.
lengths +2, n+2right-angle
m
S2 Triangle with side a
2m, 2n and 2ris
S3 Triangle with sides
 MATIIMKTS7
<br>

7.14

be
correct n
>n, n > rnd otalement S-2 would
(1) Statenment S-lwould be
If
is aright triangle.
(b) Statement S-1 would be
,
correct if r> r> nand
ntatement S-2 would be correa s ...

bg Correet is.
is a right triangle. correct In>m, > rond statemIent S-3 would
H

(c) Statement S-l would be

is a right triangle.
correct if r>m, r> n
and statemnent 3
would b Corret t..
Statement S-] would be
(d)
is a right triangle.
statements ls correct about the trlangles in the following, figurez
30. Which of the following

AO BO
(a) AAOB~ ADOC because DO CO

AAOB ~ ADOC because ZAOB ZDOC.

(b)

AO BO
(c) AAOB~ ADOC because
and ZBAO 2CDO,
DO
AO BO ZAOB = ZDOC.
Fig.7.28
(d) AAOB~ ADOC because DO CO and
AABO is
31. Which of the following statements help in proving that
similar to ADOC?
Statement-1: ZB=70°, Statement-2: ZC=70°
(a) sufficient, but S-2 alone is not sufficient.
S-1 alone is

(b) S-2 alone is sufficient, but S-1 alone is not sufficient.

+
(3r 29)
(c) Each statement alone is sufficient.
Fig. 7.29
(d) S-1 and S-2 together are sufficient but neither alone is sufficicnt.

CASE STUDY BASED MCQs

32. A scale drawing of an object is the same shape as the object but a different size. The scale of a
drawing isa comparison of the length used on a drawing to the length it represents. The scale
is written as a ratio.
Length in image
Scale factor =
Corresponding length in object
If one shape can become another using resizing then the shapes are similar. The ratio of two
corresponding sides in similar figures is called the scale factor.

Fig.7.30 Shapes aro similar

<br>

nlntlarwhen oeen becone

the olerafter
Wse, (), alided/turn

Flg.7.32 olloctlon or Flp

lotatlon or un
Fig, 7.31 Fig. 7.33 Translation or lido
molelI of a boat made on the ncale of :4,
Tlhe model ls 120 cm long. The full size of
A the
(i) a widthoof 60 enn, What in the wldtlhof the ncale model?
boat has

Fig. 7.34
(c) 15 cmn (d) 240 cm
(a) 20 cm (b) 25 cm
of any two polygons?
(ii) What will effect the similarity
(a) They are flipped lhorizontally
a factor
(b) They are dilated by scale
(c) They are translated down
of one another
(d) They are not the mirror image two triangles
b. Which statement regarding the
have a scale factor ofa:
(ii) Iftwo similar triangles
is true? a a:b
is 34: b (b) Their altitudes have ratio
(a) The ratio of their perimeters
biscctors have a ratio a:
medians have a ratio : (d) Their angle
(c) Their 2
tree 12.5 high is
m

2 m. At the sametime the shadow ofa

(iv) The sshadow of a stick 5m long is n (d) 5 m
(c) 4.5
(a) 3 m (b) 3.5 m

Troo

Stick

Shadow
Shadow

Flg. 7.35
<br>

7.16
with measurements.
máthénatidal möddl of a farmhoUse roof
"(v) Below you 'sce'a stideil's .Tre
roof are theedzesofa
a square. The beams that support the
attic floor, ABCD in the model, is E of BT,
EFGHKLMN. isthe middle of AT, F is the middle ,Gis therniddlet
rectangular prism, pyramid in the modelI have length of
DT. of
All the cdges the 12tn.
CT, and Histhe middle of

i...-M
12 m
K
A 12 m

Fig. 7.36

What is the length of EF, where EF is

one of the horizontal edges of the block?

(a) 24 m (b) 3 m (c) 6 m (d) 10m

came
Rahul is studying in X standard. He is making a kite to fly it on Sunday. Few questions
a
33.
to his mind while making the kite. Give answers to his questions by looking at the figutp
(Fig. 7.37).

Fig. 7.37
(i) Rahul tied the sticks at what angles to each other?
(a) 30° (b) 60° (c) 90° (d) 60°
(i) Which is the correct similarity criteria applicable for smaller triangles at the upper part of this
kite?
(a) RHS (b) SAS (c) SSA (d) AAS
(iii) Sides oftwo similar triangles are in the ratio 4 :9. Corresponding medians of these triangles
are in the ratio
(a) 2:3 (b) 4:9 (c) 81:16 (d) 16:81
(iv) In a triangle, if square of one side is equal to the sum of the squares of the other two sides, then
the angle opposite the first side is aright angle. This theorem is called as,
(a) Pythagoras theorem (b) Thales theorem
Converse of Thales theorem
(c) (d) Converse of Pythagoras theorem
(v) What is the area of the kite, formed by two perpendicular sticks of length 6 cm
and 8 cm ?
(a) 48 cm? (b) 14 cm? (c) 24 cm? 96 cm (d)
34. Inaroom a bulb is fixed at a
point on theceiling. Just below the bulb a large table is placeda
O

shown in Fig. 7.38. A cardboard is cut in the fornm of quadrilateral ABCD and is fixed betveen
<br>

TRIANGIIS
7i7
the table, When bulb is switched on,
bulb and shadn
the on the lop of the table such hat quadrilateral ABCD' of cardhard APCO is
(ormed A'CD' is a enlargenett
quadrilateral ABCD with scale factor 1 : 2, 1I AB m 15 cm, f
105°,ZB BC 25 cm,
= 2.1 c, ZA 100°,2C 70° and Cp24 <m,
AD ZD85° crn, answer the
questions; follniz

105
100 70°

Fig.7.38
of ZA' is
(i) The measurement
(b) 100° (c) 70° (d) 80°
(a) 105o A'B'C'Dis
ZA and ZC ofquadrilateral
i) The sum of the angles
(b) 205° (c) 175° (d) 155°
(a) 185o is
A'B'CD'
(ii) Perimeter of quadrilateral (d) 17 cm
(b) 5 cm (c) 10 cm
(a) 8.5 cm
(iv) The length of side A'B' of
quadrilateral A'B'CD' is
(c) 2.5 cm (d) 5 cm
(a) 1.5 cm (b) 3 cm
(v) The sum of the angles C' and D' of
quadrilateral A'BC'D' is
(c) 155° (d) 140°
(a) 105° (b) 100°
35. Observe the below given figures carefully
and answer the questions:

R
P

Fig. C
Fig. A Fig. B

Fig. F
Fig.E
Fig. D
Fig. 7.39
figures?
figures are congruent
(i) Which among shown (d) Band F
the above F (c) DandF
(a) A and C (b) E and
 MATHEMATC
<br>

7.18

are congruent.
(a) Allsimilar figures
figures are similar.
(b) All congrucntfor similarity and congruency is same.
(c) Thecriterion sarme size and shape.
(d) Similar figures have then the line is parall.1.
any twO sides of thetriangle in the same ratio,
(iii) Ifaline divides statement?
side. Which theorem is depicted by this Theorem
third (b) Thales theorem
(a) Pythagoras
theorem (d) Converse of Pythagoras
(c) Converse of Thales
the height of the tree
is
concept of similarity,
(iv) Using the

5 ft

14

Fig. 7.40

(c) 15 ft (d) 7 ft
(a) 12 ft (b) 10 ft m hig
long and at the same time
a girl 2
84 m
(v) The height of the tree, when its shadow is
casts a shadow 12 m is
standing in the same straight line

h=?

2 m

12 m
48 m

Fig. 7.41

(a) 14 m (b) 24 m (c) 6 m (d) 12 m

ASSERTION-REASON BASED MCQs

Each of the following questions contains STATEMENT-1 (A) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason) and
following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of which is the correct answer. Mark the cote
choice.
(a) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Satemen
(b) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is not a correct explanation for Statemen
(c) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
(d) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
36. Statement-1 (A): Two similar triangles are always congruent.
Statement-2 (R): Two congruent triangles are always similar.
<br>

TRIANGLES
7.19

Statement-1 (A): If AABC and APQR ate right triangles

AB
tight,angled at nnd [Link]
37.
AC
such that PR
PO
Statemernt-2 (R):If in two right triangles, hypotenuse one slde of one
proportional to the hypoenuse and one and triangle are
side of the othor triangle, then
two triarngles are similar. the
In APOR, if PQ = 12 cm,QR
Statement-1 (A): =9 cm and PR = 15 cm,then APOR is a right
38. triangle right angled at Q.
Statemernt-2 (R): If in a triangle, square of one side is sum of the squares of
equal to
other two sides, then the angle opposite to thethefirst side is a right angle.
the

Statement-1 (A): In two triangles, if corresponding angles are equal then the triangles are
39. similar.
If the areas of two similar triangles are equal, then the triangles are
Statement-2 (R):
congruent.
Statement-1 (A): Dand E
are points on
sides AB and AC of AABC such that AD = (71-4) cm,
40. AE = (5x - 2) cm,DB =(3x +4) cm and EC-3x cm. DE|| BC, then x =5.
a to one side of a triangle to intersect the other two
Statement-2 (R): If line is drawn parallel
sides in distinct points, then the other two sides are divided in the same ratio.
CD, then x =3.
Statement-1 (A): In Fig. 7.42, if AB||
1. a
Diagonals of trapezium divide each other proportionally.
Statemernt-2 (R):
A B

Fig. 7.42

ANSWERS
6. (a) 7. (b)
4. (c) 5. (a)
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (c) 14. (d)
12. (b) 13. (b)
10. (c) 11. (a)
8. (a) 9. (b) 20. (d) 21. (d)
18. (b) 19. (a)
15. (c) 16. (d) 17. (b) 27. (b) 28. (d)
25. (d) 26. (d)
22. (d) 23. (d) 24. (c)
29. (c) 30. (d) 31. (c) (v) (c)
(iv) (d)
32. (i)) (c) (ii) (d) (iii) (b) (v) (a)
(iv) (d)
33. (ü) (c) (iii) (b) (v) (c)
(ii) (b) (iv) (b)
34. (i) (a) (iii) (d) (v) (a)
(ii) (c) (iv) (b)
35. (i) (d) (iii) (c) 40. (d)
(ii) (b) 39. (b)
36. (d) 38. (a)
37. (a)
41. (a)
<br>

CHAPTERL
8
CIRCLES
REVISION OF KEY
CONCEPTSAND
a a
FORMULAE
1. Tangent to circle is line that intersects
the circle in cxactly one
2. A
tangent to a circle is perpendicular point.
to the radius through
3.
A line drawn
through the end-points of a the point of contact.
radius and perpendicular
4. The length of the segment of the toit is atangent to
tangent
the circle is called the length of between the point and the given point of the circle.
: The lengths of two tangents the tangent fromthe point tothe circle. contact with
drawn from an external point to a
Totangents drawn from an circle are cqual.
external point to a circle
circle. subtend equal angles at
, Two the centre of the
tangents drawn from an
external point P to a circle are
joining the centre to the point P. equally inclined to
8 IfAP
thesegment
and AQ are two tangents
circle lies on the bisector drawn from an external point A to a
of ZPAO. circle, then the centre of
the
9 Ifa circle
touches side BC of AABC at
P and sides AB and AC produced
then at Q and R respectively,
(6) AQ= AR =(Perimeter of A ABC)
2 (ii) AB + BP = AC +
CP

Fig. 8.1
10. If the incircle of AABC touches sides BC, CAand AB at E
D, and F respectively, then

(i) AF + BD + CE = AE + BF + CD =
(Perimeter of AABC)
(ii) AB+ CD= AC+ BD

(ü) Area (AABC) =(Perimeter of AABC) r

2
(V) AF = AE =-a. BF = BD =s-b,CE =
CD S-C,
Where s is semi-perimeter of AABC, a = BC, b = CAand c = AB. Fig. 8.2
11.
Iftwo circlestouch each other at point C, then bisects the common
the the common tangent at C

angent to the two circles i.e. PR = QR. (See Fig. 8.3)

8.1
<br>

8.2

Fig, 8.4
Fig. 8.3
a quadrilateral ABCD, then AB+ CD =
PC• D.

Ifcircle touches
a
all the four sides of
12. 28
Fig. 8.4) + + EF = BC + DE + FA, (See Fio
(See AB CD
a hexagon circumscribes a circle, then
13. If
E A

R
P
C

Fig. 8.7
Fig. 8.6
A P
Fig. 8.5 unequal radii, then AB = CD. (See k Fiz
circles of
are common tangents to two centze O

14. If AB and CD PBare drawn to the circde with

PA and
point P, two tangents
15. Iffrom an external bisector of AB. (See Fig. 8.7)
perpendicular are parallel.
OP is the a diameter ofa círcle
16. Tangent lines at the end
points of
circle which is tangent to smaller circde is biset
circles, a chord of larger
17. In two concentric r incrde s
point of contact. c, then the radius of the
the
of a right triangle with hypotenuse
18. If a, b, c are the sides
s is the semi-perimeter of
the triangle. parallelozgrem tu
given by r=s- sides of a
where
G,

a rhombus i.e. if al! the

circumscribing a circle is
19. A parallelogram a
a circle, then it is rhombus. point to a círcle is supplemertaryt
from an external contact at the cente iz
angle between two tangents drawn
segments joining the points of
20. The by the line
the angle subtended (See Fig. 8.8)
ZAOB + ZAPB= 180°.

Fig. 8.9
Fig. 8.8
centre O from an extemal point I,
circle with a

tangents TP and TQ are drawn to znga

two = Fig. 8.9)
21. If
= 2 20PO (ii) ZPTO 2OPO (See respectively, thenthe
(i) ZPTQ P, Q, R,
at S
a quadrilateral ABCD
circle touches the sides of are supplementary. anglswise
a
22. If by a pair of opposite sides
subtended at the centre a the
circde, then formed in
of contact of tangent to
a
through the point to the angles
23. If a chord is drawn with are equal respectively
this chord makes the given tangent =
ZADB and 0AB= LACB.
segments ie. ZPAB
corresponding alternate
<br>

CIRCLES
drawn through an end point of a
lineis chord of a circleso 83
Ifa equal to the angle subtended by the that
24.
chord is circle. (See Fig. 8.10) chord inthealternate the angle formed with
tangent tothe segment,
then the line the
is a

B
D

A
Fig. 8.10
Fig. 8.11
to a acircle intersecting the
Jf PAB is a secant circle at A
25. If x PB = PT". (See Fig. 8.11)
and B and PT is tangent
segment,
PÅ then

SOLVED EXAMPLES
MULTIPLE CHOICE
QUESTIONS (MCQs)

EXAMPLE 1 The length of theitangent AP, from an external point

is cm. Ifthe distance the point
A

the circle is 25 cm, then the diameter of the circle is 24

of A
O of
from the centre
(a) 15
cm (b) 14 cm (c) 7 cm (d) 12 cm
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION Applying Pythagoras theorem in right triangle AP0,
we obtain 24c
OA² = Op² + Ap?
- AP² = V25 -
cn0
25

OP = OA
/49 =7 24

Diameter = 20P
=2x7= 14 cm Fig. 8.12

EXAMPLE 2 If PA and PB are two tangents to a circle with centre O such that LAOB = 110°, then
LAPB is equal to
(a) 600 (b) 70° (c) 80° (d) 90° (NCERT)
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION ZAPB and AOB are supplementary (See Fig. 8.13 ).
-
LAPB+ LAOB = 180° ZAPB = 180° 110°= 70°
at an
EXAMPLE 3 If tangents PA and PB from
a point P to a circle with centre O are inclined to each other
angle of
80,then ZPOA is equal to
(a) 50° (c) 70° (d) 80° INCERT)
(b) 60°
Ans. (a)
SOLUTION We know that ZAPB and ZAOB are supplementary ie.
LAPB + ZAOB = 180°
ZAOB = 180° -APB
= 180° - 80° = 100° P<80°

1
ZPOA = LAOB = 50° Fig. 8.13 8
2
cm, then length of
are drawn to a circle of radius 3
two tangents inclined at an angle of
60
(NCERTEXEMPLAR]
each tangent isf
earh 4
equal to

(a) 343 (d) 3/3 cm

(c) 3 cm
2
Cm (b) 6 cm
Ans. (d)
<br>

MATIIEMATICSX
B.4

= 30°.
APB 60°, Therefore, ZOPA =LAPB A

SOLUTION I is given that

3 crn
PJ. 30
In right triangle PAO, we obtain |30

tan'30° =
OA
V3 AP
3
> AP = 3/3 cm B
AP Fig. 8.14
a circle of
at a distance 13 cmfron the centre
O of
radius 5 cm, the
EXAMPLE From a point P which is
5
of the area quadrilateral PQOR is pair
to circle are drawn. Then the
of tangents PQ and PR the (c) 30 cm? (d) 32.5 cm2
(a) 60 cm? (b) 65 cm?
Ans. (a)
triarngle PQO, we obtain
SOLUTION Applying Pythagoras theorem in right
OP =
OQ² + PQ?
:5 cm
- – = 169 - 25 12 cm
oP² 0Q² = 5
132
PQ = T3 cm

1 - 1
(12 × 5) cm? = 30 cm?
Area of AoQP =(PQx O0)
2 2
= 60 cm?
Hence, ar (quad PQOR) 2 ar (A0QP)
= Fig. 8.15
an external point to a circle with centre Oa
EXAMPLE 6 The pair of tangents AP and AQ drawn fromcm.
tangent is5 The radius of the circle is
perpendicular to each other and length of each
(c) 5 cm (d) 2.5 cm
(a) 10 cm (b) 7.5 cm cm
5
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION It is given that ZPAQ =90°. We know that ZPAQ and A90°
= 90°.
ZPOQ are supplementary. Therefore, ZPOQ 5 Cm
a square. Therefore,
Consequen tly, quadrilateral APOQ is
OP = AP OP = 5cm. Fig. 8.16
= the measure
of

EXAMPLE 7 In Fig. 8.17, PQ is a tangent to the circle centred at O. If ZAOB 95°, then
ZABQ will be
1° 1°
(b) 422 (c) 85° (d) 95°
(a) 472 [CBSE 2023)
Ans. (a)
SOLUTION AAOB is an isosceles triangle with OA = 0B.
2OAB - 20BA
Using angle sum property in AAOB, we obtain
Z0AB + 20BA + LAOB = 180
2 ZOAB +95° = 180°
B

= 85° 0AB = 42 20BA Fig. 8.17

20AB
Now, OB L PQ
= 47
LABQ
2OBQ = 90° ZOBA + ZABQ = 90° + LABQ= 90° 2
=
tangent to the circle with centre O. If ZOPO = x, ZPOQ
Y

EXAMPLE 8 In Fig. 8,18, PR is a

x + y is
(a) 45° (b) 90o (c) 60° (d) 180 2023)
[CBSE
Ans. (b)
<br>

CIRCLES

SOLUTION PQis tangent to the circle at Q

and OQis radius.
8.5

ssum property in
AOPQ, we obtain
Usingangle
I+y+ ZPQO = 180º
-
N+
y + 900
Y 180°
900 + y =

EXAMPLE 9 In Fig.
8.19, TA is a tangent to the circlewith centre O Fig. 8.18
such that OT=4 cm, Z0TA
TA is
then length of 30°,
cm (b) 2 cm (c)
(a) 2/3 2/2 cm (d) cm
3
Ans. (a) we
OAT, (CUS 2023|
SOLUTION In triangle find that OA I TA. Therefore,
ZOAT =
90°.
In AOAT,
we obtain
TA TA Cm
Cos 30° TA= 2/3 cm 4
OT 2 4 30
A
NAMPLE 10 In Fig. 8.20, AB1s a tangent to the circle Fig. 8.19
centredat O. If OA=6 cn and
the radius of the circle is roAB = 30o .then
(a) 3 cm (b) 343 cm (c) 2 cm cm
(d) 3
Ans. (a)
|CBSE 2023)
SOLUTION Join OB. Clearly, OB 1AB
In A0BA, we obtain
OB OB
sin 30° = OB = 3 cmn

EXAMPLE 11 In Fig. 8.21, if ZAOB = 125°, then ZCOD is equal to

30 A
Fig. 8.20
(a) 45° (b) 45° (c) 55° (d) 6216°
Ans. (c)
(NCERT EXEMPLAR]
SOLUTION We find that the circle touches the sides of quadrilateral ABCD. Therefore,
LAOB +2COD = 180o [See result at [Link]. 22 at page 8.2]
125° + ZCOD = 180° =2COD = 55°

125°

K70
Q
Fig. 8.22
EXAMPLE Fig. 8.21
12 In whose centre is O, AB is a
chord parallel to
is the tangent to circle at
a Q
Fig. 8.22, if PQR
PK and ZBOR =
(a) 20°
70, then LAQB is equat to
(c) 35° (d) 45° [NCERT EXEMPLAR)
Ans. (b)
(b) 40°
SOLUTION circle. Therefore.
Given that PQR is tangent to the circle at Rand O is the centre of the
OQ PR
ie. Z0QR = 90° L0QB 20°.
=

Now,
AB || PR and BOR = 70° LABQ=70°
Wefind
that
<br>

MATHEMATICSX

8.6
k..is ss i73[Angles in alternate seo
2QAB = ZBQR
2QAB 70°
AQAB, we obtain
Using angle sum property in = 180° ZAQB = 40
+ LAQB = 180° => 70°+70°+ ZAQB
2QAB +
ZQBA =
that ZAPB 30:
PB are dravun to circle such
a

EXAMIP'LE 13 ln Fig. 8.23,

if and
tangents PA (NCERT EXEMPLARI
to the tangent PB, then ZABC =
AC is drawn parallel (c) 30° (d) none of these
90°(b)
(a) 60°
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION In APAB, we have
= ZPBA
PA = PB 2PAB
=
But, LPAB + ZPBA+ LAPB 180°
2
ZPAB +30° = 180° ZPAB = 75° =ZPBA
Given that AC is parallel to PB.
ZBAC=75° 30°
ZBAC = ZPBA Fig.8.23
are equal. Therefore,
Since angles in the alternate segments
ZPBA = ACB LACB =75°
= 30°
we ZBAC = 75 and ZACB = 75°. Therefore, ABC
Thus, in AABC, have
a point T and PAB is a secant to the circle
lf

EXAMPLE 14 In Fig. 8.24, PT is a tangent to the circle at

PA=9 cm and AB
= cn, then PT
7

cm (b) 12 cm (c) 9 cm (d) 18 cm

(a) 16
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION Since PT is a tangernt and PAB is a secant to the circle. Therefore,
PT' = PAx PB =9 (9 +7) = 144 PT = 12 cm
T
6cm

cm
B
<-3 cm
-7 cm--9
F

Fig. 8.24 Fig. 8.25

a
circle and PT is tangent at T. If PC =3 cm, PT=6 cm, then
EXAMPLE 15 In Fig. 8.25, Ois the centre of
the radius of the circle is
(a) 9 crm (b) 6 cm (c) 4.5 cm (d) 3 cm
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION Since PT is a tangent and PCB is a secant to the circle.
PC x PB = PT' 3x PB = 6 PB = 12 cm BC=9 cm radius = 4.5cm
EXAMPLE 16 In Fig. 8.26, PT is a tangent to the circle at P and OR is a diameter of the cirtt
ZRPT = 50°, then LQRP =
(a) 50° (b) 90° (c) 60° (d) 40°
Ans. (d)
SOLUTION Since angles in the alternate segments are equal. Therefore,
ZPQR 2TPR ZPQR= 50
Since QR is a diameter and angle in a semi-circle is a
right angle.
Therefore, ZOPR= 90°, Thus, in APQR, we obtain
ZPOR 50 and zQPR = 90° ZPRQ = 180°-90°- 50° = 40° Fig.8.26
<br>

IRCLES
of
lo concentric
cmand cm,
olher circle
circles are 4
tangetto the is 5
is cm then the 8.7
(b) 6 length of each
cn (c) 9 cm chord of one
(a) 3
circle
(b) common |NCERTEXEMPLARI (d) 1 cm
sOLUTION Let
Ans. be he O
centre
and AB
circlo touching the smaller circle at P. be a chord of the
bigger
mid-pointof AB. Applying Pythagoras Clearly, P
Theoremin is the
AOPA, we
Op'+ AP' > 5 =
42 4 obtain
Ap² AP
AB
=
2AP=6cm.
=3 cm 4 cm
lHence,
At one end A of a.
diameter AB of a P
EAMPLE 18 circle of
of the chord CD parallel to XY and at a distanceradius 5 cm, tangent XAY Fig. 8.27
Thelength 8 cm from A is drawn tothe circle.
cm (b) 5 cm is
(a) 4 (C) 6 cm
(d) cm
Ans. (d)
OED. |NCERT EXEMIPLAR] 8
cOLUTION In right triangle
OD² = OE + ED² D
3c
VOD' – OE = V25-9 =
ED = 4 cm
5 cm

Hence, CD = 2 ED = 8 cm.
. 10 In
Fig. 8.28
Fig. 8.29, if PT 1S a tangent to the circle
with centre O and
measure ofx is TP0 = 25. then the
(a) 120o (b) 125° (c) 110°
(d) 115°
Ans. (d)
cOLUTION PT is a tangent to the circle at T and OT is the radius
through T. Therefore, LOTP = 90°,
In AOPT, we have ZOPT = 25°, Z0TP = 90°,
25
P
Using exterior angle property in AOPT, we obtain
x =90°+ 25° = 115° Fig. 8.29
EXAMPLE 20 In Fig. 8.30, PA and PB are tangents fromexternal point P to a circle with centreC and Q is
only point on the circle. Then the measure of LAQB. is

(b) 125° (c)55° (d) 90°

Ans. (a) {CBSE 2023]
SOLUTION ZAPB and ZACB are supplementary angles.
ZAPB + ZACB = 180°
55° + ZACB = 180° LACB = 180 - 55° = 125°
rcAB makes angle ACB at the centre and ZAQB at a point P55°
on the circle.

LAQB Fig. 8.30

If ZCOD
=
120°, then
EXAMPLE a circle centred at 0.

21
In Fig- 8.31, AC and AB are tangents to
LBAO
is equal to
(a) 30° (d) 90°
(b) 60° (c) 45 [CBSE 2023}
Ans.
(a)
SOLUTION we obtain
In AAOC, using exterior angle property
<br>

VIATHEMATICS.

8.8

2DOC = 20CA 20AC

+

120° = 90° + Z0AC

T20°

20AC = 30°
= 2CAOJ
30° [: 2BA0
ZBAO- cm, then the length of BP is Fig. 8.31
= 10 cm. If AC =7
In Fig. 8.32, AB BC (d) 5 cm
(c) 6.5 cm
EXAMPLE 22

(a) 3.5 cm (b) 7 cn [CBSE 202

cm
Ans. (c)
a, CA =b and AB =
c. Then, a =C= 10 cm andb=7
SOLUTION Let BC =
AABC. Then,
Let sbe the semi-perimeter of
+ 10 +7) cm =13.5 em
s=(10
2
= cm
BP = BQ=s-b BP =(13.5 -7) cm 6.5

ALITER
=
AB+ BC+CA (10 + 10+7) cm
Fig. 8.32
= 27
(BP + AP) + (BQ+ CQ)+ C
= 27 [: BP = BQ and AP= AR, CQ = CR
2BP + (AR + CR) +7
2BP +
AC +7 = 27 2BP +7+7=27 2BP = 13 = BP = 6.5 cm.

CASE STUDY BASED EXAMPLES

a rotating upright big wheel with multip
EXAMPLE 23 London eye is an amusement ride consisting of o
components (commonly referred to as passenger cars, cabins, tubs, capsules, gondolas
passenger-carrying
as
pods) attached to the rim in such a way that the wheel
turns, they are kept upright usually by gravity. AR
was observing her friends who were enjoyin
taking a ride in London eye, Anu came out from the crowd and a
measures figur
the ride. She was curious about the different angles and that the wheel will forn. She makes
as given below.

30
30°

Fig. 8.33

(i) In Fig. 8.33, the measure of ZROQ is

(a) 60 (b) 100 (c) 150 (d) 90°

(ii) In Fig. 8.33, The measure of LRQP is
(a) 75° (b) 60° (c) 30 (d) 90°
(ii) In Fig. 8.33, the measure of ZRSQ is
(a) 600 (b) 75° (c) 100 (d) 30

(iv) In Fig, 8.33, the measure of ZORP is

(a) 90° (b) 70° (c) 100 (d) 60°
<br>
CIRO

SOLUTIOW (i) Ans. (c): Clearly, ZRPQ+ ZROQ =

180°
180°=> ZROQ=150°
30°+ ZROQ
=
Jw 8.9

In APQR, we have ZPRQ =

Ans.(a): ZPQR and
(Gi)
ZRQP+ ZPRQ ZQPR: =180°
+ ZQPR = 30°

Ans.(b):
In AOQR, we find that 2ZRP 180°-30°
(i) 0QR= ZORQ = 90° =>2ROP
=75°
-75° -150
LQOR =
180°. 15°-15° =150°
ZRSQ=200R=75°
(a): The angle between 2.
(iv) Ans. the tangent at a
2ORP= 90° point and
the radius is
been
90°. Therefore,
EXAMPLE 24 Raghav has selected by his
school to design
The logo design
is as given in
the figure and he is lagofor sports day
working on T-shirts for
the students and
to the theme. ln the given figure, a circle
with centre O is fronts and different colours
inscribed in a according
AB, BC and CA at points
D, E
and F respectively. AABC, such
The length of side that it touches the sides
10 cm respectively.
AB, BC and
CA are 12 cm, 8 cm
and

O.

A D 8
Fig. 8.34
(i) The length of AD is
a) 7 cm (b) 8 cm (c) 5 cm (d) 9 cm
(ii) The length of BE is
(a) 8 cmn (b) 5 cm (c) 2 cm (d) 9 cm
fii) CF is of length
a) 9 cm (b) 5 cm (c) 2 cm (d) 3 cmn
liv)
f radius of the circle is 4 cm, then area of AOAB is
(a) 20 cm
(b) 36 cm (c) 24 cm (d) 48 cm
(v) Area of AABC
is
(a) 50 cm?
(b) 60 cm? (c) 100 cm? (d) 90 cm
SOLUTION
10cm
=
Let s be AABC and
a =
BC
=
8cm, b= CA and
C= AB =
the semi-i-perimeter of
12 cm. From 8.13 of main book),
we
obtain
example 11 (page
AD = AF =s-a. BE = BD = --band CF = CE = $-C
() Ans.(a): =
AD (s -a) =
(15 -8) cm=7 cm
() Ans. (b):
BE = cm
(15 -10) cm
= =
(s -b) 5

(i) Ans.(d): =
CF
(s -c) =
(15 - 12) cm =3 cm
cm?
Ans.
(c: Area of A
OAB 4) = 24
<br>

MATHEMATI
B,10
+

A ABC (lerimeter of A ANC x

r)(12
2
8+ 10) 4
cm? 60 cn?
() An.(b): Area of to lhrow a
discus. The athlete
an event which an allhlete atlempls
:XAMIE25 The dincua throw
ta ln a clrcle, then releases the throw. When released
s
one and a lhalf
llnes througl the di
antl-clockwise around
Iraveln along tangent to the circular opln orbl.

Tangent llne
75 cm 30
B

A
Fig. 8.36
Fig. 8.36
-
cm. Point O is centre of the cirel,
In the given figure, AB is one such tangent to a circle of radius 75
30°, PQis parallel to OA. [CBSE 202
ABO
Based on above information find the lengths of
() AB (ii) OB (iii) AP (iv) PQ

sOLUTION AB is tangent to the circle at A

and OA is radius. Therefore, 0AB =90°
(i) In right triangle OAB, we obtain

tan 30° = OA 75/3 cm

1 75 AB =
AB AB
(ii) Applying Pythagoras theorem in AOAB, we obtain
+
OB
=OA' AB?

OB =
75 +(7543) = J75² (1+3) = 75%2 = 150 cm
BQ = OB- OQ= (150 –75) = 75 cm
(iii) ABAO ~ ABPQ by AAA criterion of similarity.

BA BO OA
BP BQ PQ
7543 150 75 75/3 75 BP
=V3
= m

BP 75
PQ BP
=2 and 2
and PO =37.5
PQ 2
AP = AB - BP 75 75
=75V3-3
2 =32
cm
(iv) PQ= 37.5 cm.

ASSERTION-REASON BASSED MCQs

Each of the following examples contains STATEMENT-1
and has following four choices (a), (Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (he the
(b), (c) and (d), only one of which Mark
correct choice. is the correct answer.
(a) Statement-1 and Statement-2 are Statement-1.
T'rue; Statement-2 is a correct
(b) Statement-1 explanation for
and Statement-2 are True; Statement-2 not a Statement-l.
(c) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is is correct explanation for
False.
(d) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True.
<br>

CIRCES
Statement-1 (A): The Le1gtl
26
is 24cn. of the tangent
is 25 cm,I/ the distance between
PT drawn
from an external 8.11
Stalement-2 (R): A tangenthen the lengll the point point
to a circle of diameter P and the P to a
contact. is perpendicularof the circle is centre O of the circle circle
to the 14 cm.
radius through
Ans. (a) statement-2, being stamdard the point of
OLUTION
angled at T. Applying result, is true,
riangle right Pythagoras theorem Using,
statement-2,,
OP' = OT' P?
+ in APTO,We
obtain
we
obtain a
= V252 right
VOr² -PT²
OT = -24 =J49 =7 cm
Length of the diameter 14 cm. =
24cm
statement-1 is also true and statement-2
Ihus, is a
explanation for statement-1. Hence, option (a) correct 25 cm
is correct.
Statement-1 (A): The base
EXAMPLE 27 of an isosceles Fig.8.37
incircle. triangle is bisected
at the point of
Statement-2 (R): The lengths contact of
of
two tangents drawn its
equal. from an external
point to a circle are
Ans. (a)
SOLUTION Statement-2 is true(See Theorem 3 on page
base BC such 8.9 of main
triangle with that AB3= AC. Let be the centreO
of
book). Let ABC be an
isosceles
D, EE and F respectively. Since tangents drawn the incircle touching sides BC, CA
AB at from an external
AF =
AE, BE =
BD and CD
and
point to a circle are equal.
Therefore, =CE
Now,
AB = AC and AF = AE A

=
AB- AF AC-AE
BF = CE
E
BD = CD : BF = BD and CE = CDI
at D.
BC is bisected D
Thus. Fig. 8.38
statment-1 is true and statemernt-2 1s a correct explanation
for statement-1. Hence, option (a)
is correct.
EXAMPLE 28 Statement-1 (A): In Fig. 8.39,if AT is tangent to the circle, with centre O, at point A such
that OT=4 cm, and ZoTA = 30, then AT 4V3 cm. =

Statement-2 (R): A tangent to a circle is perpendicular to the radius through the point of
Contact.
Ans. (d)
SOLUTION Statement-2 is true (See Theorem 1 on page 8.2 of main book).
Using statement-2, we find that OA LAT. Consequently, AOAT is a right
triangle. In this triangle, we obtain

cos 30°= AT J3 AT AT = 2/3 cm

A
OT 4 2 Fig. 8.39
o0, statement-1 is not true. Hence, option (d) is correct.
a tangent PR
29 Statement-1 (A): In Fig, 8.40. O
is the centre ofa circle and PQ is chord. Ifthe
=
E PQ, then ZPOQ 100.
at P makes an angle 50 with
of

a perpendicular to the radius through the point of

to circle is
Oturement-2 (R): A tangent
contact.
<br>

8,12

on pageB.2 of main book).

1
Ans, (a) Theorem Z0PQ 10.
Statemcnt-2 is true (See 90°, Therefore,
0LUTTON thatOPR
we (ind
Using statement-2,
In aOPQ, we have
10°
OQP = Z00) Fig.
OP OO 2PO 8.4

AOPQ, we have ¿OPO 20QP 40

Thus, in 40°) 100°
ZPOQ 180°- (40°+ statement-1. Hence option
of.f
explanatíon
true. Also, statement-2 is a correct (a)
Thus, statement-l is
is correct. PRACTICE EXERCISES
(MCQs)
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS
each of the following:
Mark the correct alternative in P a of radius 5 cm meets
a
line through the centre O at a point
1. A tangent PQ ata point of circle
= cm. Length PQ is
Q
such that OQ 12 (c) 8.5 cm (d) v119 cm
(b) 13 cm
(a) 12 cm
of the tangent to
a
circle is 24 cm and the distance of O
fromthe
2. From point
a Q, the length
is
centre is 25 cmn. The radius of the circle (c) 15 cm (d) 24.5 cm.
(b) 12 cm
(a) 7cm [NCERT|
cm, is 4 cm.
a
pointA at a circle, of radius
3
The distance of A
3. The length of the tangent from

from the centre of the circle is (d) 25 cm

(a) V7 cm (b) 7 cm (c) 5 cm

4. How many parallel tangents

can a circle have?
(b) 2 (c) infinite (d) none of these
(a) 1
6 If the angle between the radii of a circle is 100°, then the angle between the tangents at the end
of these two radii is
(a) 50° (b) 60° (c) 80° (d) 90°
a a
6. PQ is tangent to circle with centre O at the point P. If AOPQ is an isosceles triangle, then
Z0QP is equal to
(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90°
7. Two equal circles touch each other externally at Cand AB is a common tangent to the circles.
Then, LACB =
(a) 60° (b) 45° (c) 30° (d) 90°
8. ABCis a right angled triangle, right angled at B such that BC=6cm and AB = 8 cm. A circle with
centre O isinscribed in AABC. The radius of the circle is
(a) 1 cm (b) 2 cm (c) 3 cm (d) 4 cm
9. PQisa tangent drawn from a point P to a circle with centre O and QOR is a diameter of the circle
such that ZPOR = 120°,then ZOPQ is
(a) 60 (b) 45° (c) 30° (d) 90
10. If four sides of a quadrilateral ABCD are a
tangential to circle, then
(a) AC+AD BD = +
CD
(b) AB + CD = BC+ AD
(c) AB + CD = AC+ BC
(d) AC+AD = BC + DB
11. The length
of the tangent drawn from a point 8 cm away from the centre of a circde of radius
cm is
 CIRO
<br>

V
cm (b) 27 cm
common (c) 10 cm B.13
(a)
ABand CD aretwo tangents
CD=4 Cm, tlhen AB is cqual to
to circles which (d) 5crn
12. that touch each other C.
cm (b) 6 Cm at If lies on AB D

4 (c) 8 cm such
(a)
IHangle
between two radii of circle is 130°,
a
the angle between (d) 12 cm
(b) 50°
13. 90o (c) 70o the tangents at the ends of
(a) (d) radii is
maximum number of common tangents 40
The is that can be drawn (NCERT EXEMPLAR)
14. wodistinct points totwo circles intersecting
(b) 2 at
(a) 1 (c) 3
perpendicular tangents PA and PB are (d) 4
Iftwo of each drawn from an external
15. 4 cm, then
the length tangent is point toa árcle
(b) 4 cm of radius
3 cm (c) 5 cm
(a)
8.41, equal circles with centres and (d) cm
touch each other at P, 6
O

16. In Fig.
In at A. AT is a tangent to
the circle C(O,r). If Q is O is produced to meet
perpendicular toAT. then
AQ
AT HN

(b) 1
(a) 3 2 (c)
4 (d)

Fig. 8.41
which is at a distance of 13 cm from the centre O of acircle of radius cm. the
noint Á

5
i of tangent AB arnd ACto the circle are drawn, then the area of quadrilateralABOC is
(a) 60 cm2 (b) 120 cm2 (c) 50cm? (d) 80 cm?
[NCERT EXEMPLAR!
PB are tangents to the circle with centre
If PA and
O =
18. such that ZAPB 50°, then Z0AB is
equal to
(a) 25 (b) 30o (c) 40° (d) 50°
10 In Fig. 8.42, AB is a diameter and AC is a chord of a circle such that ZBAC = 30°. If DC is a
tangent, then ABCD is
(a) equilateral (b) right angled (c) isosceles (d) acute angled
[NCERT EXEMPLAR]

F P/
K30°
A o
A D
Fig. 8.44
Fig. 8.42 Fig.8.43

AB=12 cm, BC
8 cm and AC=10 cm, then AD=
0 n Fig. 8.43, if
(c) 6cm (d) cm
7

(a) 5 cm (b) 4 cm
21. In Fig. 8.44, if AP = PB, then
<br>

AB= BC
(d)
(c) AQ
=QC
8.14
BC
(b) AC-
(a) AC=AB AP = 10 cm, then BP /119cm
(d) 109 cm
8.45, if (c) P
22. In Fig. (b) V127 cm
(a) /91cm D A

P\Go
6 cm

B
I3 cIm

Fig. 8.47
Fig. 8.46
Fig. 8.45 centre of the circle, then Z POQ =
and is the
@

at P

tangent to the circle (d) 90°

23. In Fig. 8.46, if PR is (c) 120o
100°
(b) PD + OB=
(a) 110° circumscribes a circle, then
quadrilateral PORS (d) PS
24. In Fig. 8.47, if (c) PR
(b) QR [CBSE 2023)
(a) PQ
at T, if QP =4.5 cm, then OR
two equal circles touch each other (d) 13.5 cm
25. In Fig. 8.48, (c) 15 cm
(b) 18 cm
(a) 9 cm
R
P

T 50
P
Fig. 8.48
Fig.8.49
ZQPB = 50°, then h

26. In Fig. 8.49, APB is a tangent to a circle with centre O at point P. If

measure of ZPOQ is
(c) 140° (d) 150°
(a) 100° (b) 120°
[CBSE Sample Paper 2024)
a quadrilateral PQRS, whose sides are
27. In Fig. 8.50, if a circle touches all four sides of
RS =
PQ=6.5 cm, QR=7.3 cm and PS 4.2 cm. Then
=

(a) 4.7 cm (b) 5.3 cm (c) 5 cm (d) 7.3 cm

6.5cm
QA 12 cm
4 cm 3 cm 5 cm,

cm P
7.3
R
Fig. 8.50 Fig. 8.51
28. In Fig. 8.51, PR =
(a) 20 cm (b) 26 cm
29.
(c) 24 cm (d) 28 cm
Two circles of same radii r and centres
Fig. 8.52. If O0' and 0' touch each other at Pas shown
O

is produced to meet the circle (O', r) at and AT C

a tangent to the
circle
A
C(O, ) such that OQ L AT.
Then AO:A0' = is
(a) 3/2 (b) 2 (c) 3
(d) 1/4
<br>

8.15

\5 cm,
A
3 cm
Fig. 8.52
circles of radii 3 cm Fig. 8.53
8.53, two concentric and 5 cmn are given.
Fig. inner circle at P is equal to
Inwhich touches the cm
Then length of chord
BC
cnn (b) 6 (c) 8 cm |CRSE 2014|
(a) 4 8.54, there are two [Link] with centre O. PR (d) 10 cm
Pig.
In point lying on the outer circle. If PR =7.5 cm, then PS and POS are tangents to
is equal to theinner circle
fom cm (b) 12 cm (c) 15 cm
(a) 10 (d) 18 cm
D

R A

Fig. 8.54 Fig. 8.55

= 8 cm and PE =3 cm, then AE =
32. In Fig. 8.55, ifAB
cm (b) 7 cm (c) 5 cm (d) 3 cm
(a) 11
8.56, PQ and PR are tangents drawn from. to circle with centre [Link] ZOPQ 35°,
P a
In Fig.
=
33. then
(a)
a 30°,,b= 60° (b) 35°, a= b =
55° (c) a = 40°,b = 50°
(d) a = 45°,b = 45°

35°
Ab P

R
Fig. 8.56 Fig. 8.57
n Fig. 8.57, if TP and TQ are tangents drawn from an extermal point T to a circde with centre o
=
such that ZTQP = 60°, then ZOPQ
(a) 25° (b) 30 (c) 40o (d) 60°
a
35. In Fig.8.58, the sides AB, BC and CA of triangle ABC, touch circle at P,Q and R respectively. If
PA = 4cm, BP = 3 cm and AC=11 cm then length of BC is
(a) 11 cm (b) 10 cm (c) 14 cm (d) 15 cm
ICBSE 2012|
E

H
M

Q Fig. 8.59
Fig. 8.58 EF produced atKand
36. In a
Fig.8.59, circle touches the side DF of
A
EDF at Hand touches ED and
perimeter of A
EDF is
respectively. If EK =9 cmn, then the (d) 9 cm
ICBSE 2012|
(a) 18 cm
(b) 13.5 cm (c) 12 cm
<br>

nal point
D

to a
circle with
centre
8.16
are tangents from an circle is 6 cm
A.
8.60, DE and DF the cm
the radius of(c)
(d)
37. In Fig. cm DE L DE,then 4
DE =5 and (b) 5
cm |CBSE
(a) 3 cm R 21
S

A•
B
Fig. 8.61
Fig. 8.60 a quadrilateral ABCD such that, it touches
a circle with centre O is inscribed S respectively. If AB = 29
in AD = sides
In Fig. 8.61, 0, R and 23 CTn,
38.
and CD at points P, circle (in cm) is
BC, AB, AD cmn, then the radius of the (d) 15
2B=90° and DS =5 18
(c) 6
(a) 11
(b) (CBSE.
20M3
at B, BC
=
12 cm and AB =5 cm. The radius ofthecirce
ABC, right angled
39. In right triangle
a

inscribed in the triangle (in cm) is (c) 2 (d) 1

(a) 4 (b) 3 (CBSE
20,4
at P.
AB is
a common tangent to the circle touching
40. Two circles touch each other externally them
at A and B. The value of LAPB is (c) 60° (d) 90°
(a) 30° (b) 45°
|CBSE 20141
circle with centre
O. If ZQPR =
are two tangents to a
46°, then
41. In ig. 8.62, PQ and PR 00R

equals
(a) 67° (b) 134° (c) 44° (d) 46°
(CBSE 2014

o
46 T

. Fig. 8.62
In Fig. 8.63, QR is a common tangent to the given circles
tangent at T meets QR at P. If PT = 3.8 cm,
Fig. 8.63
touching externally at the point T. The
then the length of OR (in cm) is
(a) 3.8 (b) 7.6 (c) 5.7 (d) 1.9
3. In Fig. 8.64, a quadrilateral ABCDis [CBSE 2014)
drawn to circumscribe a circle such that its sides AB,BC, CD
and AD touch the circle at P, Q, R
AS =5 cm, then x= and S respectively. If AB = x cm, BC
=7 m, CR=3 cm and
(a) 10 (b) 9 (c) 8
D
(d) 7
[CBSE 20!4

F
P 3
Fig. 8.64
 and BC are tangents
<br>

8.65 if AD, AE CA to the

Fig. AB BC
+

(b) 2ADcirele at D, E
In AD , AB + BC + CA AB and F respectively.
8.17
(aJ 3AD
B.66. RO is
a
tangent the circle
to (d) AAD BC
AB BC +CA - Then,
Fig. with centre O.
+
CA
n (b) 3 Cm 1f SO 6
(c) cm and
8cm 2.5 cm OR cm,
(a) the

4 crm

Fig. 8.66
8.67, the perimeter of AABC is
Fla. 8.6?
Fig. (b) 60 cm
In 30 m (c) 45 cm
(a) AP is a
tangent to the circle with centre O (d) 15 cm
Fig. 8.63, such that OP = 4 cm
In
Then,AP=
cm (b) 2 cm
and ZOPA 30°.
2/2 (c) 2/3 cm
(a) (d) 3/2 cm
[NCER EXEMP!ARI

30° C
A
Fig.8.68
AQ are tangents drawn from point A to a circle with centre O and
4S. APand + AQ = radius 9 cm. If
OA= 15 cm, then AP
(b) 18 cm (c) 24 cm
(a) 12 Cm a
(d) 36 Cm
of a
diameter PQ of
circle of radius cm, tangent XPY is drawn to the circle. The
5
Atone end
of . chord AB parallel to XY and
49. at a
distance of cm from is 8 P

length
cm (b) 6cm (c) 7 cm (d) 8 Cm
(a) 5
centre of the circle.
.1E PTis tangent drawn troma pontP to a circde touching it at andOis the
T

then ZOPT
+
ZPOT=
(b) 60° (c) 90° (d) 180o
(a) 30
51. In Fig. 8.69, if quadrilateral PQRS circumscribes a circle, then
=
(b) x= 100°, y=90°
(a) x= 95°,y y =95
85 (d) x=85°,y=90°
(c) x=100°, A«2 cmP+4 cmB
B

80
95°0
R

R Fig. 8.70
SD
Fig. 8.69
ABCD is
d
n ig. 8.70, perimeter of quadrilateral (d) 36
cm
(c) 48 cm
(a) 28 cm (b) 34 cm x=
cn, DS = 3 cm, then cm
a8. 8.71, if AQ = 4 cm, OR=7 (c) 11 cm
(d) 10
(a) 6 cmn (b) 8 cm
<br>

MATHEMATICSX
18

3yiioin i 313vOrG

P A4 4 cm-> ) CA
D

Cm
14 cm 39 cm

P B
Fig. 8.72
Fig. 8.71

4. In Fig. 8.72, quadrilateral ABCD is circumscribed, touching the circle at P, Q, R and S such tha
ZDAB = 90, IfCR = 23 cm, CB = 39 cm and the radius of the circle is 14 cm, then AB =
(a) 16 cm (b) 39 cm (c) 37 cm (d) 30 cm
Two ircles touch each other externally at P. If AB isa common tangent to the circles touchine
55.

them at A and B. Then, ZAPB =

(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90°
= cm, + =
56. In Fig.8.73, if OC =9 cm and OB 15 then BC BD
(a) 18 cm (b) 12 cm (c) 24 cm (d) 36 cm

?\15 cm

Fig. 8.73

CASE STUDY BASED MCQs

57. A solar eclipse occurs when the Moon passed between the Earth and the Sun. Following
diagram represents the total and partial eclipse.
Sun,
Earth
Moon

Umbra (total eclipse)

Penumbra (partial eclipse)

Fig. 8.74
Based on the above information, answer the following questions:
(i) Thetangents to the Moon srface from the point A are
(a) AB and AC (b) AP and AQ (c) AP and AB (d) AQand AC
(ii) If =
ZPAQ 40, then the measure of ZPOQ is
(a)70° (b) 40° (c) 50° (d) 140°
= then QAO =
(iii) If ZPOQ 110°,
(a) 55° (b) 35° (c) 70° (d) 110º
=
(iv) If ZPOQ 130°, then 20PQ=
(a) 130 (b) 50 (c) 65 (d) 25° lengths of
(v) If OP
=9 units andO is at a
distance of 41 units from the point A, then the
tangents AP and AQ are
(a) 40cm and 20 cm (b) 20 cm and 40 cm
(c) 40 cm each (d) 40 cm and 80 cm
 CIRC
<br>

chain and gears bicycles or motorcyces

of
The of tangents to circles. or belt 8.19
58 jllustrations around pulleys
are some
real-life

Z
X PO

A
Fig. 8.75

Based onthe informations exhibited in the above diagrams, answer

()
.a DA are tangents
to the circle from point P. If arc
=
the following questions:
IZA subtends an angle of 240° at
centre of the circle, then ZIPA the
(a) 120 (b) 90° (c) 60°
(d) 30°
(i) IfIP= 15 cm, then AI =
(a) 7.5 cm (b) 15 cm (c) 30 cm (d) 18 cm
iH) If IP=21 cm and measure of APis x+5, then r=
(a) 4 (b) 16 (c) V26 (d) /30
(iv) 20IP + ZAPO =
(a) 90° (b) 60° (c) 120° (d) 150°
(v) Measures of arcs IZA and IXA are in the ratio
(a) 4:1 (b) 3:1 (c) 2:1 (d) 1:1

ASSERTION-REASON BASED MCQs

STATEMENT-2 (Reason)
Each of the following questions contains STATEMENT-1 (Assertion) and
and has following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only
one of which is the correct answer. Mark the
correct choice.
a correct explanation for Statement-1.
4) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true: Statement-2 is a Statemernt-1.
P) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true:
Statement-2 is not correct explanation for
() Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
(9) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
a point at a distance of 13 cm from the
tangent drawn from
e (A): The length of the cm.
5 cmn is 10
centre of a circle of radius perpendicular point of
to the radius through the
Statement-2 (R): A
tangent to a circle is of
through the point
contact. to the radius
60, Statement-1
(A): tangent to a circle is perpendicular
circle are
A
a

contact. an external point to

Statement-2
(R): The lengths of tangents drawn from [CBSE 2023]
a circle
an external point P to
61,
Staatement-1
equal. are tangents drawn from
(A): PA and PB = 100°.
In Fig. 8.76, ZAPB = 80°, then ZAOB
with centre O. If
<br>

MAT1E4ATCS1
3.20

Fig. 8.78 Fig, 8.77

an external point to dteiei a

Statement-2 (R): The angle between two tangents drawn from
supplementary to the angle subtended by the line segments joinínz te
points of contact at the centre.
an external point P to a irde wif
62. Statement-1 (A): If PAand PB are tangents drawn from
centre O, then the quadrilateral AOBP is cyclic.
two tangents drawn from an external point to a cirdeis
Statement-2 (R): The angle between
joining tte
supplementary to the angle subtended by the line segments
points of contact at the centre.
from an external point P
to

63. Statement-1 (A): In Fig. 8.77, PA and PB are tangents drawn

a circle with centre O such that ZAPB = 40°.IfCis a point
on the cirde, the
ZACB 70°
to circle are equal.
Statement-2 (R): The lengths of tangents drawn from P the

ANSWERS
6. (b) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (b)
2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (c) 7. (d)
1. (d) 20. (d)
13. (b) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (d) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19.(c)
11. (b) 12. (c) 30. (c)
23. (c) 24. (a) 25. (a) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (b) 29.(c)
21. (b) 22. (b)
37. (b) 38. (a) 39.(c) 40. (d)
31. (c) 32. (c) 33. (b) 34. (b) 35. (b) 36. (a)
49. (d) 50. (c)
43. (b) 44. (b) 45. (d) 46. (a) 47. (c) 48. (c)
41. (b) 42. (b)
51. (c) 52. (b) 53. (a) 54. (d) 55. (d) 56. (c)
57. (i) (a) (ii) (d) (iii) (b) (iv) (d) (v) (c)
58. (i) (c) (ii) (b) (iii) (a) (iv) (c) (v) (c)
59, (d) 60. (b) 61. (a) 62. (a) 63. (b)
<br>

ARIER

TRIGONOMETRIC
REVISION OF KEY RATIOS
CONCEPTS AND FORMULAE
as
angle is considered the
figure obtained
An called ithe by rotating a given ray
1.
revolving ray is generating line of the angle. In Fig.9.1, the about its end-point. The
side and the final position OB is called the terminal initial position OA is
theinitial called
side of the:
angle.
Hypoternuse
side
Terminal

Initial
side>A A Base
Fig.9.1
Fig.9.2
2. The measure of an angle the amount of rotation from the
b a initial side to the terminal side.
pcis right triangle right angled at B and ZBAC =
0 (see Fig. 9.2), then with reference to
Base = AB, Perpendicular = BC and,, Hypotenuse =
6,
angle AC. Therefore,
Perpendicular BC Base
sin 0= (ii) cos = AB
() Hypotenuse AC Hypotenuse AC
= Perpendicular BC
cosec = Hypotenuse AC
(ü) tan 0 (iv)
Base AB Perpendiclar BC

= Hypotenuse AC Base AB
(v) sec (vi) cot 0 =
Base AB Perpendicular BC
1 1 1
4.
() cosec = (ii) sec 0=
(ii) cot0 = (iv) sin cosec 0 =1
sin 0 COs 0 tan
9 cos
(v) cos 0 sec = 1 (vi) tan cot = 1 (vii) tan = sin (vii) cot 0
=
cos 0 sin 0
5. The trigonometric ratios for angles 0°, 30°, 45°, 60° and 90° are given in the following table.
30° 45° 60° 90°
[Link]
1
1
sin 0 2 2
1 1
0
COs 1

1
1
Not defined
tan 0
2
1
COsec 0 Not defined 2

2 2
Not defined
sec 0 1 2
1

cot 9 Not defined

9.1
<br>

MATHEMATICS

wheroastheival1eg of c)
A,
andcos 0 never exevd 0
5. The values of sin or cqual to 1.
always grcater than
SOLVED EXAMPLES
QUESTIONS (MCQs)
MULTIPLE CHOICE
defined? 9()
following is not (d) sin
Which of the
(c) sec 90°
EXAMPLE 1

(b) tan 45°

Ka) cos 0°
ratíos, we find that 5ec 90 is undefined.
Ans. (c)
definitions of various trigonometric
SOLUTION By using

=
1 1
which is undefined.
ALITER sec 90° cos 90° 0
maximnum value of sec is
EXAMPLE 2 For 0°s0 < 90, the 9
(c) undefined (d)
2
(b) 0
(a) 1

Ans. (a)

SOLUTION We find that

1 cos , which attains all values between
0 and
1
1 (including lbrt

sec
of 1s 1,
0° to 90°, Hence, the maximum value Sec 9
excluding 0) as e varies between

EXAMPLE 3 If cos =-, then cos - sec0 is equal to

2 V3

(a)
3
(b)
3
2
(c) (d)2
Ans. (b) 1 3
cos sec =-2=
SOLUTION We have, cos =. Therefore,
1

2
sec =
COs
1
= 2. Hence, 0- 0
2 2

60° sec = sec 60° = 2

ALITER COs 0:
2
0=
Hence,
cos - sec = -2= 23
2
< cos = B =
EXAMPLE 4 If 0s A, B 90° such that sin A
=and
2
B
then A+
(a) 0° (b) 60° (c) 90° (d) 30°
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION We have,
1 1
sin A = -and cos B=
A= 30° and B= 60° A +
B= 90°
EXAMPLE

is
5
In Fig. 9.3, A
ABC is right-angled at B
and tan A

=. 4

3
If AC = 5
Cm, then the
length

(a) 4 cm (b) 12 cm (c) 3 cm (d) 9 cm

Ans. (a)
50m
SOLUTION We have,

= 4 BC 4
tan A

AB
AB
-BC
4 Fig. 9.3
<br>

IRONOMI:1

lythagoras. Theorom in, AABG:

93
Angying
MCAc2
AB'+
- 9BC?
25 16BC
400 25 BC?
400 = BC 16 BC 4
A s an acute angle in a
riglht trlangle
MAMILE 6/ ABC,
right angled at
B, then the value of
(b) greater than 1
(c) less than 1
(a)
guallo 1 (d) 2
Ans. (b)
we find
SOLUTION In AABC, that
BC COS A =
AB
sin A
= and
AC AC
AB
sin
A + cos A
=C,AC AC
AB + BC
Fig. 9.4
B

AC
the sum any two sides is greater
of .i)
In ABC, than the third side.
AB + BC
AB +
BC> AC
AC
>1 sin A + cos A > 1
[Using (i)]
XAMPLE 7 If cosec =2 and cot 0 = V3a, then the value of a is

(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) V3 (d) 2/3

Ans. (a)

We have, cosec 0 =2 = N3a

sOLUTION and cot 0
AC AB =
=2 and V3a 2r
BC BC
BC
=AC and AB = 3a BC
2 A
Fig. 9.5
BC
=AC and AB =
2
-a AC ..1)
APplying Pythagoras Theorem in AABC, we obtain
AB+ BC? = AC?

1
AC+AC = AC? [Using (i))

3
3 3
7a+=1»a t=13=l
=

e
Perpendicular
nave, cosec 0 =, 2 So, consider a right triangle ABC with hypotenuse (= AC) 2r and
1
(= BC) = x. Applying Pythagoras Theorem in AABC, we obtain

AC = AB + BC² 4y² = AB² +x? AB= V3x

cot 0 = AB cot 0 V3r cot 0 = 3

34
=
V3 x=1
EXAMPLE. BC
8 In Fig. 9.6, - cot
a) 0 tan A C
is equal to
5 7 (d) 13
(b)
12
() 3
<br>

MATHEMATICS-X

9.4

= 12 cm, AC = 13
cm.
Ans. (a) ABC, we have AB
SOLUTION In right triangle 144 = 5
BC AC? - AB /169- 13
AC? = AB' + BC²
BC
tan A = BC and cot C=
AB AB
Fig. 9.6
cot C = 5 tanA
- cotC=0
and 12
12

= 2 then 2 sec* 0 + 2tan 0-7 is equal to

EXAMPLE 9 If cos T (d) 4
(c) 3
(a) 1 (b) 0
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION We have
A 2
Base 2
Fig. 9.7
3 Hypotenuse 3
= = Pythagoras
So, consider a right triangle ABC with base AB
= 2x
and hypotenuse AC 3x. Using
Theorem, we obtain
AC² = AB + BC? = (3x) (2x)²
= + BC BC = /5x

In AABC, we obtain
5
sec = 3x 37 tan 0 =
/5x
2x 2x 2

2sec 0 + 2tan' 9
-7
= 2

x+2 2 -7-+2-7-0
2
EXAMPLE 10 In AABC, right-angled at C, if tan A = 1, then the value of 2 sin A cOs A is

(a) 1 () 2 (c) 2 (d)

2
Ans. (a)
BC
sOLUTION In AABC, it is given that tan A
=1=1AC
So, let BC = x and AC = x. Using Pythagoras Theorem in AABC, we obtain
AB = Ac² + BC² AB
=
+* AB =W2x

sin A = BC 1
and cos A = AC
AB J2x AB VZx

Hence, 2sin A
cosA = 2 1
Fig. 9.8
x*6 =1,

1
EXAMPLE 11 ffor some angle 0, cot 20 =
R: then the value of sin 30, where 30 s 90°, is
1
(a)
5 (b) 1 (c) 0
Ans. (b) 2
1
SOLUTION We
have, cot 20 20 =
60 =
30° 30 =
90o sin 30 =1 sin
90° =1
EXAMPLE 12 In Fig. 9.9, if AD = 14 cm, then
the value of tan e is
14

(b) 5
13
(a)
3 (c)
(d)
3
<br>

MATHEMATICSX
9.4

Ans. (a)
SOLUTION In right triangle ABC, we have AB
= 12 cm, AC= 13 cm.
-
AC? = AB
+
BC? BC AC? -AB 169 144 =5
139
= BC BC
tan A and cot C=
AB AB

tan A = 5 and cot C= tan A - cot C= 0 Fig. 9.6 8

12 12

EXAMPLE 9 If cos= then 2 sec² 0+ 2tan² 0

-7 is equal to
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) 3 (d) 4
Ans. (b)

SOLUTION We have

cos = Base A 2x
Hypotenuse Fig. 9.7

So, consider a right triangle ABC with base AB = 2x

and hypotenuse = AC = 3x. Using Pythagoras
Theorem, we obtain
AC² = AB² +
BC' (3x =
(2x) + BC BC
In AABC, we obtain
5x
sec = 3x
2y tan 0 V5x_5
2x 2

EXAMPLE 10 In AABC, right-angled

at C, if tan A =1, then the value of 2
sin A cos A is
1
(a)1
(b) (c) 2 (d)
2
Ans. a)
SOLUTION In AABC, it is
given that tan
=1
A

AC
=1*
So, let BC = and AC = x. Using Pythagoras Theorem
*

in AABC, we obtain
AB² = AC? + BC²
BC
AB- AB = =+ 2x
sin A = 1
and cos A = AC
AB AB
Hence, 2sin 1
V2x5
x*1.1
A cos A
=2 A
Fig. 9.8

EXAMPLE 11 Iffor some

angle 0, cot 20
1 Gthen the value of sin 30, where 30 s 90°, is
(a) (b) 1 (c) 0
Ans. (b) (d)
SOLUTION We have, Cot 28
=G 28 =60° 30° 30 = g00
sin 30 =
sin 90°
EXAMPLE 12 In Fig. 9.9, if AD = 14 cm, then the
14 value of tan e is
4
(a)3 (b) (c)
5 13
3 (d)
3
 TRIGONOME
<br>

= =
cm 95
() have, AE BC 5
Ans. We
SOLUTION =
cm AE + DE 14 cm DE =
AD=14 (14 - 5)cm = 9 cm DA
triangle ABC, we obtain
n
right t + BC²
AC' =
AB
+ 5 AB? = 169-25 m
AB 144 AB= 12 cm 13
13 CE
triarngle CED, We obtain 12 cn
Inright 12 = 4 Fig. 9.9
CE
tan 0 = DE 9 3
5 sin
tarn 0
4
then the value
of -2 cos 0
AAMPLE 13 f 5 5sin 0 + 2 cos 0
3
(b) (c)
(d) 6
Ans. (a)

SOLUTION We have, tan 0

Dividing numerator and denominator by cos 0, we obtain

5 sin 2 cos

5 sin - 2 cos 0 COs cos 5 tan 9-2 5x-2

+
5 sin 0 2 cos 5 sin 0 2 cos 5 tan 0 5 4-22-1
+2
COs cos 0 5*+2 4+2 3

4 sin A +3 cos A
EXAMPLE 14 If 2tanA=3, then the value of

4 sin A -3 cos A is
7 1
(a) (b)
S13 J13 (c) 3 (d) does not erist
Ans. (c) [CBSE 2023]

SOLUTION We have, 2 tan A =3 tan A = 3

2

4 sin A +3 cos A

4 sin A +3 cos A cOs A cos AJ

cos A
Dividing numerator and denominator by
4 sin A -3 cos A
4
sin A -3
cOs A

4 tan A
+3 4x+3 9

4 tan
A

-3 3
EXAMPLE
4x-3
perimeter is
ABCD is s an isosceles trapezium, its
15 In Fig. 9.10,
(a) dW2) units
(8+ 4/2) units (c) (10 + 442) units
(d) (11+
Ans. (b) (10+ 2V2) units
()
SOLUTION
In AAED, we obtain 3units

tan 45° = AE 1= ED
=2 CF =2
DE 2unis
Again DE
in AED,
,we obtain F
D Fig. 9.10
sin 45° = AE 1 2 AD = 2/2
AD AD
 MATHEMATICSX
<br>

9.6
+ EF +
ED = 2+3+2 =7 = (10 + 4/2) units
CD = CF 2V2
- AB + BC + CD + AD = 3+ 2/2 +7+ - cos a
Perimeter is equal to
right angle, then sina
MC and zc is 36 -
a
= 4a?
AM 5b?
EXAMPLE 16 In Fig. 9.11,
5a?- 462 4a'-4a? (d)
4a'- 56?
46 - 3a (b) 46? - 3a? (c)
3b-
5a -
(a) 4b2
we obtain
Ans. (b) Theorem in right triangle ABC,
Pythagoras
SOLUTION Applying
=
a? + BC² BC = /b2-2
AB²
=
Ac'
+
BC' '
we obtain: BC = Vb and CM = a/2. B -a
BCM,
Thus, in right triangle Fig. 9.11
ABCM, we obtain
Theorem in
Applying Pythagoras 4b2 -3a? V462-3a'
+ BM =
+
CM?
=
BM² b -a' 2
BM = BC² 4 4

In ABCM, we obtain 2V6? -a

=
BC
CM a/2 and coS Ot
sin a= J4b? -3a? J4b2-3a BM V4b2-3a?
BM
2
4(6² -a?) 5a-4b?
sin a -cos a =
4b-3a 4b2 - 3a' 4b? -3a2
of DE is
EXAMPLE 17 In Fig. 9.12, the value
(a) 5/2 units (b) 10 units (c) 10/2 units (d) 15/2 units
Ans. (c)
45
SOLUTION Clearly, CD = AB = 10 units. In right triangle DCE, we obtain
CE CE 10 units
tan 45°
=1=CD CE=
10 B
10 Units

Again in ADCE, we obtain Fig.9.12

CE 1 10
sin 45°= DE = 10/2 units
DE 5 DE
EXAMPLE 18 A pendulum of length V3 m is attached to a point 2.3 m from the ground. It swings through
an angle of 30 on each side of the vertical. The height above
the ground at ends of its path is
(a) 0.9 m (b) 0.6 m (c) 0.7 m (d) 0.8 m A

Ans. (d)
SOLUTION In right triangle AMO, we
obtain
3 my
3m
cOs 30°= OM V3 OM
OM
2.3m

OA 2 V3 =m=1.5
2
m

AC*M28
AP = BR = MQ

AP = BR = 0Q- OM = 2.3 m- 1.5 m = 0.8 m QHorizonta

Fig. 9.13
EXAMPLE 19 Given that sin (A + 2B) = and cos (A + = [Link]
2 4B) 0, where A
and B are acute
value of A is

(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60°

(d) 90°
<br>

IRIGONOMETR

(a) 9.7
Ans.
have, sin (A
+ =
2B)
SOLUTIOW We and cos (A 4 4B) =
0
sin(A
+
2B)
=
sin 60° and cos(A + 4B) cos
= 90º
A+ 2B and
60° A +
4B =
90°
120o and
2A + 4B= A +
4B =
90° >
(2A. + 4B) -
(A +
4B) =
3 tan'300°- sec 45° +
sin 60°
120°- 90 A =
EXAMPLE 20 30°
4 is cqual to
5
(C)
(a) -1 1

(d)
Ans. (a) 6
SOLUTION tan?30° - sec445° +
sin 60° [CBSE
2023|

=1-2=-1
2
= V3 and cos B =
EXAMPLE 21 If sin a 0,then the value of tan
2 (ß - a) is
1
(a) 1 (b) 3 (d)
V3
Ans. (c)
2
SOLUTION We have,
V3
sin and cos ß = 0
a= sina = sin 60° and cosß =
2
tan (ß- a) = tan (90° 60°) = tan 30° =
1/W3 -
cos 90°
a = 60°
and B = 90°

EXAMPLE 22
If sin + cos = 2 cos 0,
090°, then tan =
(a)
/2-1 (b) 2 +1 (c) V2 (d)
Ans. (a) -2
SOLUTION
We have,
sin + cos = V2 cos
sin = (V2-1) cos sin 0 =
EXAMPLE
cos /2-1 tan =
V2-1
23 In a AABC, right angled at B,
the value of sin (A +C) is
(a) o
1
(b) 1 (c) (d)
Ans. (b)
2
SOLUTION
In AABC, it is given
that ZB= 90°
h+B C=180° A + + 90°
+C= 180° +C= 90º
A
sin (A +
C) sin 90° =1
GAAMPLE 24
If sin - cos e =0. then the value of sin
(a)
0+ cos" 0 is
1 1 1 3
Ans. (b) (b) (c) (d) 4
2 4
SOLUTION
We have,

Sin - cos 0
=0 sin 0 = cos 0
sin 0 tan =1
0 = 45°
COs

sin" 0 + cos 0 = (sin 45) + (cos

45°)"
<br>

MATHEMATICSy

9.8
to
expressed in terms of cot 0, is equal
EXAMPLE 25 Sec 0 when
V1+ cot?0 1- cot' e
1+ cot'0 (c) (d) cot 0
(a) cot
(b) 1+ cot'0 cot
(CBSE 2023
Ans, (c)
= v1+ cot'0 = cosec 0

SOLUTION 1+ot0 cosec0

1
Vi+ cot'8 CoSec 1 sin = sec e
cos cos
cot cot sin 0
sin 0 + cos 0
= 5 then the value of 1
EXAMPLE 26 If tan 12 sin 9 Cos

17 17 17 - 7
(b) (c) (d)
(a) 13 13

Ans. (a) [CBSE 20231

sin
+
cos
sin 0 + cos 0 Cos 0
SOLUTION
sin 0 sin 0 - cos 0 [Dividing the numerator and dernominator by cos01
Cos
sin 0 5
cos 0 +1 tan + 1 +1 17 17
12
sin 0 1
tan -1 5 1 -7 7
COs 12

EXAMPLE 27 If tan (A+ B) = V3 and tan (A - B) =,A> B, then the value of A is

(a) 30 (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90°

Ans. (b)
SOLUTION We have,

tan (A + B) = 1
V3 and tan (A- B) =R tan (A + B) = tan 60° and tan (A - B) = tan30
A+ B =
60° and A -B =
30° = (A+ B) + (A - B)=60° + 30° 2A = 90° A=45"
2 tan 30
EXAMPLE 28 1+ tan2 30° IS equal to
(a) sin 60° (b) cos 60° (c) tan 60°
Ans. (a) (d) sin 30°
[CBSE 2023

2 tan 30° 2x 2
SOLUTION 2 v3
1+ tan 30° (1 sin 60
1+! 2

EXAMPLE 29 In Fig. 9.14,

lengths of sides BC and AB are respectively
(a) 12 cm, 3/3 cm (b) 3 cm, 3/3 cm
(c) 12 cm,
Ans. (b) 6/3 cm (d) 18 cm, 9W3 cm
<br>
sAGONOMETRI!
9.9

SOLUTION ,In 4ABC,

BC
we have

AB
cos 30°=
and
sin 30° = AC AC 6
cm

1BC andV3
AB BC= 3 cm, AB-3/3 cm
6 30
2 6 A
Fig.9.14
an acute angled triangle ABC, if sin(A + B-C) and cos(B+ C - A)
EXAMPLE30 n 2
1

=.Then
angleBis
meASUTe 9f
(b) 450 (c) 75°
(d) 62.5°

Ans. (a)
cos(B +
C- A)=. 1

tTION We have, sin(A+ B-C)=;2 and,

= cos 450
and cos (B +C-
A)
sin(A + B C) = sin 30°
+ = 30° +
450
A+B-C= 30° and B+C-A= 45° (A+ B-C) (B +C- A)

2B = 75° B=372
C

= cm, - cm. Then the value 1+ sin

[Link] LB 90°, BC AC AB =1 of
EXAMPLE 31 In a =5 1+ cos C
is

36 25 31
18 (d)
(b) (c)
(a)
31 18 36
5
Ans. (C)

SOLUTION Let AB =x cm. Then, AC- AB = 1 cm gives AC= (x+1) cm.

Applying Pythagoras Theorem in AABC, we obtain (+1)

AC = AB2 +
BC² (x+1)' = +
25 2x +1= 25 = 12

C 5 cm
AB = 12 cm and AC = 13 cm Fig. 9.15

AB 12 BC 5
Ihus, sin C= and
cos C=
AC 13 AC 13

12
Hence, 1+ sin C 1+ 25
13
1+ cosC 5 18
1+
13 ASSERTION-REASON BASED
MCQs

STATEMENT-2 (Reason)
and
Each
ofthefollowing STATEMENT-1 (Assertion) correct answer.
Mark the
and has examples contains one of which is the
following and(d), only
Correct
choice. four choices (a), (b), (c) Statement-l.
explanation for
a) Statement-1 a correct Statement-1.
Statement-2 is explanation for
b) Statement-1 and Statement-2 are True; a correct
Statement-2 is not
and Statement-2 are True;
0) Statement-lis True, Statement-2 is False. on the value
o depend only
EXAMPLE lis False, Statement-2 is True.
trigonometricratios
ofangle
Pon the terninal
side
point
32 Statement-1
(A): Fig. 9.16, the of the
position ofthe
ln independent
0 andare
fAY of angle 9.
<br>

MN
Fig. 9.16
angled at B, if
Statement-2 (R): In a
right triangle ABC right ZBAC =
9,than

BC = AB <1 because
sin 0 = <1 and cos0 the hypotenuse AC %

AC
AC
the longest side.

Ans. (b) on 462 of the mainpage book).

SOLUTION Statement-1 is true (see Theorem ror statement-l. Hence, option &.
Statement-2 is also true but it is not correct explanation
a

correct.
e caunot bs
EXAMPLE 33 Statement-1 (A): For any acute angle 0, the value of sin
than 1.
Statement-2 (R): Hypotenuse is the longest side in any right angled triangle.

Ans. a) statement.l
SOLUTION Both statements are true and statement-2 is the correct explanation for
= Perpendicular
because sin <1,
Hypotenuse
EXAMPLE 34 Statement-1 (A): For 0 s<90°, sec x +
cosx 2.
Statement-2 (R): For any x > 0, x +2 2.

Ans. (a)
SOLUTION For any x>0, we find that
2

|E-0
>
x-220 = x+22
.
So, statement-2 is true. Since, sec x = Therefore,
COS X

sec x + cos X COS X >2

Hence
So, statement-1 is also true and statement-2 is the correct explanation for statement-1.
option (a) is correct.

PRACTICE EXERCISES
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCQS)
Mark the correct alternative in each of the following:
1. If sin=xand sec® = y,
then tan0 is equal to
(a) xy (b) x/y (c) y/x (d) 1/xy
2. Given that sin 0 = then tan0 is egual to

(a) (b)
Ja +b
J-a (c)
Je-B Paper
229
[CBSE Sample
<br>

GONOMETR
4sin ß- 3 cosß 9.11

=3, then 4 sinß + 3cosß

4lanß
(b) 1/3 (c) 2/3
B. If tan A =
V3, (d) 7/25
at then cosAcos
right angled
C -
sin AsinC )
(b) 0 (c) 1
(d) V3/2
are in the ratio1:1:2respectively
(a)-1 AAB (the largest angle being
angle of tan A angle C), then
Ifthe sCCA
s B
is
of cOsecB cot
value (b) 1/2 (c) 1
the (d) v3/2
(a) 0 such that cos 0 = 3 sin tan 0-1 0

acute angle 5 then

isan
2 tan' 0
1 3
(c) 160
16 (b) 36 160 (d
3
(a) 625 a sin 0 + b cos 0 is equal to
then a cos
sin -b
a'+b? (b)
a-b? (c)
a+b
(d)
a-b
a' +b a -b a+b
(a)-b2 of sin 0 - 4 cos 0 5
then the value is
. # 5tan0-4=0, 5 sin 9 + 4 cos 0
5 1
5 (b) (c) 0 (4)
6
(2) 3
sin x - COS X equals
If 16 cot
x = 12, then
9.
sin x + cOS X
3 2
(c) (d) 0
(b) 7
(a) 7
to
10. If 8 tarnx = 15, then sin x- cos x is equal
1
8
(b) (c) 17 (a) 17
(a) 17
1 cosec0 - sec0
11. If tan 0= ,then cosec²0 + sec0
1
5 3 (d)
(b) (c) 4
7 12

3
12, If tan 0 = ,then cos0- sin' =
4 4
7 -7 (d)
(a) 1 (c) 25 25
25
(b)
0)
(1+ sin 0) (1-sin
8 cos 0)
8is an acute angle such that tan²0=, then the value of (1+ cos0) (1-
7 64
7 (d) 49
8 (c)
8 (b) 7 cos 0
14.
If 3cos 9
5 sin0 - 2 sec°0+2cos
5 sin 0
then the value 5 sin + 2 sec'0-2
0, of

542 (d)
none of these
271
a 979 (b)
316 (c) 2937
15, 2937
If tan4g =
1

Cos“30°=x 45° cos45°, then

X
(a) sin (d)
2
2 (c) 2
(b) -2
<br>

MATIEMATISY

9.12

x
r cosec30° see²450 tan 60°- tan30°, then
If
16,
8cos45° sin60° (c) 2 (d) 0
(a) 1
(b) -1
. to
is equal
17, If .r tan 45° cos 60° sin60° cot 60°, then
1

(c) (d)
(a) 1 (b) /3 2
=
of a ABC form an increasing AP, then sin B
18. If angles A, B, C
1

1 /3 (c) 1

(b)
2
tan0- cosec0
=3, then the value of
1S

19. If0is an acute angle such that sec0 tan0+ cosec'0

1
2
(d)
(a) (b) 7 7

2 tan 30
20. is equal to
1+ tan30° (d) sin 30°
(b) cos 60° (c) tan 60°
(a) sin 60° [NCERT, CBSE 2023

1- tan 45°
21. is equal to
1+ tan' 450
(c) sin 45° (d) sin 0°
a) tan 90° (b) 1
[NCERT)

22, sin 2A = 2 sin A is true when A =

(a) 0° (b) 30° (c) 45° (d) 60°

(NCERT]

2 tan 30°
23. 2S equal to
1- tan230
(a) cos 60 (b) sin 60° (C) tan 60° (d) sin 30°
NCERI)

= 2
24. If cos ,then 2
sec0+2tan0-7 is equal to
(a) 1
(b) 0 (c) 3 (d) 4
25. In Fig. 9.17, the value of cos is

(a)
5
4 (b)
5 , (e)
3
(d)

D 5

90
3 B
Fig, 9.17 Flg. 9.18 Fig. 9.19
26. In Fig. 9.18, ifAD =4 cm BD = 3 cm
and CB = 12 cm, then cot 9 =
12 5
(a) 13
(b) (c)
5 12 (d) 13 (CESE 2A
 the mid-point of BC, then
<br>

9.19, if D is the value of coty 9.13

(b) 1/2 COtyo ig
(c) 1/3
(a)2
(d) 3/4
CASE STUDY
BASED MCQs
structural design structure is composcd of
a
trianglesthat are
types offengineering structurcs and
% In
of
major
the is especially interconnecting,
are designed to support A
truss is one
buildings. Trusses loads, such as
used in
the design of bridges
exclusively
made of long, straight members connccted the weight of and
by joints people. truss A
at the end of each is
mernber.

Fig.9.20
A
This is a single repeating triangle in a truss system.
() In above triangle, what is the length of AC?
4H

(a) 5 ft (b) 6 ft (c) 8 ft (4) -ft

ü) Whatis the length of BC? Fig. 9.21

4
(a)
(b) 4V3 ft (c) 8ft (d) 8V3 t
i) lf sinA=
sin C, what will be the length of BC?
(a) 2 ft (b) 4 ft (c) 8ft
(d) 4v2 t
u Which of the following relation will be true in the triangle?

(b)

(d) cos ()
() Ifthe of AC?
length of AB doubles whatwill happen to the length length
(a) remains doubles the original
same (b)
the original length
half of
become three length (d) become up tothe top
of
times the original to from A

located at point distance of 2000

m
S, Atrolley
carries level ata
Passengers from the ground 9.22. The point is
A
mountain
chateaulocated at Pas shown in Fig.
point = 60°.
C at
the base of mountain. Here a= 30°,B
<br>

Fig. 9.22

(i) Assuming the cable is held tight what will be the length of cable?
4000
(a) 2000 m (b) 200043m (c) 4000V3 m (d)

(iü) What will be height of the mountain?

2000
(a) 1000m (b) (c) 2000 m (d) 200043m

(ii) What will be the slant height of the mountain?

4000 4000
(a) 4000 m (b) (c) 4000V3 m (a) -m
3
(iv) What willbe the length of BC?
1000
(a) 1000 m (b)
2000 m
(c) 1000V3 m (d) m
3
() What willbe the distance of point A to the foot of the mountain ocated at B?
4000 4000
m
(a) 4000N3 m (b) 4000/6m (c) 3
m

(d) 3

30. Kite festival is celebrated in many countries at different times of the

year. In India, every yea
14th January is celebrated as International Kite Day. On this day many people visit ina s
ShowS S
participate in the festival by flying various kinds of kites. The picture given below,
flying together.

30 60°
D

Fig.9.23 man(Point
of a
the hands
Fig.9.23, the angles of elevation of two kites (Points = andm fromBE = 60m, find
A B)
In
AD 50 and
C) are found to be 30° and 60° respectively. Taking
figure
as in the
straight) for kites and shown
A B

(i) the lengths of strings used (take them 2022

distance 'd' between these two kites. [CBSE
(ii) the
<br>

TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
9.15
sASSERTION-REASON BASED MCQss

Each of the following questions contains STATEMENT-1 (Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason)
d
has following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of which is the coTrect answer. Mark the
correct choice,
Gtatement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1.
Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is not a correct explanation for Statement-l.
(c) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
Statement-2 is true
A) Statement-1 is false,
31, Statement-1 (A): For any acute angle 9,
values of tan 9 never exceeds /3.
= sin
For 0
s0< 90°, tan
Statement-2 (R): Cos
sec 0 >1
s0<90),
For any acute angle (0
32. Statement-1 (A): cosec 1
(R): For any acute angle 0(0< 0 s 90),
Statement-2 cosec >2.
+

(A): For 0 < 0< 90°, sin 0

33. Statement-1
1
for all x> 0.
2

Statement-2 (R): X+-2

ANSWERS 7. (a)
6. (c)
5. (a) 14. (a)
3. (a) 4. (b) 13. (a)
2. (d) 12. (a) 21. (d)
1. (a) 11. (d) 20. (a)
10. (d) 19. (d)
9. (a) 18. (b)
8. (c) 17. (a) 27. (b)
16. (a) 26. (a)
15. (d) 25. (d)
24. (b) (v) (b)
23. (c) (iv) (a)
22. (a) (iüi) (b) (v) (d)
(ii) (b) (iv) (b)
28. (i) (c) (iüi) (b)
(ii) (b) m
29. (i) (d) (ii) 121.65
100 m, 40/3 m
30. i) 33. (a)
32. (b)
31. (d)
<br>

10
TRIGONOMETRIC
IDENTITIES
REVISION OF KEY
CONCEPTS
s called an AND FORMULAE
equation is identity if is true
it
1. An
equation involving trigonomeric ratiosfor all values of
2. An
all values of the
angle.
of an the variable
angleis calleda
truefor (s) involved.
are some trigonometric trigonornetric
Following identities: identity
if it is
sin'0.+ cos0 =1 or,
1- cos²0
sin 0 =
or,
() =
or, 1- sin'0 = cos
1+ tan0 sec0 9
(ii) sec'0- tan² = 1
=
1+ cot0 cOsec or,
cosec0 - cot 0
0 =
(ii) 1.
(iv) sec'0– tan =1
(sec0 + tan €) (sec - tan 0) =1
1
sec + tan = and, sec – tan 1

sec- tan sec +tan

ie. sec +
tan and seco- tanb are reciprocal of each other.
(w)
cosec²0- cot' 0 =1
(cosece-cot®)(cosec0 + cot0) =1
1
cosec 9 - cot =
1
COSec + cot
cosec – cot0 and, cosece + cot0
i.e. cosec + cot 0 and cosec - cot0 are reciprocal of each other.

SOLVED EXAMPLES
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCQs)
EXAMPLE 1 1
Thevalue of cos +
la)
0 1
1+ cot0 (c) 2
(d) -1
Ans.
(b)
(b)

1
SOLUTION
cos0 + sin0=
1 1
cos =
0+ =
cos0 +
1+ cot² 0 cosec*
DXAMPLE + cos 0)(1 - cos0) (1 + cot0) is
2 - sin 0)(1
The value of (1
tan² 0)(1 + sin 0)(1 (d) -2
+
la) 1
Ang. (c) 0
(a) (b) -1
OLUTION + cot 0)
cos 0)(1 - cos0)(1
(1+tan 0)(1+ sin 0)(1- sin 0)(1
+

1 x cos²0 x sin
²0x -sin0
1

- Sec
e)(1 - cos 0) cosec 0=
cos)
EXAMPLE3 0(1- sin?
(d) 2cotA
=
+
secA)
(1+ tanA- sec/)(1+ tan
A
a) 2tan
A (c) 2secA
(b) 2sin A
<br>

EMNIKSY

10.2

Ans. (a)
tan - sec A) (1 + tan A + secA) - sec? A+ 2tan A- sec
SOLUTION (1+ A +
2tan
A
secA A=2tan
-
(1+ tan A) sceA
14+ tanA A
A is
3 then the vnlue 9+ 9tan
EXAMPLE 4 If cos A
(d) 34
(c) 25
(b) 16
(a) 9
Ans. (c) 9 - 25
OLUTION 9+9tan =9(1 + tan A) = 9sec“ A
A
=2
EXAMPLE 5 tan0+ tan0= (d) sec 0-sec'
2sec o (c) sec0- sec0
(a) see?0- 2sec 0 (b) 2sec'0-
Ans. (d) =s
sec'
sec? 0= (sec 0- 1) sec²6 9-seca.
SOLUTION tan 0+ tan0
=
tan²0(tan0+ 1)=tan0
tan'0 cot?e
EXAMPLE 6
1+ tan'0 1+ cot?0 (d) 2sec'0
(c) 2cot²e
(b) 2tan0
(a) 1
Ans. (a) cot - 1 x. 1
cot0 tan = tan 0x + cot0
tan sec 0 cosec?9
cosec?0
SOLUTION
tan0 1+ cot²0 sec?0
1+
cose x =
sin 0
x Cos..4 sin sin0+ cos'0 =1
cos sin?0
+ cot0=
+ cos = /2, then tan
0
0
EXAMPLE 7 If sin (d) 4
(b) 2 (c) 3
(a) 1
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION We have, sin+ cos0 = /2
(sin 0 + cos 0 ) = 2
+ sin cos =
2 1+2sin cos =2
2
sin cos =
1 sin® cos
;
sin 0
cos0+ 2

cos 0
sin cos sin0+
tan + cot0 = cos =2
cos0 sin0. sin cos 0 sin0

cos? 0 1
EXAMPLE 8 sin 0 in simplified form, is
sin?e
(a) tan?e (b) sece (c) 1 (d) -1 (CRSE
2023

Ans. (d)
cos? 0 1 cos 0 = -(cosec? 0- cot 8) = -l
SOLUTION
sin0 sin0 sin 9
=
cot0- cosec²0
-
EXAMPLE 9 If 15 tan'0+ 4sec0=23, then the value of (sec+ cosec0) sin0 s
11
(a) 7 (b) (e) (d)
Ans. (b)
2 2 2
SOLUTION We have,
15 tan 9 + 4sec0 =23
15tan -+4(1+tan0) = 23 » 19tan0=19 -> tan? 0 =1 tan0 =1»0=40
<br>

JRICONOM

cOsec 9) - sin0 =-(sec45°+ cosec45°) - sin' 10.3

45
(seco+

EXAMPLE 10
J5cot0-4cot0
(b) 7
+ V3 =0. then the value
of
(c) 10
-(2+2-85
3(cot 0 +
tan? 0)
is
2

(d) 4
(9
OLUTION We have,
Ans
JBot'0- 4cot0 3 =0
+

Bcot0-3 cot6 - cot0 + V3=0

Scot0(cot e - v3)- (cot - V3) = 0

(V3 cot8-1) (cot9

- /3) =0
cot0-
=
or, cot0
Acot0-1=0 /3 =0
G 0r, coto =
3 =60 or 9-30°
b-6°,then 3(cot0+ tan®) = (cot'60° + tan? 60°) =3+3-l0
e then 3
(cote + tan 0) = 3(cot30° + tan' 30) = 3
3-10
=
EXAMPLE 11 / 1+ sin 3sin cos0, then tan can take values
1
(b) 1,2
(d) none of these
Ans. (a)
SOLUTION We have, 1+sin“0 =3sin cos0
Dividing both sides by cos0, we get

1
sin'0 3sin cos
cos 0 cos 0 cos0
sec0+ tan'0–3tane

»1+ tan0+ tan0 =3 tan 2

tan²6-3tan 9 +1=0= (2tan@-1) (tan -1)=0» ant =l
EXAMPLE 12 (cosec- sin 0) (sec -cos0) (tan + cot0) is equal to
0) 242
(b) (c) 1 (d) /2
Ans, (c)

OLUTION
(cosec-sin0)(sec - cos0) (tan+cot®)
1

sin0
-sin
1
.- cos sin Cos0
sin
Cos Cos0
1- sin0 1-cos sin?0+ cos 0 cos'0 sin'0
sin 0 sin0 cos0 sin cos0
EXAMPLE cos0 sin 0 cos0
13 If
a) 1 k+1=sec? 0(1+ sin 0)(1- sin ), then k= (d) -1
Ang,
(c) (b) 2 (c) 0
SOLUTION
We have,
k+1= sec0(1+ sin9)(1-
sin8))
k+11cos²a *(1- sin0) cos0 k+l=1»te0
EXAMPLE
=>
k+1= Cos0
=
14 =k+tan'0+ cot0, then k
(sin + cosec + sec0)
0) + (cos® (d) 7
SOUTION (b) 2 (c) 5
We
fnd
that
(sin + cosec
+
(cos +
sec0)
<br>

MATl
secO) +
sec )
10.4
0+
cosee?0 cos2 0+2cos0
+

2sinO cosec
2+1+ tan'0
sin'0 cos0+ +
cot?0
- sin'0+24 1+ cot0 + tan"0 7+ tan'0-
- (sin0 + os'0)
+
6+cot0
vlue of sin"0+ cos0is
k7. cos 0 = 0, then tlhe
sin0 -
Hence, 1
3
ENAMIL I5 If 1 (d)
4
(b) 3
(a)
450
Ans, (d)
SOLUTION We have,
- = 0) sin0= cos0 tan 0 = 10=
sin 0 cos0 45°)6
+ (cos 0)° = (sin 45°)° + (cos
cos°0 = (sin
0)

sin0+ then which of the following

of a right angled triangle, equation is -
is an acute angle
EXAMPLE 16 /e cosec -
truc? = sin (c) cot0=1 (d) tan'0-sec'6=1
cot cos (b) cos0 tan
(a) sin [CBSE 202
Ans. (d)
0 cot = sin Ox
cOs = cOs 0. So, option (a) is true.
SOLUTION sin
sin 0

cOs tan = cos x

sin 0 - sin . So, option (b) is true.
cos
1+cot0
=
tan = sec0
cosec0and 1 + cosec“0- cot0 =1 and sec'- tan?a
So, option (c) is true but option (d) is not
true.

ASSERTION-REASON BASED MCQs

Each of the following examples contains STATEMENT-1 (Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason
and has following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of which is the correct answer. Mark th
correct choice.
(a) Statement-1 and Statement-2 are True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-l.
(b) Statement-1 and Statement-2 are True; Statement-2 is not a correct explanation for Statement
(c) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False.
(d) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True.
EX AMPLE17 Statement-1 (A): For
0 s 0<90°, sec 0 + cos 2. 0>
Statement-2 (R): For x > 0, x 1
+-2
Ans. (a)
SOLUTION For any x > 0, we know that
1
V-20»x+*-220= x*
So, statement-2 is true.
2.

For 0s9 <90°, we find that

sec“0 and cos*0 are
Using statement-2, we obtain positive real numbers such that sec0=
1
cos0+ 22 sec0+ cos²022
Thus, statement-1 iscos0
true and statement-2 a
Hence, option (a)
is correct. is correct explanation
for stateme
<br>

RIGONO
Statement-1 (A): Te value of he
KAMPLE
roduct }cos1^cos2°
ZCro,
cos3..con17
Statemen-2 2 (R): The con190
vale ofthe product it
} tan1° tan2°...fan
89 4 1.
Ans. (b) IVe find
tlhat in the product =cos 1°cos2°cos3...cs
P 1

QUTION zero. 1
lenee,
90°hich is equal to produt 179 cos18(
So statement-1 truc. one of 0.

is the terms
s
product B Written
canlbe as is
The
B= (tan1° tan
89°) (tan 2°;lan 88°)...(tan44°
tan 46°) tan45
cot 1°) (tan 2° cot 2°).
B=(tan1° ..(tan 44° cot 44°)
tan 45 -1 |U:tan(90)-
statement is also
B true. But. it
is not a correct explanation |for d = 1°,2 .... 4 cot91
), for R.
Statement-1 (A): For 0 <0<90°, sec0 + tat
EXAMPLE 19 J and seco- tan 9 are
other. reciprocal of each
Statement-2 (R): tan 9- sec 0 =1

Ans. (c)
OLUTION Clearly, statement-2 is not true. We know that
sec'0- tan'0=1
+
(sec0 - tan )(sec tan 0) =l sec0 + tan = 1
= 1

sec - tan and, sec0- tan

sec + tan
ie.
sec. tan
+
and sec0- tan are reciprocal of each other. Thus, statement-l is true.

FXAMPLE 20 Statement-1 (A}: Let a, b be non-zero real numbers. Then, ser20= 4ab
is true if and
only ifa = b. (a+b)?
Statement-2 (R): sec0>1 for 0s0 <90°.
Ans. (a)

9OLUTION In a right triangle if e is one of the acute angles, then

sec =
Hypotenuse sec
>1 021 :: Hypotenuse 2 Basel
Base
So, statement-2
is true.
Now, sec²0 = 4ab
(a+ b)?
4ab
(a+ b)? 21
4ab
1-.(a+ 20
bj²
(a+ b) -4ab
S0
(a+ b)?
cannot be negative |
(a-b?

a-b
a+b
Statement-1
=0a-b=0=a=b. statemen-1.
is true and statement-2 is a correct explanation for
<br>

cos20+ cos0=1
10.6
If sin
+ sin'0= 1, then
Statenment-1 (A):
0= cos0.
EXAMPLE 21 1- sin
Statement-2 (R): = 1.
as sin?0 + cos²0
Ans. (a) statement-2 is true
SOLUTION Clearly,
=1
Now, sin 0+ sin'0 [Using statement1
= 1- sin0
sin0 (Squaring
both sidet
sin = os0 [Using staternentl
sin²0= cos0
cos*8
1- cos²0= explanation for statement-1.
cos?0+ cos0 =1 statement-2 is a correct
correct and
So, statement-1
is also
= 2, then tan0 + cot0=
correct. 4
Hence, option (a) is +
tan cot0
Statement-1 (A): If 2sin A +3cot"
A
4
EXAMPLE 22
cosec A=V2, then 4tan A- 2cos A 3
Statement-2 (R): If

Ans. (d) =2
SOLUTION We have, tan0 + cot0
(tan 0+ cot0) =22 + cot0+2 =4 tan0+ cot²A-9
cot =4 tan0
tan0 + cot?0 2tan
+ 0

true.
So, statement-1 is not

We have,
cosec A

=2 sin
A

= 1
sin A = sin 45° A= 45

+3(1) 4
A 2sin 45 +3cot 45°
2sin' A +3cot
4 tan A-2cos A 4 tan 45°- 2cos 45° 4x1-2() 3

So, statement-2 is true.

PRACTICE EXERCISES
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS. (MCOs)

Mark the correct alternative in each of tlhe following:

1. If x= 2sin' 0 and y =
2cos'0 +1, then x+ y is equal to
(c) 1
(d) 1/2
(a) 3 (b) 2
Z020 a+cot2020
2. If tana + cot a. = 2, then tan =
22020
(a) 0 (c) 2020 (d)
(b) 2
|1+ sin
3. is equal to
V1- sin sec'0- tan
a) sec0 + tarn0 (b) sec0-tan (c) sec?0+ tan 0 (d)
|1+ cos
4. The value of
V1-cos is cosa
(cote-
(a) cot0-cosec0 (b) coseco + cot0 (c) cosec?0+ cote (d)
TRNGOR
<br>

to 10.7
sin0 is equal
COs0
1+ cos0 (b)
1- cos0 1- cos0
5 1+ (c)
cos0 sin 0 1- sin9
sin 0 (d)
cos 0 is equal to Cos)
sin8 tan 0
cot0 1- (b) 1 (c) sin0 + cos0
1-
(d) sin-cos0
(a) 0
tan 0 is equal to
tan0 seco + 1
sec0 -1 (b) 2seco (c) 2 cosec0
7 tan (d) 2 tan 0 sec0
(a) 2 +
acOs0 and
y = b
sin 0, then b'x a'y' =

8. Ifr= (b) ab (c) a b4

(a) a'2
tyea sec@ andy
= btan 6, then bx-u2
(a) ab
(b) a-b2 (c) a? + b?

(secA. tan + A)
(1- sin
A)
is
of
The value
(b) sin A (c) cosec A (d) cos A
(a) sec A
[CBSE Sample Paper 2024]

11. If x= a sec cos$, y =

b sece sin and z = ctan0, then

(b) 1 (c) (d)

(a)

12 9secA -9 tanA is equal to

(c) 8 (d) 0
(a) 1 (b) 9
[NCERT]

13. (sec A + tan A)(1- sin A) = (d) cos A

(b) sin A (c) cosec A
(a) sec A [NCERT]

1+ tan A

14.
cot
is equal to
1+ A
tanA
(d)
sec A (c) cot² A [NCERT]
(a)
(b) -1

B-cos²B = 2, then ß is equal to

15.
f 2sin²
(d) 30°
(a) 0 (c) 45°
(b) 90° is
value of cos (A
+ B)
16.
If AABC attC, then the
is right angled
(d)
(a) o (c) 2
(b) 1
2
sec +
tan =
*, then seco
=

(d)
r-1
*+1 -1
(a)
(b)
*+1 (c)
2x
X 2x
18,
1f sec +
tan = X, then tan
o =

(d)
*+1 r+1 2x
(a)
(b) -1 (c) 2x
<br>

ANTISY

10.8

tan"A + tanA (d) tan

to
- sec*A is equal +
A
tan' A
19. secA - tan (c)
- tan'A(b) tan*A
(a) tanA
equal to is sin'A-1 (d) 2 sin
A
cosA sinA
- 2 +1
(c)
20.
(b) 2 cos'A -1
(a) cosA+1 2
- cosec0) (1 + tarn0 + sec0) is
(d) 0
(1 + cot
0
(c) 4
21. The value of (b) 2 equal
(a)
1
- cos0) (tan0 + cot0) is (d) none of these
(cosec9 - sin0)
(sec0 (c) -1 + -
22.
(b) 1
sin (A
- B) = 0 and 2cos (A B)
1= 0, then
A=
(a) 0 that
are acute angles such
B
(c) 45°
(d) 15°
23. If andA

(6) 30° is
value of sin" 0 cos0
(a) 60° +
- cos 0 =0, then the 1
1

24. If sin 0 (d)

(c)
(b)
3 4
(a) 1 4 =
+ bcos
tve?-a? - 2
= c, then asin
25. If
a cos -b sin (c) (d) none of these
+c? (b) tva' + b? -c?
(a) tva'+b' B) can be reduced
to
-
cos (a + B) 0, then
= sin (a 2
26. If (c) sina (d) sin
cos B (b) cos 28
(a) are
values of cot o
27. If 1+ sin
a
3sin a cos a, then the (c) 1,2 (d) -1, -1
(a) -1, 1
(b) 0,1
cot tan 0 is equal to
28. cot - cot30 tan - tan 30
(d) 2
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) -1
+ cos 0) -3 (sin 0 + cos*0) is equal to
29.
2 (sin0 (d) none of these
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) -1 =
0 = 3, then
a + b

30. If
a cos + bsin = 4 and asin 0- bcos
(c) 25 (d) none of these
(a) 7 (b) 12
+ acoseco = q, then
p
-q =
31. If a
cot0 + bcosec = p and bcote
(c) a + b2 (d) b-a
(a)
a-b? (b) b² -a?
cos, y =r sin sin andz = rcos then 0,
32. If x = rsin
(a) x² +y +² =? (b) *²+y-z2 =,2
(c)x²-y² +z² =2 (a) z²+y²-x² =2
cos 0 + cos
33. If sin + sin0 = 1, then0
0= these
(a)-1 (b) 1 (c) 0 (d) none of
34. If a
cos0 + bsin = m and a sin - bcos = n, then a + b =
(a) m'-n? (b) m²n2 (c) n²-m? (d) m² +n?
35. If cos A + cos A = 1, then sin A + sin A =
(a) -1 (b) 0
none of these
(c) 1 (d)

h
ASSERTION-REASON BASED MCQs (Reason) and
coT
Each of the following questions contains STATEMENT-1 STATEMENT-2 Markthe
(A) and
following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of which is correct answer.
choice.
the Statement

(a) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2

for
explanation Statemert
is a correct explanation for
(b) Statement-1 is true, Statemernt-2 is true; Statement-2 is not a correct
<br>

NOMETRIC

Statement-2 is false. 10.9

Ratement-1 is true, is true.
Ratement-1 is false, Statement-2
(A): The value of the product P= tan1° tan2°
Saement1 tan3°,...... tan89°
Eor 0 <0s90°, tan is 1.
atement-2 (R): (90- 0) = cot0 and tan 45° 1.
(A): Thevalue of the product of P= COs1°
Ratement-1 cos2°......cos179° as 180°
rSatement-2 (R): The value of COs 90° is zero. is zero.
Natementl (A): For 0<0s 90°. cosec - cotU and cosec+ are
cot0 reciprocal of each
other.
-
Satement-2 (R):
cot cosec0 =1.
(CBSE 2023]
0<0<90°,sec
+
ttan
Satement-1 (A):
For and sec-tan ®
are reciprocal of each
other.
cOsec 0 - cot0 = 1.
Satement-2 (R):
x= acos and y = b sin ,then b² ² + a'y =a
Satement-1 (A): If b,
Satement-2 (R): cos0 + sinA=1
rSatement-1 (A): For 0
<0s
+
90°, cOsec0 sin 0>2.
Statement-2 (R): For any x >0, +>2.
x

ANSWERS
5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (c)
1 la) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (b)
13. (d) 14. (d)
11. (d) 12. (b)
9. (d) 10. (d) 20. (b) 21. (b)
18. (d) 19. (c)
B. (b)
16. (a) 17. (b) 27. (c) 28. (b)
25. (b) 26. (b)
23. (b) 24. (c) 34. (d) 35. (c)
33. (b)
3. (0) 30. (c) 31. (b) 32. (a) 41. (a)
40. (a)
37. (a) 38. (c) 39. (c)
<br>

HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES

REVISION OF KEY CONCEPTS AND FORMULAE

eye of an observer to a point the object where
drawn from the in the person is viewing
The line of sight.
1 called the line
line of sight with the horizontal when
is angle formed by the the object is above the
The called the angle of elevation.
2 horizontallevel is
formed by the line of sight with the horizontal when the object is below the
angle
The called the angle of depression.
[Link] is can be determined with the help
height a object or the distance between distant objects
offan
4 The
trigonometric ratios.
of

SOLVED EXAMPLES

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCQs)

depression from A is
point C frompoint A. The angle
of
of
DANPLE 1 Figure 11.1, shows the observation
(c) 45° (d) 75°
(a) 600
(b) 30°
Ans. (b)
of point C from A. In
SOLUTION be the angle of depression
Let
nght triangle ABC, we obtain

AB 2m
tan =
BC

= 2
tan
243 V3
tan =
tan 30° =30° Fig. 11.1
Hence, the angle of depression is 30°. at a
m high from a point
AMPLE 2 of elevation
of the top
of
the tower 7543
The measure
the angle of

distance plane is
the foot of the tower in horizontal
a
of755mfrom
(d) 45°
30° ) (c) 90°
Ans. (b) 60°
() of
OUUTION m
and let be the angle
Let PO be a
tower of height 75/3 tower.
Alevation
of 75
m
from the
itstop of distance 753m
htighttriangle
Q
from a point Rata
RPQ, we obtain
= 60°
75/3 = tan = tan 60°=>0
tan
0PPR tan =

75
/3 75 m
Fig. 11.2
Sun's
he angle eleation of
of elevation is 60°, angle of
XAMPLE. height,the
Alitude
3 1fthee length of the slhadow afa vertical poleis
eguallo is
is (d) 75°
(c) 30
(b) 60°
11.1
<br>

MATHEMATICSY
11.2

Ans. (a) and m let AC be the ABIS

SOLUTION Let AB vertical pole of heightx
be a

It is given
when the ang le of clevation of Sun is 0°.
length of its shadow
we obtain
that AC= xm, In A ACB,
AB

0- 450
tan 0 l tan 45° shadow
AC Fig. 11.3
Hence, Sun's altitude is 45°. a on the ground.
the top ofa tower from point 100 away
m
If the ançle of clevation
of
EXAMPLE 4
jromthe
, the tower is
fivot of the tower is 30 then the heiglt
of

100-
m (c) m (d) 75/3 m
(a) 100 m (b) 100 3
Ans. (c) metre such that the angle of 0
SOLUTION Let PO be a tower of height h
m away from the foot P of the tower,
elevation of its top Qat a point R, 100
h

is 30°.
ln right triangle RPQ, we obtain 30° 100 m
100
tan 30° "PR 100
R
Fig. 11.4

EXAMPLE 5 When the Sun's elevation is 30, the shadow of a

tower is 30 m long, if the Sun's elenati.
of the shadow is
60, then the length
(a) 35 m (b) 20 m (c) 10 m (d) 15 m
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION Let QP bea tower of height h metre and let QS = 30 m be the length of the shadow of the
tower when Sun's elevation is 30°. Let QR be the shadow when Sun's elevation is 60°.
In triangles PQS and PQR, we obtain
PQ
and tan 60°-"
AP(Sun)
tan 30o
QS OR
1
and V3 h
V3 30
30 h
h= V3 30 A60°
m
100 R¢-m
m
Q
30 -30
= 10 m Fig. 11.5

Hence, the length of the shadow is 10 m.

EXAMPLE 6 Ifthe angles of elevation of tlhe top of a tover from two points at a
distance of 4 m and 16 mm
the base ofa tower and in the same line are coniplementary, then
the height of the tower is
(a) 20 m (b) 12 m m
(c) 8 (d) 16 m
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION Let PQ be a tower
of height h metre such that the angles of
elevation of its top at two points R and S are
angle of elevation at R. Then, the angle complementary. Let be the
ofelevation at S is 90°-0. In right
triangles PQR and PQS, we obtain

tan = PQ and tan (90° - 0)=e

QR QS
tan o h
and cot 0= 90°-0
4 16
tan 0xcot 0 16 m
=*4 16 64
h=8m. Fig. 11.6
<br>

of a cliff 'x uetres

Man on tlhe lop
depression of
the foot of highobserves that
the angle f [Link] the angles of 11.3
height of elevation
(b) 2x the tower netres of thetop of
(c) V2x in a
is
(d)
LetAR Ie a Cliff of height
x metres
and PQ a
VION
Kkofelevation. of the top Qof the tower observed be tower of height
from h metres.

of the foot of the tower. In right triangles BRQthe top and PAB,
of the cliff
and 9 be
we obtain
the
Let 9 be
kynssio
QR and tan 0 = AB
theangle of
=
tan 0 BR PA

h and tan =
tan = AP AP
Tower h

h-x h-x
=
X h= 2x
AP AP p
Ci
Fig. 11.7
If the height is twice the height of
of a flagstaff
AAMPLE 8 a pointon the tower on which it is
the tower as seen from the ground is 30 ,then fixed and the
Arutinofthe ttop of

the same the angle ofelevation

angle of
stafas seen from.
is
point of the top of
tefiag
(b) 30° (c) 60°
(d) 90°
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION be a tower of height h metres and BC be a flagstaff a
Let AB
of height 2h metres. The
angle ofele
vation of the top B of the tower as seen from a point P on the
as:seen ground is 30°. Let the angle
aelevation of the top of the flagstaff from point P be 0. In right triangles
PAB and PAC, we
abtain
AB = AC
tan 30°= and tan
AP AP
1 = 3h
and tan 2

V3 AP AP
3h
AP = \3h and AP = tan
V3h 3h tan 9 = =
60° P A

tan
/30 Fig. 11.8

EAMPLE Two friends Rohit and Mohit are standing on the opposite sides of a tower of height 60 metres.
9
Heir angles of depression seen from the top of the tower are 30 and 45 respectively, then the distance
ktozen the two friends is
a) 60(V3-1)m 30(V3-1)m (d) 30(/3+1)m
(b) 60(V3 + 1) m (c)
Ans.
(b)
SOLUTION QAB, we obtain
Let a tower triangles PABand
AB be of height 60 metres. In right
tan 30 = AB and, tan 45°= AB
AP AQ
1
l60 m
60
and 1 = 60 A30 45?
Q(Mohit )
AP AQ (Rohit) A
AP P
=60V3 and AQ= Fig. 11.9
Aence, 60
PQ=PA+
XAMPLE AQ =
60 V3 +
60 =
60(V3 +1) m.
of 30
. Ifhe ascends al the
10 A man wall at an angle
is climbing a ladder which is inclined to
aleof2 the
m sec,
a)2m/sec then he approaches (d) 1.5
m/sec
the wall at the rate
of

(c) 1 m/sec
(b) 2.5 m/sec
<br>

EMATICSx

11.4
Ttis given that the ladder makes an angle
wall and
R
be theládder. Q of
tr
with the speed of 2mm/[Link],
SOLUTION Let PQ bethe scconds to reach tothe point
man
take
with the wall. Lct the
2. In QPR, we obtain
A

PQ= ladder
PR
COs 60o PR=l
OR
seconds. Hence, the rate 80
covers distance PR =tmnetres in/
Thus, the man - 1
m/sec.
Fig. 11.10 P

which he approaches the wall is

at
EXAMPLES
CASE STUDY BASED
on an educational trip. The teacher as well
of class visited India Gate
X

group students of
that India Gate's, official nameis
Gate. The teacher narrated
A
EXAMPLE 11
history beltind lndia
a monumien tal sand stone arch Ns
as students had interest in in
called All India War Memorial,
Delhi Memorial, Originally wars fouglt betveen 1914 and 1919.
The teachey ole
dedicated to the troops of British
India who died in oke..
Kartavya Path formerly called the Rajpath). is
at the eastern end of the
that India Gate, which is located
lheight.
138 feet (42 metres) in

Fig. 11.11
monument.!
are standing at a
distance of 42 metres auway from the
is the angle of elevation they
if
What
(i)
(b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 0°
(a) 30 2s
then the distance where they slhould stand
,
want to see the top at an angle 60 of

(ii) fthey
(a) 24.24 m (b) 20.12 m (c) 24.64 m (d) 25.24 m oflength
cast a shadow
will
(iii) If the altitude the Sun is 60, then the height the vertical tower that
of
of at

20 m, is
20 15 m
(a) 20 /3 m m (c)
m
(d) 15 V3
(b)
(iv) If the ratio of the length of a rod and its shadow is
1 : 1, the
angle of elevation of the Sun s
(a) 30 (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90° honizontal
below the
object vieved is
(v) The angle formed by the line of sight with the horizontal when the
line is
(a) corresponding angle (b) angle of elevation
(c) angle of depression (d) conplete angle
<br>

MEKGHTS,
Let 0 bo the angle of
Ans. (b): elevation of
OLUTIOw (i) we have PO 42 m thetop of the
A POR, and QR 42 n,
[Link]
India QR 42 =l0 = 45°
= 42
tan0 PQ
case, 0 60°, QR= 42 m
and we
(a): In this 42 m
Ans. A
PQR, we obtain
il find PQ, In 42 n
veto 42 P (Sudents)
QR tan 60° = 42 = 14/3 =
= PQ= 14 x 1.732 - Fig. 11.12
tan PQ PQ 24.24 m
Let PO be
a
tower that casts a shadow
Ans. (a): we obtain
of length
20 m
when altitude
iü) OPR,
A of sun
PQ = PQ= 20/3
m

tan 60 20

(b): Let PO
be a
rod and PR be thelength of its shadow. It
Ans. is given that
(iv)
PQ:PR:1:1.
we obtain
n sQPR,
tan = P' tan =
1=
=
45° Shadow
PR P

(c):
Trivial. Fig. 11.13
() Ans.
EXAMPLE 12
AA satellite
flying at a height h is watching the top of the twotallest mountains in Uttarakhand
Karnataka, them being Nanda Devi (height 7,816 m) and Mullayanagri
md (height 1930 m). The angle of
keyression from the satellite, tothe top of
Nanda Devi and Mullayanagiri are
30 and 60 respectively. Ifthe
lue bèfuween
the peaks of two mountains is 1937 km, and the satellite is vertically above the mid-point of
.Jiebeuc2 hetween the two mountains. Based on the above.
information answer the following questions.

H
P

Nanda Devi Mullayanagid

Fig. 11.14
The distance
the satellite from the top Nanda Devi is
of of
km
(a) 1118.36 (d) 1025.36
km (b) 577 W2 km (c) 1937 km
Thedistance
of
the satellite from the top of Mullayanagiri is
(a) 11394 (d) 1025.36 km
km (b) 577.52 km (c) 1937 km
Thedistance
of the
satellite from the ground is
(a) 1139.44 (d) 1025.36 km
km (b) 567 km (c) 1937 km Devi?
What 7816
m from Nanda
is a distance
of
(a) 30° the angle of elevation if a man standing at (d) 0°
is (c) 60°
(b) 45°
<br>

MAIIIEMATICSY

11.6 The
Muttayanagiri mountain, distance
45 to the top
of of
makes this
stone very far from,
mile
(v) Ifa mountain is m (d) 1025.36 m
stonc fro0mthe m (c) 1930
1118.327 m (b) 566.976 200
(a) 1 ZGAF
Ans. (a): In AAGF,
we have: AG =x1937 km and
2
SOLUTION ()
1937
V3 AG AF
2
AG = km = 1118.36 km
AG
COs 30° = AF
J3
AF 2
= 60°
1937 km and ZHPE
1 x
PH =
PHE, we have:
A

(ii) Ans. (c): In 2

1 PH PF = 2PH 1937 km
PH
COs 60° = 2
PF
PE
= 30°
(iii) Ans. (b): In
AAGF, we have: AG
2
1937 km and ZGAF
=x
GF GF =
1
AG
1
<x 1937 km = 559.18 km
tan 30°=
GF
AG
1
AG =2
= 566.99 567 kmn
IF = IG+ GF =7.816 + 559.18
we AD = 7816 m and DM =7816 m
(iv) Ans. (b): In AADM, have
AD = 45°
tan 9 = =l
DM

1930 m
7816 m

Mullayanagiri
Nandadevi S45
M
M 7816 m D

Fig. 11.15 Fig. 11.16

=
(v) Ans. (c): In APSM, we have PS = 1930 m and ZPMS 43°
PS
tan 45° MS = PS = 1930m
MS
windenergy
EXAMPLE 13 Skysails is that genre engineering science that
uses extensive utilization of
of anytlit
a height
move a vessel sea water. kite to gain
in the The 'Skysails' technology allows the towing
raised toits
prye
it Can be
between 100 metres to 300 metres. The sailing kite is made in such a way that prp raised
elevation and then brought back with the help ofa 'telescopic mast that enables the kite
to be
this fju
By observing
and effectively. In Fig. 11.17, skysails teclnology is being used to move vessel.
a

answer the following questions:

vertical heh
av
the rope ofthe kite sail and be at
(i) The length of
in order to pullthe vessel at angle of30
2

of 200 metre, is
(a) 300 m (b) 400 m (c) 500 m (d) 600 m
(ii) In ),
the length of BC is Rope

(a) 400 V3 m (b) 3003 m

(c) 200 43 m (d) 100V3 m
11.17
(iii) f BC=15 metre and 0= 30°, then AB = Fig.
<br>

DISTANCL
AND
rHTS (b) 15 n (c) 24 m
117
hen (d) 5/3m
BC, (b) 30o (c) 450
(00 amd 0 45°, then AC is equal to (d) 60
(b) 7V3 m
m
(a)BC=6 (c) 9/3 m
m we find
(a)
4/2 Ans. (b): From Fig. 11.17, that AB = (d) 642 m
200 m
UTION ()
Oblain
and 0-30°,
1n right triangle
We AB = 200 200
A; = sin 30° AC 400
sin 0 AC AC 2 AC
m

have, AB
=
200
m
and 0= 30°. In right triangle ABC,
We we obtain
Ans.(c): AB 1 200
)
tan 30°= BC V3 BC
> BC = 200V3 m

BC : =
15
m
and =30°, then
Ans.(d): If
i) AB AB 1
AB -
= tan 30° AB =5/3 m
tan BC 15 V3 15

we obtain
Ans. (c): In AABC,
) AB =
= tan 0= 1tan tan 45°=0=45o
tan BC

(d): In A ABC, we obtain

1 6
BC 6 =6 V2m
cos = COs 45° = J2 AC
AC
AC AC
a range of communication services including radio and
viMPIE 14 Radio towers are used for transmtting
Jeision. The tower will either act as an anten
na itself or support one or more antennas on its structure. On
wires from
-cinilar concept, a radiostation tower
was built in two Sections A and B. Tower is supported buy
: point O.
is 36 cm. From point 0, the O

Distance the base of the tower and point

betuween
elevation of the
of elevation the top of the Section B is 30 and the angle of
gle of
kp of Section A is 45

Based on above information, answer the following

questions:
the
to the top of Section B. 30
0 Find the length of the wire from the point O 45"/
li) Find 36 cm
the distance AB.
Fig. 11.18
Sii) Find
the area of AOPB
w) of the toVer. [CBSE 2023)
Findthe height of
the Section A
from the base

SOLUTION
() In AOPB, we obtain
V3 36 OB = 24V3 cm
COs 30°= OP
OB 2 OB = 36 cm
Inright triangles OPA, we obtain cm and PA
OPB and PA PB= 12/3
1 PB 1=
tan
30 = PB and tan 45° = PA and 36
OP 36
OP cm
- cm =
12/3 (V3-1)
PA- PB=- (36 12/3)
AB: =

= 216V5 cm
Area
of AOPB = 12/3) cm²
z(0P x PB) -(36x
1

b)Height = PA
= 36 cm.
of section A
from base of tower
<br>

MATIEMAIICSY

11.8
phyin crket Birds were
wre
Kaushik ws in a park. Chilidrenclevition of 45 When a
singing
EXAMPLE 15 One cvenin, ree an
anof en
ncarby tree
of heiglt 80
m.
He observela bind om al
awy. In te
2 seconds, he olserved the
bird
sixertwas
hit
thre frighteninR the bird to fly him at the same height flyingatthe
ball flew through the lowwls
.30 nd tte ball lyiny atanangle
a
of

same height at an angle of elvation o

elevation of
60
F Bird O o Bird
Ball,

Troo Hoight
80 m
...******. 80 m
60
Ground
\30 E level
G
Fig. 11.19
on the tree?
tree was he observing the bird sitting
(i)) At what distance from the foot of the
mentioned time?
(ii) Hov fardid the bird fly in the saw the ball?
tlhe ball travel in the sky wlen Kaushik
(iüi) After hitting the tree, how far did
it had flown 20(V3 + 1) m?
(iv) What is the speed of the bird in m/min if
[CBSE Sample Paper 20324|
SOLUTION ()) In right triangles CBA and CED, We obtain
AB and tan 30° = DE 80
1
80 BC= 80 m and CE
=
80/3m
tan 45°= CE l= BC
and V3 CE
BC
BE = CE -CB = (80 N3 - 80) m =80(V3 -1) m
a m

from the foot of the tre.

Hence, Kaushik was observing the bird at distance of 80 (/3 -1)
(ii) The bird flew distance AD = BE = 80(V3 - 1) m.
(ii) In right triangle CGF, we obtain
GF 80 80
tan 60° =
CG CG

Distance travelled by the ball after hitting the tree = FA= GB = CB -CG

(iv) Speed of the bird

= Stance tlown by it 20(V3+)
Time taken 2
m/sec
20(V3 +1)
-x60 m/min = 600 (V3 + 1) m/min
2

ASSERTION-REASON BASED MCQs

Each of the following examples (Reusu
contains STATEMENT-1 (Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 Mark the
and has following four choices answer.
(a),(b), (c) and (d), only one of which is
correct choice. the Correct
(a) Statement-1 and Statement-l.
Statement-2 are True; Statement-2 is a correct
(b) Statement-1 and Statement-2 are explanation for Statementl
True; Statemernt-2 is not a correct explanation for:
(c) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2
is False.
(d) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True.
 AND DIST
<br>

HEICHIS
Stalement-1 (A): If the gueles of
clevation
aAMPLE16 of 9
nd 16 of the lop
from the of a tover from
m 11.9
complementary. the
Ihenthe base of a points at
Statemenl-2 (R): If the angle of elevation heiglht ofthetovertover in the samedistances
eou its foot of a towcr is 12 m. line are
and in lhe same from tw0
points at
the heiglht of straight line distances
the tover is with it are of a and b
Jh complementary,
then
Ans
(a) PO be tower of height h metres
a
gMUTION Lct A
such that
points and Bat distances a and bfrom
served
trom
triangles APQand BPQ, we obtain the base the
of
angles of elevation
thetower of its
are [Link]
n right
= h
tan (90°- 0)
tan 0
=and
=
tan 0
=
and cot 0

h
tan x cot :
1
h ab
h=Jab A90°-9
A
true.
Thus, statement-2 is
Fig. 11.20
Using statement-2,find that the height h of the tower
we
in statement-1 is given by h
m=12m. So, statement-1 is also true and statement-2 =/9x16
is a correct explanation
for statement-1.
Hence, option (a) is correct.

MPLE 17 1
Statement-1 (A):
f the shadow of a vertical pole is ofits height, then the altitude of the
Sun is 60
Statement-2 (R): If the sun's altitude is 45 ,
then the shadow of a vertical pole is same as its
height.

1Q(sun)

h3
A
Fig. 11.21 Fig. 11.22
Ans.
(b)
SOLUTION
Let
PQ be Let the sun's
a vertical pole of height h
such that its shadow is of length
altitude
be 0. Then,

tan 0 = h = V3 =
tan 0
tan 60° =0=60°
h/J3
lhus,statement-1

LtABbea is true.
its shadow when sun's altitude
s45°.(see vertical pole of h metre and AC be the length of
Fig. neight
aABAC. we 11.22).
obtain

tan 45° = AB h
Hence,
theshadow
[Link] > AC = h

of the
pole. So,
statement-2 is true.
height as that
ACof pole AB is of the same
<br>

MATHEMATICS
11. 10

PRACTICE EXERCISES
MULTIPLECHOICE QUESTIONS (MCQs)

Mark the correct alternative in cach of the following: 3 timnes the height of
is
The lengthof slhadow of
a
tower on the plane ground the [Link]
angle of elcvation of sun is
(d) 90°
(b) 30o (c) 60°
(a) 45° [CBSE 2012,
201
a car, standing on the ground, from the top of a 75 m tower,
The angle of depression of tower (in metres) is is 30
The distance of the car from the base of the
(a) 25/3 (b) 50/3 (c) 75/3 (d) 150
[CBSE 2013
long just reaches the top ofa vertical
m wall. If the ladder makes an angle
3. A
ladder 15 of
60
with the wall, then theheight of the wall is
1543 15
(a) 15/3 m (b)
m
(c) -m (d) 15 m
2
[CBSE 2013

4. The angle of depression parked on the road from the top of a 150 m high tower is
of a car
The distance of the car from the tower (in metres) is
(a) 50/3 (b) 150/3 (c) 150/2 (d) 75
[CBSE 2014

5. If a pole 6 m high casts a shadow 2/3 m long on the ground, then sun's elevation is
(a) 60° (b) 45° (c) 30o (d) 90°
{CBSE 2023|
6. The angle of elevation of the top of a tower at a point on the ground 50 m away from the foot
of the tower is 45°. Then the height of the tower (in metres) is
50 50
(d)
(a) 50/3 (b) 50
3 [CBSE 201!
7. A ladder makes an angle of 60° with the ground when placed against a wall. If the foot of the
ladder is 2 m away from the wall, then the length of the ladder (in metres) is
4
(a) (b) 4/3 (c) 2/2 (d) 4
(CBSE 2014)

8. The ratio of the length of a rod and its shadow is 1: /3. The angle of elevation of the sun s
(a) 30o (b)45° (c) 60° (d) 90°
the
elevation of a tower from a
distance of 100 metres is 60°, then
9. If the angle of from its foot
height of the tower is
100 200
(a) 10043 m (b) m (c) 50/3 m (d)
m
3 cast a
shadow
10. Ifthe altitude of the sum is at 60°,then the height of the vertical tower that will
of length 30 m is
30
(a) 3043 m (b) 15 m (c) -m (d) 15V2m
foot and
11. If the angles of elevation of a tower from two points distant a and b(a > ) from its
the same straight line from it are 30° and 60°, then the height of the tower is

(a) Ja +b (b) /ab (c) Va-b (d)

<br>

t
he opoftower fromtvopoints
iof elevation ofwitlh
slralght ine it are complemenlary, lhen distanta andbfromthebnse and
the heiyh d
(b) Jub
the towt is
hou the angles depresson oftwoships onoppsite
of

fromalightbe 30" and45", Ithe heiyht of

wservedto te liyht bhouse is netres,sides the ight
hase ate
thedistaeetetveen the
ships is
1) hm (b) (/3 - 1)hm
la) (3
of the lop of a tower
angle of elevation standing on a horizontal plane
froan a
L The pránt A is
a distance
u.
toward the foot of the tower the angle of
Alter walking elevatitn is .
The height of
the tower
in fnd to te

(b)
coto - cotß (c)
(1) cota t cot|) tan ( tan o
of
poles height 20 and 14 are connected by
m

15. Thetops of two

m
a vwire, If
the wire nakK an
with horizontal, then the length of
anglee of 30 the wire is
(a) 12 m
(b) 10 m (c) 8 m
(d) 6 m
a
he lop of cliff 25 m a
highthe angle ofelevation of tower is found to be equalto the
ange of depression of the foot of the tower. The heighi of the tower is
(a) 25 m (b) 50 m (c) 75 m (d) 100 n
17. The angles of cdepression of two ships from the top of a light house are 45° and 34 rmards east.
I the ships are 100 m apart, the height of the light house is

50 50
(b) (c) 50(43 -1)m (d) 50(43+ ljm
J3-1
16. angle of elevation of a cloud from a point 200 m above a lake is 30 arnd the angle of
the
depression of its reflection in the lake is 609, then the height of the cloud abve the lake, is
(a) 200 m (c) 30 n (d) 40 rn
(b) 500 m
1

lhe height of a tower is 100 m. When the angle of clevation of the

sun hanges from 30° to 45,
ne shadow of the tower becomes x metres' Jes5, The value of x is
100
(d)
(a) 100

29, Two persons

m (b) 100/3m (c) 100(43-1)m
other. If fron the
T"
are a metres apart and the height of one is double that the
of
tops
niddle point of an observer finds the angular elevation of their
to be
thelinejoiningtheir feet,
complementary, of shorter post is
then the height the
) (d) 242
(c) a42
(b)
i mnetre above a lake is0. The
angle of depresion
'angle
ofits reflection
of clevation of a
cloud from a point h

is
in the lake is 45, The height the cloud of

h cot (45° + G)
(a) k tan (45"- 0) (d)
(45°
+ 0) - (c) h tan
(b) h cot (45° 0) At a 5econd
point h
2. A as foot
tuwoer same level its
subtends an tower is
angle of 30" at a | point the tower 60. The heiyht ofthe
on
Inelres
above the first, is
the depression of thefoot the
of

. (b) V3h n (C) 3

linethruugh
its base, the
lbfound a horizontal
eevaton that On walking x meters towards da chimney in chinney is
of
the
of its
top changes from 30° to 60". Theheight 2

(b) 2/3x 2
<br>

MAIIIEMAIK

11.12
sanding on level ground iis found to be 2xnetres
shadow of a tower
24. The length of the is 30° than when it was 45º. The height of the tower inmetresIorge
clevation
when the sun's (c) 2/3x (d) 3/2x in
(V3 - )
x
+ 1)x (b) of the other.
(a) (V3
the height of one is double If from the
are 'a' metres apart and finds the angular elevations of
25. Two poles feet an observer their
the line joining their smaller is tops
hte
point of height of the
complementary, then the (
metres (c) J2 melres (d) 2a rnetres
(a) v2a metres
(b) 2V m arc connectcd by a wire
height 16 m and 10 oT lengh
polcs of horizontal, thenl=
26. The tops of two an angle of 30° with the
I metres. If the wire
makes
(c) 12 (d) 10
(b) 16
(a) 26 a
from lamp-post and casts shadow oflengh
3 m a
a distance of
stands at
27. If a 1.5 m
tall girl of the lamp-post is
4.5 m on the ground, then the height (d) 2.8 m
2 m (c) 2.5 m
(a) 1.5 m (b)

CASE STUDY BASED MCQs

many people love to go out of the city and gainsore
28. know that during vacation period
We
decidod
experience about historical and scientific values.
Keeping in iews, Mr. Ramlal
country USA. In the: series of sightt seeing, heha
somewhere out of the country and chosen the on a bujldin
Then he decided to stand
first chosen the place sky tower of Mexico City. a
is 2.3 m stood on the top of builie.
wanted to see the sky tower. Mr. Ramlal whose height
distance between sky tower and
Ha

and started to look at the top of sky tower. The horizontal

of elevation of the top and
angle d

building is 120 mt. as shown in Fig. 11.23. The angle

Looking into the abor
depression of the bottom of the sky tower are 60° and 30° respectively.
circumstances to give the answer of the following questions:

60° 120 mt
2.3 mt 30

Fig. 11.23
it? on
(i) Whatis the height of the building excluding
the hheight Mr. Ramlal standing68.98 m
of

(a) 65.98 m (b) 66.98 m (c) 67.98 m (d)

(ii) Find the height of the building including height Mr.
of Ramlal?
45/3m
(a) 30V3 m (b) 35V3m (c) 40V3 m (d)
(iii) What is the length of line of sight of Mr. Ramlal to the base of the Sky tower 120/8m
(a) 40 V3 m (b) 80V3 m (d)
(c) 100N3 m ofsight
line
(iv) Find the distance from the eye of Mr.
Ramlal to top of the sky tower along the 240m
(a) 210 m (b) 220 m (c) 230 m
(d)
 DISTANCES
<br>

SANVD
1113
heightof thesky tower?
140V3 m
Findthe (b) (c) 1504]m
/(a) 120/3m -an
up 1000 teetover island and spots a
(d) 160/3 m
Ahehater lifts swimmer that
mark, the helicopler pilot determines the needtobe rescued. Using
angle of depression.
tistantlmd
a

60 Angle of Depregslorn

1.000 ft

Swimmer

Fig. 11.24

As the angle depression increases what will

of
be
the effect?
() the island.
(a) The helicopter gets further from
to the island.
(b) The helicopter gets closer
to the island.
(c) The swimmer gets closer
(d) swimmer gets further from the island.
The
as the angle of depression is halved
G) How does the swimmer's distance from island changes

from 60° to 30?

distance.
(a) The swimmer's distancedecreases to less than a quarter of his starting
(b) The swimmer's distancefrom the island doubles
(c) The swimmer's distancefrom the island increases three times.
(d) The swimmer's distancefrom the island is halved.
helicopter and swimmer's will be at same distance?
ror wnich angle of depression both the
(c) 60°
(d) 90°
(a) 30° (b) 45°
If he swims half of the distance,
what is
Let the swimmer start out 1019 #
from the island,
angle of depression?)
nearly 60° (d) nearly 90°
(a) nearly 30° (b) nearly 45° (c) position and
helicopter left its initial
lw) How would be affected if the
the angle of depression
moved vertically
upward?
l4)angle of depression doesn't change
) angle of depression increases
9) angle of depression decreases
an
(a) none
of the above Delhi. It has
in
Pitampura,
Thefollowing located
1988 and is
Coservation TV Tower was built in
below:
deck. Observe
the picture given
<br>

MATHEMATICS-x
11.14

Fig. 11.25
The TV Tower stands vertically on the ground. rom a point "A" on
elevation of top of the tower (point B) is 60°. There is a point the ground, the angle of
'C on the tower which is 78 m
(approx.)above the ground. The angle of elevation of the
30°.
point C from point A is found to be
(i) Draw a wel]-labelled figure, based on
the information given above.
(ii) Find the height of the tower
and the distance of the tower from point A.
CBSE 2022]

ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (c)
4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (a)
12. (b) 13. (a) 14. 9. (a) 10. (a) 11. (b)
(b) 15. (a) 16. (b) 17. (d)
18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (d) 21. (a)
23. (c) 24. (a) 25.
(b) 26. (c) 27. (c) 22. (c)
28. (i) (b) (ii)
(c) (iii) (b) (iv) (d) (v) (d)
29. (i) (a) (ii)
(c) (iii) (b) (iv) (a) (v) (b)
30. (ii) 234 m, 78/3 m
<br>

AREAS
RELATED
REVISION OF KEY TO CIRCLES
CONCEPTS
a AND FORMULAE
circlo of radius I, We
have
L
fora Circumference
A
= 2nt
(ii) Area =
semi-circlo r2
Gii) Arca of (iv) Area
2 of a quadrant =
Arca of a circle of diameter d is
(v) 4

(vi) If the circumferences of two circles are

in
ratio of C:c,?. the ratio C:C ,
are
then their areas
areas of two circles are in
(vii) If the in the
ratio JA, :JA,.
the ratio A,:A,, then their
circumnferences
2 IfR and
rare the radii of two concentric circles are
in the
such that R> r
enclosed by thetwo circles =
Area
R'-
. () If two circles touch internally, then the distancen(R-r) =
then,
n(R+ r) (R
-r)
r=
difference of their radii. between their centres
(ü) Iftwo circles touch externally, then is equal to
is equal to the sum of the radii.
the distance between their centres
the
G
The distance covered
by a rotating wheel in one complete
equal to the circumference
of the wheel. revolution is
fiv) The number of
revolutions completed by a
minute rotating wheel in one
Distance moved in one minute
Fig. 12.1
Circumference of the wheel
Consider a circle
of radius r having its centre at the
the circle as
shown in Fig. 12.2. The area enclosed point O. Let A, B, and C be three points on
namely, OBA by the circle is divided into two
and OBCAO. These regions are called sectors regions,
sectors has an arc
of the circle as a part of its boundary. of the circle. Each of these two
its boundary The sector OBA has arc AB as a part of
whereas the sector OBCAO has arc ACB as a
Jnese sectors are part of its boundary.
known as minor and major sectors
below: of the circle as defined
MINOR SECTOR A sector of a
circle is a part
circle is called a mninor sector if the minor arc of
the
of its boundary
hOR SECTOR A sector of a circle is called a major sector
circle ais part of its if the major arc of the
boundary. B
Following
are Some Flg. 12.2
() A
minor Important points to remember:
sector has an
sector angle 0,(say), subtended at
the centre of
the circle, whereasa major
has no angle.
") The sum
of the arcs circumference of the
circle. r
of fmajor and minor sectors of a circle is equalalto the

12.1
<br>

MAIMEMNIE
12.2
minor sectors of a circle is equal to the as
areas of major and area
(iii) Thc sum of the
boundary of sector r
a consists of an arc the circle and the two radii.
an angle of 0°. Then
of

heiru. o
(iv) The contains
a circle of radius
If a sector of x
sector = (Circumference of
the arc of the 360 360 thecirde)
(i) Length of
x
sector = 2r
4+
2t
(ii) Perimeter of the 360
=
x
(Area of the circle)
(iii) Area of the
scctor 360
360
major sector= - Area of minor segment
REMARK Arca of
to remember:
Some useful results =
described by minute hand in 60 minutes 360°
(i) Angle
=
one minute
:. Angle described by minute hand in
an angle of 6° in one minute.
Thus, minute hand rotates through
=
(ii) Angle described by hour hand
in 12 hours 360°

.. one hour = = 30°

Angle described by hour hand in
=
Angle described by hour hand in one minute

Thus, hour hand rotates through in one minute.

5. Consider a circle of radius r having centre at point O. Let PQ be a chord of the circle and let Rand
be two points on it as shown in Fig. 12.3. The area enclosedby the circle is divided by the chord
into two segments, viz. PRQ and PSQ. Each of these two segments has an arc of the ircle as ar:
of its boundary. Arc PRQ is the minor one and the arc PSQ is the major one.
sEGMENT OF A CIRCLE The region enclosed by an arc and a chord is called the segment of the circde
In Fig. 12.3, the shaded region PRQ is a segment of the circle. The boundary of a segma

consists of an arc of the circle and the chord determining the segment.
MINOR SEGMENT If the boundary of a segment is a minor arc of a circle, then
the corresponding segment is called a minor segment.
In Fig. 12.3, segment PQR is a minor segment.
MAJOR SEGMENT A segment corresponding a
major arc ofa circle is known as the
major segment.
In Fig. 12.3, segment PQS is a major segment.
(i) Area of the segment corresponding to a sector Fig. 123
= Area of the of sector angle
corresponding sector- Area of the corresponding triangle
360
x
r² -sincos
2 2
REMARK Area of the major segment
=x- 360
sin cos

PSQ = r
-Area of ninor segment 2 areaof
NOTE It should be noted the
that the area of the minor segment a than
corresponding sector but area of of circle is always less the
corresponding sector. the the major segment of a circle 1s greater than
<br>

CI
TED TTO
RELA
REAS oSOLVED EXAMPLES 123
MULTIPLE CHOICE
QUESTIONS (MCO6)

yerimeer of a sqiudre is cqual tothe perimeter

of a circle,
:
(b) 22 13 (c) 14: 11 thenthe ratio of
(d) 13:22 their orets
14 is
1: of each eide of
the square (NCERT EXEMPLARI
(a) Let the
length be a units
Ans NUTION and theradiusofthe circie
that be r units.
given
is Perimeter of the
square = Perimeter of the circle
Aa =

=
2nr
a;
= Area of the
square =
T_2, A, = Area
of the circle = nr
A,

= 11: 14
A

4
A, =r :nr* = T:4 = 22: 28
circumference of a circle and the perimeter of a square
EXAMPLE 2 If
the. are equal,
then
circle
= Area of the square (b) Area of the circle > Area of the square
of the
e)
Ara < Area the square of

Area
ofthe circle
c) definite can be said about the relation between the areas of the circle and the square
Nothing
(d)
[NCERT EXEMPLAR
(b)
1, we obtain
Ans.
o1UTION From example

A_ 11
14
A, < A, i.e. Area of the circle > Area of the square.
A,
EXAMPLE 3 1f the sum the circumferences
of of
two circles with radii r and is equal to the

cicumference of the circle of radius r, then

(b) r +
,>r (c) r+ <r (d) none of these
(NCERT EXEMPLAR
Ans. (a)

SOLUTION It is given that

2ur,
+
2rr, = 2r r=h +,
to the sum of the circumferences of the huo
EXKAMPLE 4 The radius of a circle whose circumference is equal
árcles of radii 36 cm and 20 cm is
cm (c) 28 cm (d) 16 cm
56 cm (b) 42
Ans. (a)
SOLUTION Let r be the radius of the circle. Then,
cm
Zr = 2TX 36 + 2r 20 r= (36+ cm=56
x 20)
of radi
of the areas
of the tuo circles
the sum
diameter of a circle whose area is equal to
DXAMPLE 5 The
4 cm and 7 cm is cm
la) 31 cm (d) 50
(c) 62 cm
(b) 25 cm
Ans.
(d) areas of two circles
to the sum the
of

e area is equal
SOLUTION
Let r
be the radius of the circle whose
radii 24 cm and 7 cm.
Then,
Tr*= n(24)
+
(7)²
=
576 +
49 r=25
Diameter = 2r = 50 cm.
EXAMPLE
circumferenCe is
circle is 64ncm,
6If the area then its cm
of a 21 n
a) 7 cmn (d)
Ans, (c) 14 T cm
(o) (b) 16 T cm
<br>

12.4
Then,
Let r be the
radius of thecircle.
SOLUTION
r=
8
64
16n cm
>
64n
- 2nr 2n x 8 cm he allo of the perimelers oftheir
Circunnferenc Ie
We ralio :9,
4

areas of lwo circles are in sem

ENAMPLE 7
I/ the (d) I:3
circles is (c) 1:2
(b) 3:2
(a) 2:3
Ans. (a)
of twocircles be
r and .It is given that
SOLUTION Let the radii => , : , 2:3=

nr: n
4:9 n:r; 4:9
of two
semi-circles. Then,
perimeters
Let R and B be the = n + 2r,
B =
H
+ 2r,
and
= (1 + 2)r
= (r + 2)r and P
P
R:B=r: 2:3
=
areas are in he
two circles are in the rattO
4 : 3, then their
EXAMPLE S If the circumferences of (d) 4:5
(b) 25 :16
(c) 2: 5
(a) 16: 25
Ans. a)
SOLUTION Let ,, be the radii of the circles whose circumferences are C.C, and
av

A, Az respectively. Then, =
= 2rr,, C, = 2rr,, A, = and A,
C
It is given that 4
G:CG
= 4
:5 1C
5 2rr
=
5 5

A,
-4)-() 16
25
Hence, A, :A, = 16: 25.
a
EXAMPLE 9 If the circumference of circle is doubled, then its area is

(a) halved (b) doubled (c) tripled (d) quadrupled

Ans. (d)
Let Rbe the radius of tr
SOLUTION Let r be the radius of a circle. Then, its circumference is 2ar.
circle whose circumference is 2 (2rr). Then,
2R = (2nr) = R= 2r
2

Let A, and A, denote the areas of old and new circles respectively. Then,
A, = Ir and A, = rR A, = r and A, = (2r)' = 4nr
n
A, = 4A
a semi-circle of radius r 5
EXAMPLE 10 The area of the largest triangle that can be inscribed in
(a) 2r (b) 2 (c) r (d) Vr INCERTEXEMPLAX
Ans, (b)

SOLUTION Area of AABC

=
(AB x CL) =rx CL
2
Clearly, it is greatest when CL is maximum and the maximum value of CL is r.
Greatest area of AABC = rxr=r A
Fig. 124
22 Cm, in
EXAMPLE 11 Jf n is taken the distance (in meters) covered by a
wheel of diameter 35
7
revolution is
<br>

CIRCLES
RELATED TO

oE4S (b) 1.1 (c) 9.625

125
(d) 9625
diameter of whecl =
35 cm,
We have,
OTION
ference = 1 X 35 cm - 22 35
Circum 7 100
m= 1.l m

covered in one revolution is 1.1 n. |: Circumference

distance td )
squat ABCDis inscribcd in a circle of raditus
a4MPLE 12
A
(b) 2,2 (c) 4-2
'r. The area of the square square
in units is
(d) 2

(b) Clearly, diagonal 'd'

of square ABCD
XUTION
is of
length 2r. Therefore.
square ABCD is of length 2r
Side ofthe
= =

of
square ABCD 2rx V2r 22
Area a circle Fig. 12.5
Hene,
The circumference
of
is 100 cm. The side of a square inscribed
a4MPLE 13 in the circle is
100
Cm (c)
50/2 10042
(b) Cm (d) Cm
T

Ans. (C)
radius of
the circle be r cm. It is given that
SVLUTION Let the
50
2r
=
100 >r=
50/2
Side of the
square = /2r = Cm [See Example 12)

of diameter 28 cm and à chord BC length 14 cim is shown below. The

of

with centre
O
circle A
tenth. is
circle, to the nearest
2AMPLE 14
emgth of the major arc of the
cm (c) 146.7 cm (d) 216.3 cm
la) 14.7 cm (b) 73.3
Ans. (b)
= 14 cn and chord AB = 14 cm. 14
Cm
OLUTION We have, radius of the circle 60°.
So, sOAB is an equilateral triangle and hence ZAOB= 14cm
60° x
Length of major arc ACB = 2r 2r
360° Fig. 12.6
2rr x5
= 2r
220 cm = 73.3 cmn
1-= 6 3

22 × 14 cm = 5 congruent circles
of

3 taking five
7 made by intersection of tuo
Olympic rings the point of rings to
be
of the
DXAMPLE 15 Given below is the picture chord formed by joining the thickness of the
a way that the regions assuming
radius 1 cm
each, intersecting In Such dotted
area offall the
circles
is also length 1 cm. Total
of

Hegligible is
(a)
la) 4| cm" (b) twopoints
\12 4 adjacentringat
Ans.
(d) intersects the
which segments
SOLUTION left-most ring there
are 8
Let
be the centre of the observe that
O

A
and [Link], cm. We
LAOB= 60°.
= 1
OB= AB
OA
=

lherefore, A and hence Therefore,

of a circle of
OAB is an equilateral 0
= 60°.

radius 1 cm and sector angle

 MATKS
<br>

12.6 B

Fig. 12.8
1 cm and sector angle
Fig. 12.7
segment ofa circle of radius 0- 60

one
Required area= 8
x Area of /3
60
4
X
IX 1 4 F,Gand Has the mid-points of sides
360 cm with E,
sqare side 14 AB,

,
a of
A BCD is portion is
EXAMPLE 16 In Fig. 12.9, The area the shaded
of 49
respectively.
CD and DA (d)
BC, (c) 98 cm? 2
(b) 49 cm?
(a) 44 cm²
= of semi-circle FEHF
Ans. (c) Area
SOLUTION Area of
shaded region HDCF
+ Area of rectangle
- Area of two quadrants
semi-circle of radius 7 cm
= Area of
Area of shaded
region
1
(Area of
square ABCD) G
+ Fig. 12.9
2
of semi-circle of radius
7 cm
-Area
x 14 cmn' = 98 cnm,2
l4
(Area of square ABCD)=x
2 cm. If t=2
of a circle is 37
between the circumference and the radius 7

EXAMPLE 17 If the difference

(in cm) of the circle is (d) 7
then the circumference (c) 14
(b) 44
(a) 15.4
Ans. (b)
of the circle be r
cm. It is given that
SOLUTION Let the length of the radius
cm
2Tr-r = 37 r|
22
2x-1]=
7
37
r=7
Circumference = 2r =2x 2x7cm = 44 cm
measure of its mmoru
of a
sector of a circle is 1/6 to the
area of the circle. The degree
EXAMPLE 18 Area
is
(b) 60o (c) 45° (d) 30°
(a) 90°
Ans. (b) angle be 6°.ti
of the circle be r
and the degree measure of the sector
SOLUTION Let the radius
given that
1
80
6
360 of 60,
radius 7 cm, making angle
three sectors of
a of
EXAMPLE 19 In Fig. 12.10, there are circle

40 at ethe centre. The areaof the shaded region (incm?) isUsen = 0

(a) 77 (b) 154 (c) 44 (d) 22 80

Ans. (a) 12.10
SOLUTION Let A be the area of the shaded region. Then, Fig.
 KELATES
<br>

AREAS

40 60 + 80 22 12.7
A = |7 cm?
360 360 360 Using : A
0,
154 em 360 360
77 cm 360
9
u
The hour lhand
of
clock is 6 cm long. The
EXAMPLE 20
angleswept by it between
7:20 AM
and 7:55 AM
(b) (c) 35°
(d) 70°
(CBSE 2023|
Ans. (b)
OLUTIONV The hour hand rotates at
the rate of per minute.

Angle swept by hour hand in 35 minutes

XAMPLE 21
What is
the length of
tthe arc of the
F
sector of a circle with radius cm and central
14
cm (b) 44 Cm (c) 88 cm angle 90 ?
la) 22 (d) 11 cm
Ans. (a)
=
Length of the arc x2nr 90 22
SOLUTION
360 x2xx14 |cm = 22 em

CASE STUDY BASED EXAMPLES

vMPIE 22
Pookalam is the flower bed or flower pattern designed during Onam in Kerala. It is similar as
Rongoli in North India and Kolam in Tamil Nadu. During the festival of Onam, your school is planning to

conductaPookalam competition. Your friendwhose partner in competition, suggests uo design given below:
Design I: This design is made with a circle of radius 32 cm having equilateral triangle ABC in the middle as
shown in Fig. 12.11.
Design Il: This Pookalam is made with 9 circular designs ench of radius 7 cm.

Fig. 12.11
O In design-, the side of equilateral triangle is
(d) 64 cm
(c) 48 cm
(a) 12J3 cm (b) 32 /3 cm
triangle is
design-1, the altitude the equilateral
of (d) 52 cm
(a) 8 cm (c) 48 cm
(b) 12 cm
ii) In design-II, the area of square ABCD is (d) 1944 cm?
(a) 1264 cm? (c) 1830 cm?
(b) 1764 cm²
iv)In cm²
design-lI,
the area of each circular region is (d) 154
(a) 124
cm 132 cm² (c) 144 cm?
(b) square ABCD is cm?
design-II, the area of remaining portion of (d) 278 centre of the
(a) 378 the 340 cm? be the O
(c) cm and let
SOLUTION cm (b) 260 cm? be of length 2a
itcle. Let each of equilateral triangle
side the
<br>

MNTICSY%

12.8

AODB, we have
(i) Ans. (b): ln 0and ZBOD 60?
OB 32
cm, BD
BI)
sin G0
OB 32

BC = 2a 32/3 cm 2,

AODB, we have 80
(ii) Ans. (c): In Ba
OD 1 OD OD= 16 cm
COs 60o 32
OB 2
+ OD = (32
+ 1l6) cm 48cm Fig. 12.12
AD AO
=
V3 x
32/3 cm = 48 cm
AD = (Side)
ALITER: 2 2
design-II that
(ii) Ans. (b): It is evident from = 3 x 14 cm = 42
cmn
of each circle
AB = 3x Diameter cm
square ABCD = (42) cm = 1764
Area of
= 154 cm
= 22,72 cm²
(iv) Ans. (d): Area of each
circular region
square ABCD
Ans. (a): Area of the remaining portion of
(v) designs
= Area of square ABCD- Area of 9 circular =
square ABCD = (1764-9 x 154) cm? 378 cm2
Area of remaining portion of so that it can be fasteyod
of jewellery which has a pin at the back
EXAMPLE 23 A brooch is a small piece
sonme brooches are shown below.
a dress, blouse or coat. Designs of

A B

Fig. 12.13
mm. The wire is also used
Design A: Brooch A is made with silver wire in the form ofa circle with diameter 28
for making 4 diameters which divide the circle into 8 equal parts.
circumference
Design B: Brooch B is made of two colours, Gold and Silver. Outer part is made with Gold. The
of the silver part is 44 mm and the gold part is 3 mm wide everywhere.
(i) In design A, the total length of the wire required is
(a) 180 mm (b) 200 mm (c) 250 mm (d) 280 mm
(ii) In design A, the area of each sector of the brooch is
(a) 44 mm? (b) 52 mm2 (c) 77 mm (d) 68 mm²
(iii) In design B, the circumference of the outer part (golden) is
(a) 48.49 mm (b) 82.2 mm (c) 72.50 mm (d) 62.86 mm
(iv) In design B, the diference of the areas of golden and silver parts is
(a) 18 T (b) 44 T (c) 51 n (d) 64 complet
(v) A boy is playing with broocl B. He makes revolutions wvith along its edge. How
many
revolutions must it take to cover T
80 mm?
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4
SOLUTION ) Ans. (b): In design A, (d) 5
diameter of the circle is 28 mm.
Circumference of the circle = TX 28 mm 22
=x7
28 mm = 88 mm
<br>

ARE
Length of the wire uscd in 4 diameters =
of the wire 4
Total length required (112 4 28 nm
112 mm.
129
88) mm
1 200 mm
Area of eaclh sector R (Arca of the circle)
Ans. (c): 22
i)
Ans.(d):
Let mm be r tlhe radius of the silver part. Then, l8714 mn' - 77 rmm'
(ii) 22
2x 7 xr 44 I=7 mm.

Brooch B
is (7 +
3) mm
radius of the
=
10 mm.
The
Circumference of
the outer part = 2 x
10 mm = 62.86 mn
Required difference =
n(10 -7) = t(17)(3) =
Ans.(c): 51z mm²
av)
(C): Outer circumference of Brooch x
2n 10 mm =20z mm.
B
Ans.
) cover 80 mm brooch B takes n
Suppose to complete revolutions. Then,
= 4
20x x n = 80N 1
EXAMPLE
ann ual aday function of a school, the organizers
24 In an wanted to give a cash príze
menmento to their best
students. Each memento is made as shown along with
of silver
in the figure and its base ABCD
rate
the front side. The plating is 20 percm2. is shown
fm
Rasadon the
above, answer the following questions:
What is the area of the quadrant
ODCO?

Gi) Find the area of AAOB. Cm

D
cost
is the total
of

(üi) What silver plating the shaded part ABCD? 3 cm

A
arc CD?
(iv) What is the length of
Fig. 12.14
[CBSE 2023]
1
=
sOLUTION (i) Area of quadrant ODCO (Area of a circle of radius 7 cm)
4
1 22 cm =38.5 cm?
7*X7
() Clearly, AOAB is isosceles right angled triangle.
Area of AOAB =
1
(OA x OB) =(10
1 x 10) cm =50cm?
2 2
– of quadrant ODCO
(m) Area of shaded part ABCD = Area of AOAB Area
= (50 -38.5) cm=11.5 cm?
7 cm)
= 1 (Circumference of the circle of radius
0) Length of the arc CD
= 11 cm
-*2x*
development authority
:7 cm
of Dehradun
decided to build
an

EXAMPLE
25 Governing council of a local public have adequate space for
parking.
adventurous which will
playground on the top ofa hill,
Parking
Area
Unils
Playground

14 Units
Fig. 12.15
 MATHEMATICSY
<br>

12.10

rectangular ployground, witha semi-circular area allotted

After survey, it wns decided to build are for
One cnd of the playgrownd. The lcngth and
breadth of the reclangular playground 14 units parking
of radius 2 nits on one side for special scats. Based and 7 units,
nt
respectively. There are two quadrants on
the above
information, ansvcr the folloving questions:
area?
(i) What is the total yerimeter of the parking
Iwo quadrants?
(ii) What is the total arca parking and the
of

(iii) What is the ratio

area of
playground to the area of parking area?
of

per
(iv) Find the cost fencing the playgromd and parking area at the rate of ?2
of
lit
SOLUTION (1) Total perimeter of parking area
= 14
tx227
7
units = 25 units

1,
(ii) Total area of parking and two quadrants 2
= 25.53 sq. units

(Gi) Areaof playground

= 14x7 -2x2-98-sq units =
642
7
Sq. units

Area of parking - sq. units

642 77 =
Area of playground : Area of parking = 2568:539
7 4

fencing the playground and parking area =* 14 +14

(iv) Cost of
+7+* *2 =*92
ASSERTION-REASON BASED MCQs
Each of the following examples contains STATEMENT-1 (Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason)
and has following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of which is the correct answer. Mark the
correct choice.
(a) Statement-1 and Statement-2 are True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(b) Statement-1 and Statement-2 are True; Statement-2 is not a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(c) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False.
(d) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True.
EXAMPLE 26 Statement-1 (A): If the circumferences of two circles are in the raio 4 :5, then their arezs
are in the ratio 16: 25.
Statenent-2 (R): If the circumferences of two circles are in the ratio C:C, then ther
areas are in the ratio
C:C,
Ans. (a)

, respectively. CiC, be the circumferences and A,, A, be the areas of two circles
SOLUTION Let
Thern,
of radii h a

G = 2rv;, C; = 27tr,, A, = ,A, = n

C 2T
and
A,
and
A4-and
A1

A
Thus, statement-2is true. It is given that Therefore,
Cz 5
 ARE
<br>

16
25
A, : A,= 16:25
Az 12.11
statement-1 is also true and statement-2
So,
option (a) is corrcct. is a correct
Hence, explanation
for statement-1.
EXAMIILE 27 Statemett-1 (A): The sum of the
absolute circumference
ratio 5: 8 to and area of a circle
radius 4 cm. tlhe sum
of the circumferenceof radius 3 cm
Statement-2 (R):
,
The sums
are in
of
the circumferences
the absolute ratio and areas of atwo
and area of a is in the
circle of
circles of
Ans. (a) r(2 +
r):(2+ radii r,
and
,).
SOLUTION Let C,C, be the circumferences
and A, and
and
, respectively. Then, A,
be the areas of
two circles
= + nr of radii r
G+ A, 2rtr
(2 + r) and, C, + A, =
G + A,
nri (2 + r) n(2 + h) 2r +
rí =
T, (2 + r)
C, + Az Rr, (2 + ) (2 + )
So, statement-2 is
true.
..i)
Replacing 1 by 3 and , by 4 in (), we obtain
G + A1
3x5
C, + Az 4 x 6 C+A, :C, + A, =5:8
.tatoment-1 is also true and statemernt-2 is a correct
explanation for statement-1.
Hence, option (a) is correct.
YAMPLE 28 Statement-1
(A): The radius of the circle whose area is equal to the sum
the areas oftwo of

circles of radii 10 cm and 24 cm is 26 cm.

Statement-2 (R): The radius r of the circle whose area is equal to the sum the areas of
of tuo
circles of radii r, and r, is given by r = r
Ans. (c)
+.
SOLUTION Let A,, A, denote the areas of two circles of radii and r, respectively and let
A = A + Az. Then,

..)
So,statement-2 is not true.
Putting r,= 10 and r, = 24 in (i), we obtain

r=V10² +
242
=/100 +
576 = V676 = 26
So, statement-1 is true. Hence, option (c) is correct.
radü difer by
Statement-1 (A): Ifa race track is in the form of ring whose outer and innersum
a
EAAMPLE 29
area of the track and the of the two
10 m then the absolute ratio of the
boundries is 10: 3. radii are R and
race track is in the form ofa ring whose outer and inner
Statement-2 (R): Ifa two boundries are in the
the area of the track and the sum of its
then
absolute ratio (R -r):2.
Ans. (d)
boundries. Then,
SOLUTION sum of lengths oftwo=
Let A
denote the area of the track and Cbe the 2nR 2nr 2n (R
+
+
r)
and, C=
R? - r2): (R r)(R -r)
+
A = = n (R² + =
..(.)
Then, r²
A:C= (R
+
r) (R-r): 2r (R+r)= (R -r) :2
<br>

MATHEMATICS%
12.12
=
Replacing R-rby 10 in (i), we obtain: A:C 10: 2 5:1
So, statement-2 is true.

So, statement-1 is not true.

Hence, option (d) is correct.
a segment of a circle formed by n
The area
of
chord
EXAMrLE 30 Statement-1 (4): 4 cm sulbending an angle of 90° at the centre is (2 T cho of
4) cm' length
+
area n
segment
of
ofa circleformed by a chord of
Statement-2 (R): The length 2a subtending
an angle of 90 at tlhe centre is (r - 2) sq.
nits.

Ans. (d)
SOLUTION AOAB sa right triangle right angled at O.
AB
+
OB - AB 2r2 - AB' r= S2a
OA

Area of segment ACB=

90
360
---() =
(7-) C
Fig.12.16
So, statement-2 is true.
Replacing 2a by 4 i.e. a by 2, we obtain
= x Cm? = (2r - 4) cm?
Area of the segment ACB ( -2)
So, statement-1 is not true. Hence, option (d) is correct.

PRACTICE EXERCISES
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS(MCQs)
Mark the correct alternative in each ofthe following:
1. If the circumference and the area of a circle are numerically equal, then diameter of the cirde i.

(a) (b) 27 (c) 2 (d) 4

(CBSE Sample Paper 2024)

2. If the difference between the circumference and radius of a circle is 37 cm., then using =
the circumference (in cm) of the circle is
(a) 154 (b) 44 (c) 14 (d) 7
(CBSE 2013]
3. A wire can be bent in the form of a circle of radius 56 cm. If it is
bent in the form of a square, then
its area will be
(a) 3520 cm? (b) 6400 cm? (c) 7744 cm? (d) 8800 cm²
a
4. If wire is bent into the shape of a square, then the area of
the square is 81 cm“. When wire >

bent into a semi-circular shape, then the area of the seni-circle will be
(a) 22 cm? (b) 44 cm? (c) 77 cmn? (d) 154 cm²
a
5. A circular park has path of uniform width around it. The difference
between the outer and
inner circumferences of the circular path is 132 m. Its width is
(a) 20 m (b) 21 m (c) 22 m (d) 24 m
a
6. The radius of wheel is 0.25 m. The number of revolutions
it wil make to travel a distanceoa
km will be
(a) 2800 (b) 4000 (c) 5500 (d) 7000
7. The ratio of the outer and inner perimeters of a circular path is
wide, the diameter of the inner circle is 23:22, If the path 1s
(a) 55 m (b) 110 m (c) 220 m
8. The circumference ofa circle is 100 cm. (d) 230 m
The side of square inscribed in the circle 1s
a
<br>

RELA
AREAS

100
(a)
50/2cm (b) Cm
(c) 5042 12.13
area of the incircle of an equilateral -Cm
(cd) 0045
9. The trianglc of side
(a) 22/3
cm² (b) 231cm? 42 cm is
CIm

area of incircle of an equilateral (c) 462cm?

Thc cm (b) 71.7 cm triangle
10.
(a) 71.5
is 154 cm'.The (d) 924cm?
of a (c) 72.3 perimeter
11. If
an arc circle forms 90° at
ie the centre of
cm ofthe
triangle
drcumference of the circlo (d) is
the circle, then 72,7 cm
(a) 1:4 (b) 3:4 the ratio of its
Theperimeter ofa triangle is 30xCm (c) 1:3 length to
12. and the circumference the
(d) 2:3
triangle is of its
cm? (b) 140 incircieis cm.
(a) 70 cm? 88 The area of
a (c) 660 cm? the
area of circle is 220 cm'.The area of a square
13. The (d) 420 cm?
inscribed in it
(a) 49 cm? (b) 70 cm?
(c) 140 is
cm?
14. Iftthe circumference of a circle increases (d) 150 cm?
from 4n to
(a) halved (b) doubled 8, then its area is
(c) tripled
If the radius
of a circle is diminished (d) quadrupled
15. by 10%, then area
its is diminished
(a) 10% (b) 19% by
area of a square (c) 20%
is Same as the area of a (d) 36%
circle, then the ratio
of n, is of their perimeters, in terms
(a) :3 (b) 2: I (C) 3: I
4 An arc of length
15.7 cm subtends a right angle n:2 (d)
at the centre of the circle. The radius of the circle
is (use n = 22/7)
(a) 20 cm (b) 10 cm (c) 15 cm
18 (d) 12 cm
The ratio of the areas of a
circle and an equilateral triangle whose diameter
respectively equal, is and a side are

(a) :V2 (b) n: v3 (c) J3:T (d) 2:

19. If the sum of the areas of two circles with radii r, and r, is equal to the area of a circle of radius
r, +
then
(a) >2 (b) =2 (c) <
(d) none of these
20. IF
the perimeter of a semi-circular protractor is 36 cm, then its diameter is
(a) 10 cm
(b) 12 cm (c) 14 cm (d) 16 cm
21. The perimeter of the sector OAB shown in Fig. 12.17, is
64
(a)
3
CIm (b) 26 cm 7cm

(c)
64 A

5
Cm (d) 19 cm Fig. 12.17
22. Ifthe perimeter a of
radius cm is 29 cm, then its area is
6.5
of sector of a circle
(a) 58 cm? (c) 25 cmn? (d) 56 cm?
(b) 52 cm?
cm is equal to 20r cm,
then
23. If the area
of a
sector of a circle bounded by an arc of length 5r
its radius
is (d) 10 cm
(a) 12 cm (c) 8 cm
(b) 16 cm
24. The
area square of side 10cm is
the circle that can be inscribed in
a
of
<br>

MATHEMATICS-X

12.14
(c) 100 Cm
2 (d) 25n Cm2
(b) 30 cm2
(a) 40n cm? 37 cm, then
and radius of circle is
a
circumference its area is
25. If the difference bctween the (c) 200 cm? (d) 150 cm2
(a) 154 cm? (b) 160 cm² diameters 10 cm
a is eaqual to the sum of the arcas of two circles of and24 cm.
26. If the area of circle larger circle (in cm) is (d) 14
then diameter of the 26 (c) 17
(a) 34 (b) (CBSE
a square of
side 6 cm is 2012)
can be inscribed in
27. The arca of the circle that 18 n CIm (c) 12 I Cm? (d) 9n cm2
n
(a) 36 cm? (b) INCERT EXEMPLARI
area to the sum of areas of two circular
a
single circular park equal in
It is proposed to build neW park would b
28.
diameters 16 m and 12 m in a locality. The radius of the
parks of (c) 20 m (d) 24 m
(a) 10 m (b) 15 m [NCERT EXEMPLAR, CBSE Sarmple Paper 2024)
area increases by
29. If diameter of a circle is increased by 40%, then(c)its80% (d) 48%
(a) 96% (b) 40%
In Fig. 12.18, the shaded
area is
30. + 2) cmn' (d) 5(r- 2) cm
(b) 25 (7- 2)
cm (c) 25 (r
(a) 50 (r- 2) cm²
31. In Fig. 12.19, the area of the
segment PAQ is
a?
a (c) a' (7 -1) (d)(74 + 1)
+ 2) (n- 2)
(a)(n4 (b)
4 4
B

A S,
o120•
L 90° 120
P 150° A
10 g0° 10cm B

Fig. 12.20 Fig. 12.21

Fig. 12. 18 Fig. 12. 19

32. In Fig. 12.20, the area of segment ACB is

(d) none of these
(a) (b)

33. In Fig. 12.21, the ratio of the areas of two sectors S and S, is
(a) 5:2 (b) 3:5 (c) 5:3 (d) 4:5
34. If the area of a sector of a circle bounded by
an arc of length 5T Cm is equal to 20x cm“, then
the radius of the circle is
(a) 12 cm (b) 16 cm (c) 8 cmn (d) 10 cm
area of a sector of a circle is
5
of the area of the circle, then the sector angle s
35. If the 18
equal to
(a) 60o (b) 90° (c) 100° (d) 120°
is

area a a 7 area sector angle

36.
If the of sector of circle is of the of
the circle, then the
equal to
(a) 110 (b) 130° (c) 100o (d) 126°
37. In Fig. 12.22, if ABC is an equilateral triangle, then shaded area is equal to
-
(b)
<br>

RELATE)
AREAS 12.15

60

B »3 cm

Fig. 12.23
Fig. 12.22 Fig. 12.24
12.23, the arca of the shaded region i
Fig;.
18. In (b) 6ncm?
Cm? (c) 9r cm?
(a) 3n (d) 7rcn
12.24, there are two concentric circles of radii 8 cm and 5 cm. A sector forms an
In Fig. common centre The area of the shaded
O
angle of
39. region is
60° at the
65-n cm? 295
(b) (c)
(a) 6 (d) 19rcm?
a circle is cm. 20
It is divided into
The
radius of four parts of equal area by drawing
40. it. Then, three
concentric circles inside the radius of the largest of three concentric circles
drawn is
cm (b) 10\3 cm (c) 10 cm
(a) 1045 (d) 1042 cm
area a
sector whose perimeter is four times its
41. The
of,
radiusr units, is

(a) sq.
4
units (b) 2rsq. units (c) r sq. units (a)sq. units
a circle of
radius 28 cm makes an angle of 90° at the centre, then the area ofthe
42. If a chord of
major segment is
(b) 1456 cm? (c) 1848 cm? (d) 2240 cm?
(a) 392 cm?
lfarea of a circle inscribed in an equilateral triangle is 48n square units, then perimeter of the
triangle is
(b) 36 units (c) 72 units (d) 4843 units
(a) 17/3 units
44
The hour hand of a clock is 6 cmn long. The area swept by it between 11.20 am and
11.55 am is
(b) 5.5 cm? (c) 11 cm? (d) 10 cm?
(a) 2.75 cm?

point in the interior of the square such that ACED

is
45. ABCD is a square of side 4 cm. If E is a

equilateral, then area of A ACE is

(a) 2(v3 -1) cm? (b) 4(V3 -1)cm? (c) 6(/3- 1)cm? (d) 8(/3- 1) cm?
r
area a uniform width h surrounding a circular region of radius is
*0. 1he of circular path of
(d) n (h + r)h
(a) (2r + h) r (b) r (2r + h) h (c) n(h +r)r
cm, then area of sector
5. cm of a circle with centre O and radius 5
anD1S chord of length
a
OAB
is 25 cm
3 25n cm² (d)
(a)
8
cm
(b) 8 (c) 3
48. The area are numerically equal, is
of a circle whose area and circumference units
(a) 2r sq. (c) 6n sq. units (d) 8nsq.
units (b) 4r sq. units it is
at centre of the circle, then
49, If an arc
of a circle of radius 14 cm subtends
an angle of 45° the
 MATHEMATKS,
<br>

12.16
(b) a major
arc of length 77 cn
5.5 cm a ninorarc of length 11 cm
(a) a minor arc of length 38.5 cm (d)
area
(C) a najor arc of length r,
with radii and r is equal
to th of a circleofradivn
areas of two circles
50.
I
the sum ofthe
r, then

(a) r I
+
(b) '+'2 MCOs
BASED
CASE STUDY
Aarushi paínted a design on
cover for a rOund table. cover is 28 cm. Taking it. Ithas
table a
mother is making radius of the 3 -1.73
51. Aarushi's as shown in Fig. 12.25. The
sx cqual designs questions:
answer the following
mcasure of ZAOB is
(i) In Fig. 12.23, (c) 30° (d) 65
(a) 60° (b) 70°
(ii) The area of AAOB is cm (c) 333 cm? (d) 339.08 cm?
(a) 332 cm? (b) 322
OAPB is
(iii) The area of sector (d) 246.40 cm?
407.66 cm (c) 244.20 cm
(a) 410.66 cm (b)
(iv) The area of design is (d) 455 cm?
(b) 414 cm? (c) 429.48 cm? Fig. 12.25
(a) 411 cm2
cost of making the design at the rate of ? 0.50 per m, is
(v) The
(c) 215.74 (d) ? 274.14
(a) ? 214.74 (b) ? 210.74
a block painting on a square handkerchief
as shown in Fig. 12.26. She
a
52. In class activity Sikha did information answer eat
radius 7 cm. On the basis of above
made nine designer circles each of
of the following questions:
(i) The perimeter of the nine
circles is
(b) 396 cm (c) 198 cm (d) 168 cm
(a) 44 cm
(iü) The perimeter of the square is
(a) 168 cm (b) 84 cm (c) 198 cm (d) 126 cm
(iii) The area of the square is
(a) 1674 cm? (b) 1746 cm? (c) 1764 cm? (d) 1476 cm? Fig. 12.26
(iv) The area of the remaining portion of the square is
(a) 837 cm2 (b) 378 cm² (c) 738 cm? (d) 783 cm?
(v) If each block design costs ? 4 and the cost to paint the remaining area of the handkercue
is 0.10 per cm, then the total cost is
(a) ? 73 (b) ?36 (c) 37.8 (d) 73.80
53. Figure 12.27 depicts an archery target marked with its five scoring areas from the ent
outwards as Gold, Red, Blue, Black and White. The diameter of the region representing Gou
score is 21 em and each of the other bands is 10.5 cm wide. Based on the above informaton
answer each of the following questions:
(i) The circumferences of the regions representing Gold, Red, Blue, Black and White sco
areas are in the ratio
(a) 1:1 :1:1:1 (b) 1:2:3:4:5 (c) 2 :3:4:5:6 (d) 1:3:5:7:9
area region
(ii) If
the of
the region representing Gold scoring area is then the area the
A,
of

representing Red scoring area is

(a) 2A (b) A (c) 3A (d) 4A
<br>

CIRCLES
RELATED TO
AREAS.

arca of the region representing 12.17

Ifthe Gold
ii) area of the region representing Blue scoring,
score arca area is A,
then the
VIhto

(a) 24
(b) 3A (c) 4A
is

area of the region representing (d) 5A

If
(iv) theoft Gold
arca the region representing Black scorescoring arca
(b) 7A area is A,
then the
(a) 84 (c) 6A is
area
of
the region representing (d) 5A Fig. 12.27
(v) Ifthe Red scoring area
representing Blue scoring arca is is A,
then the area
3 of
the region
(a)
(b)
A
silver
(c) 2A
(d)
with
made
A
brooch is
5
wire in
the form a 3
of circle with
used in making
54. diameters which divide
intformation answer the circle into 10 diameter 35 mm. The
Using the above equal sectors as wire is also
circumference
of
the following questions: shown in
The the brooch is Fig. 12.28.
(a) 100 mm (b) 120 mm (c) 110 mm
area of the brooch ie (d) 95 mm
(ii) The
A)962.5 mm
(b) 926.5 mm (c) 960.5 mm2
(ii) The total length of silver wire used (d) 956.5 mm?
in making the brooch is
(a) 258 mm (b) 285 mm (c) 185 mm
(iv) The area of each sector of (d) 385 mm
the brooch is
(a) 69.25 mm (b) 92.65 mm?
(c) 86.25 mm?
lo) The sector
angle of each sector of the brooch is (d) 96.25 mm? Fig. 12.28
(a) 60° (b) 18° (c) 36
(d) 30
ASSERTION-REASON
BASED MCQS
Each of the following
and has following
examples contains STATEMENT-1 (Assertion)
four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), and STATEMENT-2 (Reason)
correct choice. only one of which is correct the answer. Mark the
la) Statement-1and Statement-2 are True;
b) Statement-1 Statement-2 is a correct
and Statement-2 are True; Statement-2 explanation for Statement-1.
(o)
Statement-1 is True, is not a correct explanation for Statement-1.
Statement-2 is False.
(d) Statement-1
is False, Statement-2
55.
is True.
Statement-1 (A):
If the areas of two circles are
in the ratio 9: 16, then their circum-ferences
in the ratio 3:4. are
Statement-2 (R):
If the areas of two circles are
in the ratio A,: A,, then their circum-
are in the ratio ferences
56. Statement-1 JA, :JA,.
(A): It areas of
two circles are in the ratio 9 : 25, then
Statement-2 ratio 3:5. their radii are in the
(R): If
are the areas of two circles,
Aj, A

then their radii are in the ratio

31,
Statement-1 JA :JAz.
(A): A
track isin the form of a circular ring. If inner and outer
the circumferences
of the track are 352 m and 396 m respectively, then
the width of the track
Statement-2 14 metres.
(R): If the
inner and outer circumferences of a circular annulus are and C; G

respectively, then the width of the annulus is

2r
<br>

MATHEMATICSY

12.18
arca of the region
circumscribe
a square
of side n', then the outside
Statement-1 (A}: A circle
58. Sq. units.
enclo0sed by the circleis
the square 0nd
square of sideo 2 units. If the.•circletouches allthesidey t

circlo is inscribed ina arca of

the region outside the circle and insidethe
A

Statement-2 (R):
of the square, tlhen the
square is (4 - n)
sq. units.
of a clock is 7 cm, then the. areaswNept by
Statement-1 (A): If the length of the minute hand it
59.
77cm
minutes is
in 5 r in
an arc of a sector of angle 0 and radius given
Statenent-2 (R): The length of b
x 2tr.
l=
360
minor segment
of a
circle is always less than the area of the
60. Statement-1 (A): The area of
the
corresponding sector of the circle.
of circle is always less than the area of the
a

Statement-2 (R): The arca of the major segment

corresponding sector of the circle.
arc cut from aciea
61. Statement-1 (A): If three sectors whose sector angles are 35°, 65° and 80°
area of the circle.
then the sum of their sector areas is half of the
If 3 sectors of sector angles 0,°,0,° and 6,°
are cut from a cirele t
Statement-2 (R):
(0, + 0, + 8,)r.
radius r, then the sum of the areas of these sectors is 360
then the
62. Statement-1 (A): If a motorcycle wheel covers 22 km distance in 5000 revolutions,
radius of the wheel is 70 cm.
Statement-2 (R): If a chord of a circle of radius r subtends a right angle at the centre of the
sq. units.
circle, then area of the corresponding segment is (n-2)r
4

ANSWERS
1, (d) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (c)
10. (d) 11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (b) 16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (b)
19. (b) 20. (c) 21. (a) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (d) 25. (a) 26. (b) 27. (d)
28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (b) 31. (b) 32. (d) 33. (d) 34. (c) 35. (c) 36. (d)
37. (a) 38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (b) 41. (c) 42. (c) 43. (c) 44. (b) 45. (b)
46. (b) 47. (d) 48. (b) 49. (d) 50. (b)
51. (i) (a) (i) (d) (iii) (a) (iv) (c) (v) (a)
52. (i) (b) (ii) (a) (iii) (c) (v) (d)
(iv) (b)
53. (i) (b) (ii) (c) (iii) (d) (v) (a)
(iv) (b)
54. G) (c) (ii) (a) (v) (c)
(iii) (b) (iv) (d)
55. (a) 56. (a) 57. (d) 58. (b) 59. (b) 60. (c) 61. (a) 62. (b)
<br>

SURFACE
AREAS
ANDVOLUMES
REVISION OF KEY CONCEPTS
AND FORMULAE
13.1, if l, bband
denote respectively
h Fig. area =
thelength,breadth
Total I surface of the cuboid 2(lb
)
+
bh + li) square and height of a
Volume of the cuboid
=
Area of units. cuboid,then
the base x height
() = =
lbh cubic units.
(i)
Diagonal of the cuboid J² +b +
i units.
(iv)
Area of four walls of a room =
2(+ b) h sq. units.
D'

B/
A
B'

Cuboid

A Cube
Fig.13.1 A

2 h Fig. 13.2, if the length of each Fig.13.2

edge of a cube is 'a' units, then
) Total surface area of the cube = a
6 sq. units
) Volume of the cube = a' cubic
units
(ü) Diagonal
of the cube = /3 a units.
n Fig. 13.3,
if r and h denote respectively
cylinder, then the radius of the base and height
of a right circular
) Area of each
(ü) Curved
end = r
surface area =
(m) Total 2Trh
surface area =
W) Volume = 2r (h + r) sq. units
= Area
r'h of the base x
height
A'(...
B

A... B

Fig.13.3
Fig. 13.4
Grqular
if andr
cvlinder, R of a hollow right
denote and internal radii
thern respectively the external
Area of
each
end=t(R-
r)
<br>

13.2 MATHEMNTK
= (R + r)
(ii) Curved surface area of hollow cylinder 2n
(iii) Total surface area
= 2n (R + r) (R + -r)
(iv) Volume of material h(R' -p2)
5. In Fig. 13.5, if r, Ih and l denote respectively the radius of base, heicht.
tand slant
circular cone, then height
+ ? (ii) Curved surface
(i)
² =' =
area =
(iii) Total surface area +
nr* Trl
1
x Height)
(iv) Volume = rh =Area of base
3

Fig.13.5
Fig.13.6
6. In Fig. 13.6, for a sphere of radius r, we have
(i) Surfacearea = 4nr (ii) Volume = 4
(ii) Surface area of a solid hemisphere = 3r
7. In Fig. 13.7, if R and rare respectively the outer and inner
radiiof a spherical shell. then
(i) Outer surface area =4R (ii) Volume of material 4
3
n(R'-r)

Fig.13.7

SOLVED EXAMPLES
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS
EXAMPLE 1 If the
(MCQs)
diagonal of a cube is 17.32 cm,
(a) 1000 cm then its volune is
(b) 1732 cm cm
Ans. (a) (c) 173.2 cm3 (d) 10000
SOLUTION Let Giventhal
the length of each edge of
the cube be accm. Then, its diagonal is V3a
V3a = 17.32 => V3a =
Volume of the cube = a =
10 x 1.732 - 3a
= 10x V3 > a = 10
10 cm 1000 cm
EXAMPLE 2 The
surface area of a cube is 216 cm², its volume is
(a) 144 cm
(b) 196 cm3 cm?
Ans. (d) (c) 212 cm (d) 216
SOLUTION Let
the length of each side of
the cube be a cm. Then,
<br>

AND
AREAS
cm. 2
aRFACE = 216 6a 216 -
area 133
Gurface cm =
216 cm}
Volume
a',
wh0se volume is equal tothat
dge yfa
cube 1
of a caboid
of dimensions
The & cm
4cm
ANPLE 3 (b) 4 Cm (c) 2 cm 2 cm
(d) 6 cm

of an
edge of the cube be a cm. Then.
the length
UTION
tet => a 23, 2 x2 2
8x 4
x 2
same metal whose edges are 6 cm,
a2 4cm

three cubes ofof the diagonal

8 cmt and 10 cm
of melted and formed into d
4 I/ the larger cube formed is
[Link] the lenglh cm (c) 1243 cm
(b) 15/3 (d) 143 cm

of
length of an edge the larger cube be a cm. Then,
Ans (
RUUTION Let the == + + = =
+ 10 216 512 1000 1728 123
a=12
=6+8 of the larger cube = N3a =
12/3 cm
diagonal
Length of the
a face diagonal 4V2 cm each.
Three
solid cubes have Three other solid
cubes have a face
ZAMPLE 5 are
the cubes melted together to form a cube. The length of an edge of
cm each. All the cube

(c) 18 cm
irmadis (b) 24 cm (d) 26 cm
cm
a) 12
Ans. (a)
Let tthe lengths of edges of two sets of three cones each be a cm and b cm respectiveiy.
SOLUTION

Then
Aa= 4/2 and \2b
=
8/2 a=4 and b=8
c cm. Then.
edge of
new cube formed be
let the length of an cm
= 192 + 1536 = 1728 = 12 > c= 12
=3x4 +3x 8 cm and the length of its diagona!
breadth and height ofa cuboid
is 6/3
EXAMPLE 6 7The sum of the length,
area of the cuboid is
$2/3 cm. The total surface (d) 108 cm
(c) 96 cm?
a) 48 cm (b) 72 cm?
It is
Ans a, b and c centimeters long.
of the cuboid be
MUTION Let the length, breadth and height
ven that
+c =
2/3
4+b+c 6/3 and va' +b²
=

+c = 12
(a+b+ c)' = 108 and a' +b²
+ be + ca)
(a+b+ c)² = a'+b' +c'+2(ab cuboid = 96cm²
Surface area the
of
height is
108 =
12+Surface area of the cuboid cmandthe
vertical
156
AMPLE area of the huseis
whose
7 The volume of a right Circular cOne
ICm,
is cm'
(d) 416 [CBSE 2021)
2496cm
(c) 1664 cm²
(b) 1248 cm
= 4l6cm
SNUTION =-x 156 x 8cn'
Heicht) much
2kmyhr. How
Volume of
cone
1
(Area of
base x 3 rate of
loving at the
=

AMMPLE
3 m wide is
8 Water a and 40
deep
2000m}
m
3
river which is
l into in sea 2
fall
the in minutes? nm
(d)
m (c) 8000
(b) 4000
<br>

13.4

Ans, (e) a
SOLUTION Length of vater olumn formed in
wo minutes in river lowing at the
200
2
km/hr m2 m
Vome of water that falls into the sea in minutes
200 3x 40 200
Volume of
a
cuboid ot dimensions 3 n x 40 mx 111

'
xm'
surhc an solid hemisphere of diameter
of a

INAMIE 9
Wat is the tetal

(a) 3? (b) 2u? (c)

Ans. (d)
r is S Brr
SOLUTION Total surface arn of a solid hemisphee of radius
cm is 94.2 cm. Radius
Curd surfce area heiglt 5
of a cylinder of
EXAPLE 10 the ulno
(Take n =3.14)
(a) 2 cm (b) 3 em (c) 2.9 cm (d) oenn

Ans. (b)
5 cm.
SOLUTION Let r cm be the length of the radius of cylinder of height
h

Curved surface area = 94.2 cm nrh 94.2 2x3.14xrs5 94.2 ra 3 m

cm and radius 7 cm, is

EXAMPLE 11 The curved surface anea of cone havin height 24
a

(a) 528 cm? (b) 1056 cm (c) 550 cm (d) 500 cm

Ans. (c)
SOLUTION Let l be the slant height of the cone. Then,
l =
v7+24* Vô25 = 25 cm

= 22 7x25 cn =550cm²
Curved surface area rl
EXAMPLE 12 If
treperimeters of tlhe bases tworight cinular ones are in
of
the ratio 3 :4and thr tàmà
are in the ratio 9 :32, then the natio of
their heights is
(a) 1:3 (b) 2:1 (c) 1:2 (d) 1:3
Ans. ()
SOLUTION Let the radii of two cones be r, and r, and their heights be h, and h Then, perimetN
1
respectively. lt is g
their bases are 2 and 2r,. Volumes of the cones are ;' andnh,
that
2nr, : 2r, =3:4 ;: =3:4 1=

-nri,
3 :, =9: 32 => h, :'h, =
9:32 32
From (i) and (i), we obtain
9 h
h, = l:2
16 h, 32 7,:
heiyhtsar tt
in
EXAMPLE 13 if the radii the of ases of a cylinder and a cone are and their
inthe ratio 3:
ratio 2 : 3, then the ratio between the volume of cylinder to that of the cone is
(a) 7:5 (b) 5:7 (c) 8:9 (d) 9:S
Ans. (d)
<br>

of
bases
the radíi the coe h h.
of

let clinder and

sTROV the
and h, tesectiveby.
of V, and V: be the volunes
f ylindet 4 is gen hot
1 atdtrme seseetiveiy
The, :t;3*
with tota! stfore
eid srherehemisphere is drea48
(m is bisected
(b) 60 cm? intotm
(c) 24 cn? hrmiohre,
solid sphere.
Se g
t
Letrie the radius of Itis given
axtTROV =
12 >
3zr? - 36 that itstAal
surface
one of the hemispheres a1es is
area of 4âtm2
surface is 36 crm?
The radius the bas aud height of a cone
of

are 4 cm
rodius is increzsed each by 2 cm,then ond 9 cm
theratio of fhe respetindy.
vodume of
the nes tmef its heigntia
(b) 7:4 (c) 9:2 ta fhatof the
(d) 8:3
Let V; and
V, be the volumes of
old and new cones.
Then.
zx4'x9 16 ×9 4 7
Izx6x7 36×7 F7=7:4
3
16 The capacity
of the cylindrica! vessel with
ELAMPLE the hemispherical bottom
tg. 13.8, is portion
rziei upords z
(b) (3h + 2r)
2-3r),-2 (G)
(24 +3)
As (2)
quTON Let be the capacity of the vessel. Then
V

V=zrh 2 - 2r)
-(3h
KAMELE 17 Fig 133
If the height and
base radius of a cone, each is increzsed by 50%, then the ratio
betzem the
e
f the given cone and the new cone is
2) 8:27 (b) 27:8 (c) 4:9
ins. (a)
(d) 2:3
5OUTION Let r and h denote respectively the base radius and height of the cone. Then, its volume
1
isgiven by V -r'h.
3
Sew radius =r+ 50% of r =
r+-r, 3
, bethe volume
2
New height =h+ 50% of h = h
+= 2

of the new cone. Then,

2

BAMPLE
18
nginof the The diameter of a 6 cm. It is melted and dratwn into a wire of diameter 2 mnn. The
wire is sphere is
) 36 m
As (a) (d) 34 m
(b) 32 m (c) 38 m
SAUTION
Let the length ofthe wire be l cm. Then, 3 cm
is radius
Volume
of metal a of radius 0.1 cm
= Volume of metal in sphere
in wire
<br>

MATHEMATICSX

13.6
m

36 = / 3600 cm 36
n (0.1)² x|x3" 100 arca of a
cylinder with
surtitce area to that total surface hase diameter
EXAMILE 19 The nt of lateal
cm is (d) 5:1
1.6 and height 20 (c) 7:1
(a) 1:7 (b) 1:5
= cm.
Ans. () r m= 80 cm and height 20
radius of base
= 0.8
SOLUTTON We have, areas. Then,
respectively the lateral and totalsurface
Let S and $, denote 20 1

= 2ar (h + r) S, :S, = 20 + 80
S 2arh and $, I +r
through the nid-point of
parts by a horizontal plane passing fitsaxis,
EXAMPLE 20 Ifa cone is Cut intotwOupper the cone is
the part and
then the atio of the olues of (c) 1:7 (d) 1:6
(a) 1:S (b) 1:5
L
Ans. (a) cone. It is given thas 1ho,
SOLUTION Let r be theradius of the base and h be the height of the
are similar. 2
Triangles VOA and VOA
V O'A' h/2 OA =
OA' =,
VO OA
,
and base radius Let V be its volumes.
Thus, VA'B is a cone height
of
A'..
Then,

k-()-) where V is the volumne of cone VAB. A

Fig.13.9
» V:V=1:8
above. If the surface areas of the too
nort:
EXAMPLE 21 A solid is hemispherical at the botton and conical
height of its conical part is
are egual, then the ratio of its radius and
(b) /2:1 (c) 1: V3 (d) 3:1
(a) 1: 2
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION It is given that
A
=
2r rl 2r=l
= V4r? = V3r
P=r?+h=NI² -² -2
Fig.13.10
Hence, r:h=r: /3r =1: /3
EXAMPLE 22 A solid consists of a circular cylinder surnounted by right
a circular cone. The height of the
cone, then the height of the circular cylindr
cone is h. Ifthetotal volume of the solid is 3 times the volume ofthe
is
2h
(a) 2h1 (b) (c) (d) 3
2
Ans. (d)
SOLUTION Let H be the height of the cylinder. It is given that
+ nrH
;rh
3

2 Fig. 13.11
RrHnr'h
H
 CASE STUDY BASED
<br>

EXAMPLES
pluce for
Aaventrp camps are perfect tle clhildlrento practiee
guiding their oww move. decision
teachers Some stadents naking
APLE23 ond zwaiters sCrVed so0me sludents wclcome of a school for themselues
uvhosy eusions drink realed for
lhemisplhericalcup are siown
belo0.
in cylindrical atuentue dt
enjoyabie but tirine. A. dusk fell, it was Afler
thatthey went glassandwne
-twas gronp hui time lo take sleller. for a jungle
sofarca 551 m“. Lach lo uake a
contcal Each group
lenttoaccommodate
Iret
offour students
amt wasting incwred olhile cutting
all the stitching wouldanount allthe four students
tent is 7m. to Im',Testudents put
mg hatradius ofhe

7Cm

Area = 551 m2
Ir=7m

Fig. 13.13
Fig. 13.12
cylindrical cup is
The volume
of the
cm3 (c) 384.88 cm
295.75 cm3
(b) 7415.5 (d) 404.25 cm'
(a)
hemisplherical cup is
The volume of the
a (c) 172.25 cm (d) 210.60 cm'
179.67cm3 (b) 89.83 cm³
(a)
by lhow much?
Which container had more juice and cm
Cylindrical glass, 207
E

cm³ (b)
Hemisplherical cup, 195
(a) 42 cm'
cup, 280.85 cm? (d) Cylindrical glass 314.
Hemisplherical
(c) students is
prepared to accommodate four
El The height of the conical tent (d) 14 m
(c) 24 m
(a) 18 m (b) 10 n conical tent?
occupied by each student in the
o) How much
space on the ground is (d) 24 m?
(c) 86 m? cm and
(b) 38.5 m? 3.5
=
are r
la) 54 m?
of the cylindrical cup
OLUTION (i) Ans. (d): The
radius and height
cm respectivel y. Therefore, its
volume V is given by
t= 105
cm
22 x 10.5 cm = 404.25
V= r'h =x(3.5) 7 7-cm. Therefore,
its volune
V, is given
by

cup is
ü)
Ans.
(b): Radius of the hemispherical
Cm = 89,83cm conparison to the
2
more juice in
has
3 cylindrical glass height
iü) Ans.(d): Therefore, slant
V,. Letthe
Memispherical
V>
Clearly
area is 550m.
cup by V- V =314.42 cm? curved
surface
) its
Ans.(C:
Radius of the tent is r =/m and
dhe tent
be
I metre. Then,

550 >l= 225

Trl = 550 227
7
k7 xl= m
= 24
P=+h 25
=
7² +
h' h
<br>

MATHEMATICSy
13.8

154 m?
the base of tont e tr x7 m²
(v) Ans. (b): Area
of
7
154 38.5 m?

Space occupied by each student n'

slone structures in India, and
EXAMPLE 24 7The Stupa at Sanchi is 0ne of the ollest
great animportat
wns originally commissioned by the enperor Ashoka
Monument Indian Architecture.
of Il in 3rd century
vas hennispherical brick slructure buill over the relics of Buddha.
BCE. Its nucleus
a
simple
dome with a
cuboidal Itis a perfect
example of combination of solid figures.
bie hemisplerical A
struchre moumted
on it.

Fig. 13. 14
21 m, is (Take n = 22/7)
(i) The volume of the hemisplherical done if the height of the dome
m
(b) 2000 (c) 15000 m3
m
(d) 19000 m'
(a) 19404
a radius r is
(ii) The formula for finding the volume of lemi-sphere of
4 3
2
(a)r (b)
3
(c) 4n2 (d) 2r?
hemispherical dome vith radius 14 m and cboida!
(iii) The total surface area of the conbined structure
i.e.

shaped top with dimensions 8m 6m 4m is

(b) 1232 (c) 1392 m²

m
(d) 1932 m²
(a) 1200 m²
m, is
the radius of its base is 14
(iv) The plastic cloth required to cover the hemispherical dome, if
(a) 1222 m² (b) 1184 m² (c) 1200 m² (d) 1400 m?
in question number (ii), is
(v) The volune of the cuboidal shaped top with dimensions mentioned
(a) 182.45 m3 (b) 282.45 m' (c) 292 m' (d) 192 m'

SOLUTION (i) Ans. (a): Clearly, radius

r of the hemispherical dome is equal to its heignt

= 21 m
Therefore, r
2 22
21 = 19404 m

Volume of
the hemispherical dome
3
r=x*x
3

(ii) Ans. (a): Volume =H3

3
area -[2 x 14² + x 4 4+4
- x8)}]m²
(8 x6+2(6
(iii) Ans. (c): Total surface
= (1232 +
160)
m
1392
m

of plastic cloth= 2n (14)² -8x6=

1 184 n2
(iv) Ans. (b): Area
= 8
m = 192 m?
(v) Ans. (d): Volume x6x4
 KACEAREA
parents took youto a
<br>

Sunday, your fair, You

cube and strwbery ice cream could see
for you. lot f foys displayed
Obserie and yu
the figur%
ndan5ie tha

Fig. 13.15
diagonal, if each cdge measures 6 cm, is
the
The
kenglh f (b) 3/6 cm (c) 2
/3 cm (d) 6/3 crn
figure, if the length ofthe edge is 7 cm, is
hessolid
llamegf (b) 196 cm3 (c) 343 cm'
cm3 (d) 434 crn'
256
curved surface area
(e) of hemisphere (ice cream) if
the base radius is 7cm?
Bhat isthe cm?
6
cm? (b) 308 (c) 803 cm?
(d) 903 crn?
309 7 cm
() height [Link] if the radius is and the height is 24 cm is
istSlant cm (b) 25 cm (c) 52 cm (d) 62 crn
26
a) surface area cone with hemispherical ice cream is
of

Thetotal
858cm2 (b) 885 cm? (c) 588 cm? (d) 855 cm
(a) Using the formula, Diagonal a =
Ans. (d): of cube 3 (Side), we obtain
OLUTION (i)
= cm
Length of the diagonal 6/3
cm3
A Ans.(c):
Volume = 7 =343 (: Volurme of a cube - (Side
|

Curved surface area 2x72 cm2 cm

= = 308
[Using: S =
Ans. (b):
7
2:r']
= V7 + 24 25 cm
i) Ans.(b): Slant height
22
25 + 2 x [Using s = +
s) Ans. (a): Total surface area = x7x l 2ar]
7 7

(550 + 308) cm
= = 858 cm'
EXAMPLE
Mathematics teacher of a school tok her 10t% standard students to show Red Fort. It us 4
their Educational trip. The teacher had interest in history as well. She narrated the facts of Red Fert to

ts. Then the teacher said in this monument one can find combination of solid figures. There are 2 pilars
hre cylindrical shape. 2 domes at the coners which
are hemispherical and 7 smaller domes
at

su centre. in Also,
Flag hoisting Day takes place near these domes.
ceremony on Independence

Fio 13. 16
<br>

MAIIEMNTICS
110
big domes cach
uired to cover
2 of
e rudius
material will 2.
Hoe mah coth netres!

(Take n
22/7)
(c) 87.47 n? (d) 25,8 n'
(a) 75
nn (b) 78,57 n' a cylinlrical pllar.
(6 Wite the rmua to find the vohume f
(b) l
(e) nr(i+ ) (d) 2rr
(a) n'h of t pillans if heiglht of the pillar is
7 m

anl radiua of
the base is 14 n
() latenlsurheann
Find the
(c) 90 n? (d) 345.2 cm?
(a) 112,3 cm () 123.2 m' of the base is 3,5 m?
voume of a hemnisphere if the rulius
(iv) How muh the is n
(c) 98 (d) 89.83 m'
(a) 85,9 m (b) 80 n! chi
lhemispheres radius 1
cach to the volume of

of sum of vohemes of two a sphere of

of
(v} IWhat is the nttio

ndius 2 cm?
(c) 8:I (d) 1:16
(a) 1:1 (b) 1:8
2(2r (2.5)) m'=4x 7 x 6.25 m= 78.57
x
sOLUTION (0) Ans. (b: Total material required m'

(iü) Ans, (a): Volume of a cylindrical pillar of radius rheight h is given by v= r',.
= 2 = 123.2 m2
(iii) Ans (b): Lateral surface area of two pillars =
2(2nrl) x2 xx14x7
7
m 22 m = 89.83 m
(3.5)°
(iv) Ans. (d): Volume of a hemi-sphere of radius 3.5 =x*x7 3

2/3 n (1)'
(v) Ans, (b): Required ratio
=

2/3 n (2)* --1:8.

- ohile in

EXAMPLE 27 A
spherical witlh about 300 500 dimples that help increase its velocity
golf ball is
play. Golfbals are traditionally white but available in colours also. In the given figure, a goif ball has diante
4.2 cm and the surface has 315 dimples (hemisplherical) of radius 2 mm.

Fig. 13.17

Based on the alove, answer the following questions.

(i) Find the surface area of one such dimple.
(i) Find the volume the material dug out to nnake one dimple.
of

fili) Find the total surface area exposed to the surroundings.

(iv) Find the volume ofthe golf bal.

SOLUTION (i)Surlace area of one dimple =

2nr =
2x x
cm = 0.25 cm
7 10
(ii) Volume of material dug out to make one dimple =x
3 xcm'
10
= 00168em
(iii) Total surface area expOsed to the surroundings
= Surface area
of the ball -315 nr* +315 x 2nr*,where r = 2
cm
10
=
4nx (2.1) +
315 nr²
<br>

e1CEARL
x en2 (17.64 n
n +
12.6 n) cm'
17.64 n + 315 10 024, 22
22 x (2.1)' 94.04
ball
4
cn' 38.808 cm'
cn'
goll
the [Link] tt0otypes of cups.
nhmeof shop, iscoe One is cylindrical
dcoffe other is hemislherical
It cm nite witlh
dimeter 21 cm. in sliape with dianeter

n
heijI14

Fig.13.18
a1stwer the
folloving questions:
above, of
the cylindrical Cup. (ii) What is the capacity of the hemispherical
the base cup?
area of cylindrical (iv)What is the
cup. curved surface area
Find he of the cylindrical cup?
capacity the
of

Findlhe cup, base radius Y=Cm

i For the cylindrical
LUTION () 22 cm² =38.5cm'.
Area of the
base = n
-#* (2 7
21
[Link] cup, radius 2
Cm

For 3
) = 2425.5 cm
hemisphericalcup
Capacity of 3

cm
cup = nr 'h = x 14 cm =539
Capacity of cylindrical
) = 308 cm
=
cylindrical cup 2nrh
= 2x
2x14 cm²
Curved surface area of

ASSERTION-REASON BASED MCQs

STATEMENT-2 (Reason)
STATEMENT-1 (Assertion) and correct answer. Mark the
examples contains is the
Each of the following
(a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of which
nd hasfollowing four choices
explanation for Statement-l.
correct answer.
Statement-2 is a correct
are True: for Statement-1.
Statement-1 and Statement-2 not a correct explanation
is
)
Statement-2 are True: Statement-2
Diementi and
Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False. u
True. rejvined end to end to form
0) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is are
of volume
125 cn
each 250 cm
EXAMPLE
28 Statement-1 (A): Two cubes area the resulting cuboid is end to form
a
surface of are joined end to
cuboid, the a cubic units 2(2n + 1) a'
n cubes each of
volume
resulting cuboid is
Statement-2 (R): If surface
area of the
Cuboid. Then, the
Square units. cube is a
edge of each
breadth =aand
Ans.
(a) of an
Therefore, lengthlength = na,
OUTION units.
cubic a cuboid of
a
Volume of each cube is
[Link] m cubes they form
Peight = a. are joined end to end, then formed. Then,
Let cuboid
St the surface area ofthe
be
<br>

13.12
MATHIEMNTICSX

a +
S 2
(nd i axn) 2
(2n )'sq. units
So, statement-2 In true, Replocng » by 2 and a by 5 cm, we obtnin S250 cm2
So, atatement-1 is also true and statement-2 correct
Is explanation for statement-1. Hence,
is correc. option
INAMrLE 29 Statement-1 (A): If Iuv0 metallic riglhl circular cones of cqual heiglht
3 cm d 4
cm are mellel recasl into a
solid sphere radiusand base
5 cm, Tadi
cones are of height 20 cm ench. thenthe
Statement-2 (R): If two riglt circular cones of sane height h
and base radii
nelted and rccast into a solid splhere of radius r, then h 4,2
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION Clearly,
Sum of the volumes of two concs = Volume of the sphere
1 4 4r3

•..{i)
So, statement-2 is no truc. Putting r = 5, r
=3, r =4 in (i), we obtain h= 20 cm.
So, statement-1 is truie.
EXAMI'LE 30 Statement-1 (A): If the volumes of
two cubes are in the ratio V,:h then their surds.
areas are in the ratio
Statement-2 (R): If surface areas of two cubes are in the ratio :

are in the ratio S S2, then their volum

Ans. (b)
S,:s,".
SOLUTION Let the lengths of
edges of two cubes be a and b units respectively. Then,
S = S, = = a and V, =
6a, 6b, V b

a3
S
and1
V2
V3
and
and S

Thus, if S, :S, is known, then V, :V, =S,: S,, So, statement-2 is true.
If V,:V, is known, then S, :S, =
V,2:V,,
So, statement-1 is true.
EXAMPLE 31 Statement-1 (A):
Ifa cylinder, a cone and a hemisphere are of egual bases and have the sae
height, then the volume of the cylinder is egqual to the sum of volumes
the
of cone and the hemisphere.
Statement-2 (R): lfa cylinder, a cone
and a hemisphere are of equal base and have the s
height, then their volumes are in
Ans, (a) the ratio 3:1:2.
SOLUTION Let the equal
radii of cylinder, cone and hemisphere
hemisphere are of the same height. There be r. The cone, cylnae
Let V, V, and V3 denote the fore, cylinder and cone are of the same height equd
volume of cylinder, cone and hemisphere.
Then,
V, = nr,V,-r 1
and V, = 2
» V:, :V, 12 ...(0)

So, statement-2 is true. It is evident from (i)

=1::=3:1:2
33
that V = V, +
Vy. So, statement-1 is also
true. Also,

statement-2 is a correct explanation for statement-1.

<br>
AREAS of

(A): A conical vessel bascradius

5 cm 1313
csACE wnter is emptied into a cylindricaland heiglht2dcm
is fullof terater.
te zvater level rises by 2 cm.
a
vessel of
internal
radius 10 cm,Ifthe
Volumes of cylinder and a cone
Statemenl-2 (R): of base
then
=
1
radiusr and
by V r'h and V rh. height h are
given

have, cm, h = height ofthe conical

onical vessel =5 vessel =24 cm
the and, r, radius of
husof
cm. the
vessel 10
rises upothe heightthin the cylindrical vesscl. Clearly,
Andical or level water conical vessel= Volume of water
in in cylindrical
Volume of vessel.
x 24 =
nX 10* x
Ih»h=2cm.
[Link], statement-2 is also true and it is a correct explanation
statemen-1 is for
sAment-1. Ifvolumes of two spheres are in the ratio 125:64,
Slatement-] (A): then their surface areas
are in the ratio 25: 16
aMPLE33
are V, V,
Statement-2(R): If volumes two spheres
of
and their surface areas are
2/3 S. S,
respectively, then

volumes and S, S, be surface areas of two spheres

V, be of radii r, ?
UTION Let V,
Then,
rctively. =
4 = 4nr, and S, 4;?
V=' ½=,
S

and

2 1V2 V3

and

we obtain
hus,
statement-2 is true. Replacing V,:, by 125:64,
2/3
25
16
Hence, option (a) is
alement-l is also true and it is a direct conseguence of statement-2.
Tect.

PRACTICE EXERCISES
(MCQs)
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS
Mat
thecorrect
alternative mm. The
Thediameter in each1of the follozwing: a wire of diameter
2

of a sphere cm. It is melted and drawn into

Rngth
of the
wire is
is 6

a)12m (d) 66
nm

(b) 18 m (c) 36 m ofradius 3.5

A metallic
sphere recast intosmall cones, each
radius 10.5 cm is melted and then
an of
and
4)63 height 3 cm.
The number of such cones is (d) 130
(b) 126 21 (c)
<br>

13.14 MATHEMKiKs,

conical above. If the surface:areas of the t

3.
A
solid is hemispherical at thc bottom and of its conical part is twoparts
cqual, then the ratio of its radius and the height
(c) 1:1 (d) 3 :1
(a) 1:3 (b) 1: V3 a

ris nmeted and cast into the shape of solid Cone of height.
4. A
solid sphere of radius
the
of the base of the cone is
r (d) 4r
taig
(a) 2r (b) 3r (c)
5. A
metalic solid cone is melted to form a solid cylinder of equal radius. Ifthe height
cone was
cylinder is 6 cm, then the height of the
(c) 18 cm (d) 24 cm
(a) 10 cm (b) 12 cm

cm, is rolled to form a hollow cylinder of

rectangular sheet of paper 40 cm
x
22
6. A
height 43c
The radius of the cylinder (in cm) is
(a) 3.5 (b) 7 (c) 80/7 (d) 5

6 cm that can be made by melting a

7. The number of solid spheres, each of diameter solidmet
cm and diameter 4 cm is
cylinder of height 45
(b) 5 (c) 4 (d) 6
(a) 3
CBSE
21
areas is
8. Volumes of two spheres are in the ratio 64: 27. The ratio of their surface
(c) 9:16 (d) 16:9
(a) 3:4 (b) 4:3
9.
>
A right circular cylinder of radius r and height h (h 2r) just encloses a sphere of diames
(c) h (d) 2/1
(a) r (b) 2r
If two solid-hemispheres of same base radius are joined
r bases
10. together along their
curved surface area of this new solid is
(c) 3zr? (d) &nr?
(a) 4nr2 (b) 6r
r.,
11. A spherical ball of radius r is melted to make 8 new identical balls each of radius Th

r:= (c) 4:1 (d) 1:4

(a) 2:1 (b) 1:2
mm in diameter. Ho
12. Water flows at the rate of 10 metre per minute from a cylindrical pipe 5
cm and depth 24
long will it take to fill up conical vessel whose diameter at the base is 40
a

(b) 51 min 12 sec (c) 52 min sec (d) 55 min 1

(a) 48 min 15 sec
Ths
A cylindrical vessel 32 cm high and 18 cm as the radius of the base, is filled with sand.
13.
If height of the cnie
bucket is emptied on the ground and conical heap of sand is formed. the
a

heap is 24 cm, the radius of its base is

(a) 12 cm (b) 24 cm (c) 36 cm (d) 48 cm
a right circular cone of height 15 cm and base diaee
14. The curved surface area of
16 cm is
60 cm?
(a) (b) 68r Cm? (c) 120n cm (d) 136r cm*
cm is rotated about the side of 3 cm to om
15. A right triangle with sides 3 cm, 4 cm and 5
The volume of the cone so formed is
(a) 12 CM (b) 15n cm' (c) 16 cm3 (d) 20z cm diamt
ofits
924 m'. Theratio
The curved surface area of cylinder is 264 m² and its volume
a is
16.

to its height is
(a) 3:7 (b) 7:3 (c) 6:7 (d) 7:6 height 6 c
a cone of
17. Acylinder with base radius of cm and height
8 of 2 cm is melted to form
The radius of the cone is
(b) 5 cm (c) 6 cm (d) 8 cm
(a) 4 cm
<br>

VOLU
[Link] AND

oftwospheres are in the ratio 4:[Link] of thcir

1315

volimes (b) 2:3 (c) 9:16 surface areas

is (d) 16:9
The of radii.
6
spheres cm.8 cm and
metallic 1) cm are melted to
sphereis form a single sphere.
ofthe the
cm (c) 30 crm
diameter (b) 24 (d) 36 cn
cm is
samne as fhecurved
surface
12 arca ofa sphere area of a
)Thesurlace, diameter are 12 cm cach. Theradius of the sphere is ripht circular cylinder who5e
and cm (b) 4 (c) 6 cm
t height can
(d) 12 crn
am greatest sphere that be
cut off from a
a) 3volume of the 5 cm is
cylindrical
loz of wood of base
The cm and height
radiusl 10
20)
(b) (c) 5n
3 (d)
(2) 3 cm.
contains water. A solid sphere
ylindrical vessel
radius of 4
ofradius 3 cm
is lowered into
A itt is completely immersed. The water level in the vessel will
2 water until rise by
the 4 9
9
(b) G (c) (d) ;em
cm
2 2
(a) same size are made from melting a solid cylinder 16cm diameter
12spheres oftthe
of
and 2 cm
is
3 diameter of each sphere
height. The
(b) 2 cm (c) 3 cm (d) 4 cm
(a) V3cm
spherical ball of diameter 6 cm is melted and recast into a cone with diameter of
4. A solid metallic cone is
ihe base as 12 cm. The
height of the
cm (b) 3 cm (c) 4 cm (d) 6 cm
(a) 2
of internal. and external diameters 4 cm and 8 cm respectivelyis melted into a
Ahollow sphere
height of the cone is
25.
one of base diameter 8 cm. The
(a) 12 cm
(b) 14 cm (c) 15 cm (d) 18 cm
A
solid piece of iron of dimensions 49 x 33 x 24 cm is moulded into a sphere. The radius of the
sphere is
(b) 28 cm (c) 35 cm (d) none of these
(a) 21 cm
m
area of a cylinder with base diameter l.6
27. The ratio of lateral surface area to the total surface
and height 20 cm is
(c) 7:1 (d) 5:1
(a) 1:7 (b) 1:5
a cone. The height of the cone
2. A circular cylinder surmounted by right circularcone,
solid consists of a
volume of the then the height of the
Sh. If the total volume of the solid is 3 times the
ylinder is
3h
2
(d)
(a) 2h
(b)
2
(c) 7
a
3
solid hemisphere o radius
r is

a cone that can be carved out

of
iaximum volume of
(d) 3ar
(a)
30,
3r (b)
3
(c)
are in the ratio 2:3,then the ratio
Theradii
oftwo cylinders
the ratio 3::5. If
are in their heights
Of their
curved surface areas is (d) 3:5
(a)
2:5 (c) 2:3 diameter
31. A
right circular
5:2 (b)
= just encloses a sphere of
h (h 2r)
(a) h(b) cylinder of radius rand height(d) 2h
equal to
32 four r (c) 2r
cylinder of height 8 cm is
i times the sum circular faces of
a
twicethe of the areas of two cylinder is
curve
surface area, then diameter the
of
(a) 4 cm cm (d) 6 cm
(c) 2
(b) 8 cm
<br>

MAUHMAtS

the height thesarr,

13.16
cylindet is halved, keeping
ariglht circiular volume of original cylinder sthen
thus obtained to
of the báseof the
33. I/theradius
1

of the cylnder (d) 4: (CW,2012,

of the volume (c) 1:4
the ratio of cqual radius. f heiyht
shape of cylinder
1
(b) 2: a ofthe
(a) 1:2 a cone is converted into the
34. The
material of cone is (d) 24 cm
cm, then height of the 18 cm
cylinder is 5 (c)
cm (b) 15 cm conical above it. Ifits diarmeter is 105 m arnd its
(a) 10 of
m
4 and
cylindricalto a height canvas rcquired in is
m

circus
A tent is arca of the (d) 7920
35.
is 40 m, the total (c) 3960
slant height (b) 2640 6 cm that could
be moulded to forrn solidrnetl
a

(a) 1760 of diameter

number ofsolid spheres, cach cm, is
36. The
45 cm and diameter 4 6
cylinder of height 5 (d)
4 (c)
a cylindrical vessel
partly filled with of water. Theradius
(a) 3 (b) into surface the waterrises
6 cm is dropped completely, then the
A sphere of radius is submerged
8 cm. If the sphere
37.
of the vessel is
cm (d) 2 cm
by (c) 4
(b) cm
&
cm
3
through the mid-point of its avis
(a) 4.5 plane passing
cone cut into two parts by a horizontal
35. Ifa is
volumes of the upper part and the cone is (d) 1:8
ratio of the (c) 1:6 a plane parallel to the
baco t
(b) 1:4 cone cut off at the top by
(a) 1:2 a cone is 30 cm. A small
is
39. The height of above the base at
whichib
1
given cone, then the height
of the volume of the
its volume be 27
section has been made, is 15 cm (c) 20 cm
(d) 25 cm
at the ton
(a) 10 cm
(b) an exact fitting right circular cone placed cone. then
a circular cylinder with volume of the
solid consists of solid is 3 times the
cone is h. If the total volume of the
40. A
The height of the
cylinder is
the height of the circular
2h 3h
(c) (d) 4h
(a) 2h (b) 3 2

CASE STUDY BASED MCQs Games and

officially known as the XXII Commonwealth
Games, event for members of
41. The 2022 Commonwealth an international multi-sport
2022, is
commonly known as ´Birmingham to held in Birmingham, England (United Kingdom)
scheduled be tor
the commonwealth that is Organisers of the event decided to have victory stands
2022.
from 28 July, 2022 to 8 Aug., Each face of the
and al
victory stand is rectangular of the
figure.
players as shown in the following Based on the above information
answer each
measurements shown are in centimeters.
following questions:
I6

50
24
1
50
40
50 40
12

Fig.13.19
The surface area of the front face of the victory stand
is
(i)
(b) 1800 cm? (c) 3200 cm² (d) 3800 cm?
(a) 2400 cm?
is
(ii) The total surface area of the victory stand cm
(b) 22,800 cm? (c) 15,800 cm? (d) 15,200
(a) 16,800cm2
 A volumecm3
of the box designated the player ranking
fo 37
<br>

AEHCE
(b)24,000 cm (c) 48,000 cm third in thecompetitirn
The20,000 designated for (d)36,500 cn is
box the player tanking,
(a) volume
of
the 36,000 cm SeCond in the
(b) (c) 46,000 cm' (ompetition is
The48,000cm3 (d) 400
v) (a) the designated for the winner
box n' is

volume of (b)60,000 cm³ (c) 80,000 cm

The cm3 Tunnel) (d) 7050 cm
68,000 as Rohtang is a highway tunnel build
(a) known under the Pohtang
Turnel, also Panjal range of the Himalayas on the Leh-Manali highway Pas5
Pir in Hinachal
Atal easternlength of 9.02 km, it is the longest tunnel above 10000 feet
in the Wonld and is
t the Ata
former Prime
adesh.
Minister of India, Atal Bihari Vajpayee.
The crossection of a tunnel
after radius [Link] part is 5N2 meters
and ZAOB
named figure. The following questions: 90. Based on the
shownin ansSwer the
informa tion
issbove

5/2m 5/m

Fig. 13.20

thetunnel is
The width
of
(c) 20 m (d) 15 m
m (b) 10m
(a) 10/2
The height of
the tunnel is (c) 5 m (d) 6 m
() m (b) 10m
(a) 5/2 cross-section of the tunnel
is
(ii) The perimeter of (15
15
m (b)
15 () (15/2r+10) m
(sm
(a)
the tunnel is
The area of cross-section of m
(iv)
m (c) (507 + 25)
m (d) (50- 20)
(b) (75n +
25)
is
(a) inner circular fae
the surface area of the 67500/2zm'
length of the tunnelis 9 km, then 9000V2zm? (d)
Iv) Ithe 450042m? (c) mounted by a
(a) 67500 nm' (b) hemisphereical bowl
form of a height ofthe
the total
A
smith wants to make
metal
a vessel 42in the
and
hemispherical part is following questions:
cm
hollow cylinder. The diameter of the answer the
above information
Vessel is 63 cm, Based on the
< 42 cm->

cm

53

metal,is
thicknessofthe
Fig. 13.21 neglectingthe
part, 2772cm'
hemispherical (d)
) The outer surface area of the 58212
cnm?

cm? (c)
(b) 38808
(a) 19404 cm?
<br>

MNTTIEMATKSy

is
sutace area of the cylindeical part of the vessel
G) The uter
2910 em?
(b) (e) 38808 cm? (d) 19404 cm'
(a) 5544Cm' is
of the hemi-spherival part of the vessel,
(i} Thevolune 19404 cm' (c) 582 2 cm (l) 29106cm'
(a) 9808 em () is
of the cvlindrical ortion
of the vessel,
(iv) The vome em (c) 19404 cm (d)58212 cm'
enn' (b) 554d
() l6424 area of the vossel is
(v) The toal surface (c) 5544 cm?
(a) 83l6 cm (b) S8212 cm? (d) 19404 cm?
four conical
shape of cuboid with
a
depressions
stamt made of wood is in theare 15 cm by 10 em by 3.5 Cm. The diameter sto
4. Aeus, dimensions of the cuboid of each hot
he is 1.4 cm. ofthe
atepsion is abOve l em and tlhe depth answer following questions:
the
Based n the infomation
cuboid is
(i) The oume of the
(b) 550 cm?
(a) 225 cm
(c) $25 cm
(d) 625 cm3
depression is
(ii) The volme of the conical
11

(a) (b) 15 Cm3

30
30
Cm (d) Cm Fig.13.22
(c) 11
60
(ii) The volume of the wood in
the stand is
cm 523.53 cm (c) 532.53 cm (d) 523.35 cm³
(a) 525 (b)
is
(iv) The surtace area ot the cuboid
(b) 575 cm² (c) 457 cm² (d) 475 cm³
(a) 450 cm?
(v) The surtace area of four conical
cavities is
(b) 9.28 cm? (c) 9.82 cm (d) 9.18 cm?
(a) 8.2S cm
a ompanv of perforners who put on down of acrobats clowns etc. to uncerti
35. A circus in open now generally performed in tents. C:
250years back, in fields,
eople started around tent is in the shape of a cvlinder
surmountadb
such 'Circus Tent' is shown in Fig. 13.23. The
are 9 m and 30 m respectively ri
a conical top. If the height and diameter of cylindrical part
part is 8 m with same diameter as that of the cylindrical part, then find:
height of conical

Fig. 13.23
canvzs"
(i) the area of the canvas used in makìng the tent.
m
sq.
m, if 30
(ii) the cost of the canvas bought for the tent at the rate 200 per Sq
wanted during stitching
<br>

ASSEATON -REASON PASED

UO
aqisticrs
Satement-2
tre.$ateernt-Z is trre.
Satement-2 is ak
is true.
false. Staternnt-2
Three cubes ezh o
The surfete area
ezh of
In CubesThen
cuoii. the surtee aez
unis
Twocutbs æh
The volume of tihe resuiing cubcid is 125
IFn cubes
R n
he rolume of the resing abid is
I wo soid right vinias
melted ani reast into a riieT of
the kase of the zeN inde is3a
e
seiiee as
two soid ight vinders
mlhai and rerzst into ainie o se e b
mhe a e

base of the cvlinderis

2
if surface arezs cf tro sphesre aherzio l6-9
in the ratio 6!:27.

Sat-1 (AE fvolumes two sphers

of R
in the raio 345:15,ben heiraizen
ratio 7:5.
Saent 2 (RE
Ifradii of twOspheres are in the reto2:3,hirsuTS RDhera
4:9.
If a right circular lnder of
rais ni
sphere,then the diameter cž sphere is . hettt>s
Ient2 (R; The surface area of the sphere is 2v(

hemisphere and the curved surte 2re2 ot ie ne.

Fg. 1324
zt2(R: Top is obtained by fixing
together.
<br>

13.20
right
of a
circular cylinder is halved and theheight
double
the base so formed is
If theradius of
Statement-1 (A): volume of the cylinder cone of volume is halvedang
doubled, then the
V
53. circular
of a right
If the radius of the base volume of the new cone so formed2V
Statement-2 (R): doubled, then the
the height is
ANSWERS
6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (d)
5. (c)
3. (b)
4. (a)
2.(b) 14. (d) 15. (a) l6. (b)
1. (c) 13. (c)
11. (a) 12. (b)
10. (a) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (b)
9. (b) 20. (c) 21. (a)
18. (d) 19. (b) 30. (a) 31. (c) 32. (b)
17. (d) 28. (d) 29. (b)
26. (a) 27. (b) 39. (c) 40. (b)
25. (b) 37. (a) 35. (d)
35. (d) 36. (c)
33. (d) 34. (b) (v) (c)
(iii) (b) (iv) (a)
41. (i) (d) (ii) (b) (v) (d)
(iii) (b) (iv) (a)
42. (i) (b) (ii) (c) (v) (a)
(iii) (b) (iv) (a) m
36,.00
43. (i) (d) (ii) (a) 45. (i) 1650 (ii)
(iv) (d) (v) (b)
(ii) a) (iii) (b) $3. (b)
44. (i) (c) 51. (c) 52. (b)
49. (a) 50. (b)
47. (a) 48. (c)
46. (d)
 14
<br>

STATISTICS
REVISION OF KEY
CONCEPTS AND
FORMULAE
measures of central value are:
Thre (ii)
Mean
Median and (iiü) Mode
) computed by following methods:
Mean is
(ii) Short-cut Method
Direct method

,
(iii) Step-deviation
) takes X
values X1, X2,.., Xn with nethod.
corresponding
espectively, then the arithmetic mean of these values frequencies
where N = is given by fhof.
X-i N1 i=l

Also, X=A+Xfa,, where d, = x; - A.

N1
The number
called
A
is the assumed mean.
. =,i= 1,2,...,
n.
Then, X = A +) n

TEthe yalue of each observation of a statistical data is increased or

mean of the decreased by c. then the
or
data increased decreased
is by c.
G
fthe value of each observation of a statistical data is multiplied or
divided by c= 0, then
the mean of the data is multiplied or divided by c.
(GH)
If X is the mean of the following frequencý distribution.

Variable: X3

Frequency:

h y2 ,
and yi = ax; + b,
yn
where a,
is given by
b are non-zero
y = aX + b.
constants. Then, the mean y of variate values

i Ihe median is the middle value of a distribution i.e. median of a distribution is the value of the
variable which
divides it into two equal parts.
bllan formula: of a grouped or continuous frequency distribution may be computed by using the
following

N
Median =l+2 x h, where, I = lower limit of the median class
f
f=frequency median class.
of the median class, h=width of the
N

F= cumnulative the median class, and

frequency of
the class preceding
Modeis of a continuous
frequency. The mode
the value of the variable which has the maximum
ot grouped following formula:
computed by using the
trequency distribution may be
14.1
<br>

MATHEMATICS-X
14.2

Mode |+
x
h, where
f
2f- modal class, f frequency of the modal class
I= lower limit of the
h= width the modal class
of
preceding the modal class.
h=freqency of the class following the modal class.
class
Ja= frequency of the the following relation:
6. Three measures of central value are connected by
-
Mode =3 Median 2 Mean
median of a frequency distribution.
7. Ogive(s) can be used to find the
SOLVED EXAMPLES
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCas)
is
The arithmetic
mean of x, x
+3,
x
+6, x+9 and x+12
EXAMPLE 1

x (d) x + 8
(b) +5 (c) +7
(a) x +6
Ans. (a)
arithmetic mean of x,x +3,
x +6, x+9 and x+12.
SOLUTION Let X be the
+ + 6) + (x +9) + (x + 12) 5x + 30
F_+(r+3) ( =X+.
Then, 5
n is egual to
mean of first n natural numbers is 15, then
EXAMPLE 2 If the arithmetic
(c) 29 (d) 30
(a) 14 (b) 15
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION It is given that
2+3+... +n (1 +1) 15="+1 n=
n
29
15=t 15
=

2
1+1=30
21
1006,
the arithmetic nean of 002, 1004,
1
mean of 2, 4, 6, 8, 3 and 7 is 5, then
EXAMPLE If the arithmetic
3

1008, 1003 and 1007 is

(c) 1008 (d) 1003
(a) 1005 (b) 1004
Ans. (a) by
5. Therefore, by increasing each observation
SOLUTION It is given that AM of 2, 4, 6, 8, 3, 7 is is 1005.
increases by 1000. Hence, the AM of 1002, 1004, 1006, 1008, 1003 and 1007
1000, the AM also
of the data a, b and c are 50 and 35 respectively,
where a < b<C.
EXAMPLE 4 The mean and median
C-a= 55, then b-à=
(b) 7 (c) 3 (d) 5
(a) 8
Ans. (d)
SOLUTION It is given that
a
<b <c. Therefore, median
= b. But, it is given that the mediarns
Therefore, b= 35.
c is 50.
Mean of a, b and
a +b+C
3
= 50
> a+b+C= 150 a+35 +c = 150 a
+C =115

Thus, we have 55 >0= 30 andc= 85

c+a=115 andc-n=
Hence, b-a=35-30 =5.
<br>

mean
computing the of
grouped data, 143
E1AAIPLEs
Which it is assumed that the frequencies are
-
lower limits
of
the classes (b) centred at the upper
the limíts
clase marks of the classes (d) evenly distributed over of the classes
aniredatlhe all the classes.

of
(c) mean X
the grouped data is given by
KLUTION The
Ans.
where x;'s are the mid-values
of the class-intervals
are centred at the class marks
class frequencies of the classes.
[herefore, observation of a slatislical
value of cach data consisting of
EXAMPLE6 Ifthe data
n observations
mean of the
is increa sed by
the unchanged (b) increases by
3
henremains (c) increases by 6
(d) increases by 3n
a)
Ans. (b)
OLUTION Let , I2,, y be
y; = ax;
n values of a variable
+ b;
X and

i=1,2, .., n.
Then Y =
Y be a new variable taking
values
{CESE 2523]

Y
such that aX + b.

J2
db=3. Therefore, YX+3. Hence, the mean
Here, a =
l and median a
is increased by 3.

If the
mean and of
data are 12 and 15 respectively,
EXAMPLE 7
then its mode is
(b) 21 (c) 6
(d) 14
(a) 13.5
Ans. (b) = (CBSE 2023}
SOLUTION have, Mean
We
12
and Median = 15
Mode = 3 Median-2 Mean Mode =3 x 15
-2 x 12 = 21.
eLE & While finding the mean of the grouped data by using the formula X
=a+5f 4,,

a of
4's are the diviations from
(a) the mid-values of the classes (b) lower limits of the classes

() upper limils of the classes (d) frequencies of the class marks

Ans. (a)

SOLUTION In the given formula, d; = x; - a, where x, are the mid-values of the classes.
EXAMPLE 9 The mean of the data x+a,x+2a,(x + 3a),...,x +(2n+1)a is

(e)
x+(n+ 1)a (b) x+(n-1)a (c) x+(n + 2)a (d) x+ na
Ans. (a)

5OLUTION Let X be the required mean. Then,

(?+a) (x+ 2a) + (x +3a) +... (x + (21 +1)a)

+ +
Y
2n +1

x(271 +1) +a{1+2 +3+...+ (21+ 1)}

2n +1

2n+(1+2n+1))=x+a(u+ 1)
2n +1 2

)ya
I>0, then
variable takes discrete values x+4,x -,--3,-2,xt;+3,
2
5

the median of the data is

5
X
5
(b) 4
3
<br>

14 MATHEMATICSY

Ans, (c)
OLUTION Aranging the vaues of the variable in ascending order, we obtain
5
--3,--r4,r+3
These are § obhservations.
1
I-2+x-
Median- AM of 4th and 5th observation =
2
2-x-54
=
EXAMTLE 11 If for a
datla, Mean: Median 9:8, then Median : Mode
(a) S:9 (b) 4:3 (c) 7:6 (d) 5:4
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION We have,
Mean 9
» Mean =Median -..i)
Median
We know that
Mode -3 Median -2 Mean
3
Mode =3 Median -Median =Median (Using )]
4 4

Median: Mode =4:3

EXAMPLE 12 If n is an even positive integer and x > 0, x*1, then the median of t
data a, a, ax,ax,..., ax" is
a
(a) (b) ax? (c) ax2 (d) ax?
Ans. (c)
SOLUTION Given observations are in ascending or descending order of magnitude according as
x>l or x<[Link] n is even there are (n + 1) an odd number of observations. The median is the value
t
of middle ie. (-() observation.

Median=ar2

x 2x x 2x 3x
EXAMPLE 13 f the median of
the data XX>0 is 4, then x =
4
(a) 5 (b) 10 (c) 8 (d) 7
Ans. (b)
sOLUTION Arranging the given data in ascending order, we
X X
2x 2x 3x
obtain: 53' 4

There are 7 observations. Therefore,

= Value th
Median of
ie. 4th observation 4 =
-r= 5
10.

EXAMPLE 14 f the mean of the following frequency distribution is 2.6, then the value of p is
Variate (X): 1 2 3 4 5
Frequency (: 4 5 1
2
<br>

STAT1STICs

(b) 8 (c) 13
14.5
(d) 24
(b)
Ans.
gOLUTION It is
given that
2.6
Mean
Ix4+2x5.+3xy+4x1+5x2
2.6 = 3y+ 28
4+5+y+1+2 12 +y 2.6 3y + 28
31.2 +2.6y
of
mode 04y 3.2
y
ENAMPLE 15 the diference
If and median of a data is 24,
=B
(b) 24 thenthe difference
(c) 8 of median and mean is
12
a) (d) 36
Ans. (a)
UTION We know that
Mode =3 Median - 2 Mean
Mode-Median = 2(Median--Mean)
24 =2(Median - Mean)
(: Mode- Median = 24 (given)
Median -Mean = 12

ANPIE 16 If the Sum of 15 observattons a

then x =
of ata is (434 + x) and the mean
of the observation is x

(a) 25 (b) 27 (c) 31

(d) 33
Ans. (c)
cUTION It is given that
the sum of 15 observations is (434 + x)
and their mean is x.
434 + x
15x = 434+ x14x = 434
15 x=31.
EXAMPLE 17 Mode for the following distribution is 22.
Ifx<y<10, then the value of y is
Class interval: 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 Total
Frequency (f): 5 8 10 30
(a) 2
(b) 5 (c) 3 (d) 4
Ans. (b)

OLUTION It is given that x <y<10. So. 20-30 is the modal class such that l= 20,f = 10, i=8,
h=% and
h=10.
Mode
=+f-f -xh22= 20+ 10-8 - 10 = 2=x10
2 x = 12-x= 10r=2
Wehave, 2f- fi-f. 20-8- x 12-x

EXAMPLE
N=30>5+8+10+x+y=30 x+y=7y=b [=2]
18 The distribution below gives on a test.
Marks: the marks obained by 80 students
Less than 50 Less than 60
Number Less than 10 Less than 20 Less than 30 Less than 40
of students: 75 80
The modal 3 12 27 57
class of
this distribution is
(a) 10-20
(c) 30-40 (d) 50-60
Ans. (b) 20-30
(@) (CBSE 2023]
<br>

IICSx
SOLUTION From the given cunulative frequency distribution,
we
obtain the (ollowing
írequency
distribution:
10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
Marks: 0-10 50-60
15 30 18
Number of students: 3 5
We find that the class with maximum frequcncy is 30-40.
It is the modal clas9.

CASE STUDY BASED EXAMPLES

EXAMPLE 19 The COVID-19 amdemic, also knon as coronaVIrUs, IS an oigoing pandemic

o o

(SARS
tvirus disease by the t ransmission of severe acute respiratorY $yndrOme coronavirus-2 CoV-2)
among umAns.

COVID-19 COVID-19

Fig. 14.1

case admitted during a day in two different hopitals.

The following table shows the age distribution of
Table I

45 45 – 55
- - 65
15 15 -25 25 -3535 55
Age (in years) 5-
23 14 5
Number of cases in hospital-1 6 11 21
42 24 12
Number of cases in hospital2 16 10

cases occurred is
(i) In hospital-1, the average age for wlhich maimum
(a) 32.24 (b) 34.36 (c) 36.82 (d) 42.24

(ii) In hospital-1, the upper limit of

mnodal class is

(a) 15 (b) 25 (c) 35 (d) 45

(iii) In hospital-1, the mean of the given data is

(a) 26.2 (b) 32.4 (c) 33.5 (d) 35.4

(iv) In hospital-2, the mode of the given data is

(a) 41.4 (b) 48.2 (c) 55.3 (d) 64.6

is
(v) In hospital-2, the median of the given data
(a) 32.7 (b) 40.2 (c) 42.3 (d) 48.6 is
The modal class
SOLUTION (i) Ans. (c):
We
have to find the mode of
the frequency distribution.
= = 14 andh = 10.
35 - 45 with ! =35, f 23, f =21, f2

23-21 20 : Mode =l+ f-hxh

-,
Mode = 35+
46-21-14
-x
10 =35+=36.82
11
2f -/
- upper limits is 45.
(ii) Ans. (c): Clearly, 35 45 is the modal class and its
<br>

Computation
of average age 14,7

Number of cases Mid-values

Age
30
years) ) (x,) l
(in 10
10
5-15 11 2
15-25 20
-12
21 30
25- 35 23
11

35-45 40
1
14 50
45-55 2
23
5 60 28
55-65 3
N 80 15

1 30 + 10 43 Žfu, 43
X=athl
N f4»- = 35.37
354

Ans.(a): We observe that 355 -45 is the modal class with

(iv) l=35, f =
42, f =
10, f, = 24
and
h= 10.
42 -10 320
Mode = 35 + x 10 = 35 +
84- - 24
= 41.4
10
50
Ans.(b): Computation of median
()
Age (in years) Number of cases (f)
Cumulative frequency
5-15 8
8
15-25 16
24
25-35 10
34
35-45 42
76
45-55 24 100
55-65 12 112

N =112

We
have, N=

is35-45. It is the
112. The cumulative frequency just greater than
median class with l=35, f =
, is76 and the corresponding class
42, N = 112, F = 34 and h = 10.

-F
Median =l+: 2 xh = 35+ 56 -34 -x 10 = 40.23 = 40.2
42
EXAMPLE
20 Electricity energy
continues to
consumption is the form of energy. Global electricity consumption
increase faster than world population, leading to an increase inthe average amount electricity of

COnSumed
per person
(per capita electricity consumption)
Tarif
Bill Number 658473
Typeof LT Residential
supply Connected load :3 kw
Meter
Reading Single phase
date Meter reading 65789
Previous 31-11-2021
reading Previous reading 65500
date 31-10-2021
289
Units Consumed
<br>

MATHEMATICSy
14.8
a A
and 80 families of colony B. The following
A
survey is conducted for 56 familics of colony table gives
the
twcekly consumption of clectricity of the families

Weckly consumption (in units): 0-1010-20 20-30 30-40 40-5050-60

16 12 18 6 4
Number of families in colony A:
Number of families in colony B: 5 10 20 40

(i) The median wcckly consumption of electricity in colony A, is

(a) 12 units (b) 16 units (c) 20 units (d) 8 units
(ii) The mean weekly consumption electricity in colony A, is
of

(a) 19.64 units (b) 22.5 units (c) 26 units (d) 28 units
(iii) The modal class in table for colony A is
-
-
(a) 0 10
-
(b) 10 20 (c) 20 30 (d) 30 - 40
(iv) The modal weekly consumption of electricity in colony B is
(a) 38.2 units (b) 43.6 units (c) 26 units (d) 32 units
(v) The mean weekly consumption of electricity in colony B, is
(a) 15.65 units (b) 32.8 units (c) 38.75 units (d) 48 units
SOLUTION () Ans. (c): Computation of median
Weekly consumption Number offamilies (f) Cumulative frequency (c.f.)

0-10 16 16
10 -20 12 28
20-30 8 46
30 - 40 6 52
40-50 4 56
50- 60 0 56
N 56

We have, N= 56. The cumulative frequency just greater than N = 28 is 46 and the corresponding
2
class is 10-20. It is the median class with l = 10, N = 56, f = 12, F = 16 and h = 10.

N
-F
Median =l+-xh Median = 10+-lb x 10 = 20
f 12
(ii) Ans. (a): Computation of Mean
Weekly Number of Mid-values Zj-35
consumption families (f) (x) 10

0-10 16 5 -3 -48
10 - 20 12 15 -2 - 24
20 -30 18 25 -1 18
30 - 40 6 35
-
40 50 4 45 4
50-60 0 55 2
= = 56 =
N £f N= Sf;u, -86
<br>

STATISTCS

35 4 1 149
56
-86x10= 19.64
with maximum frequency
class is 20 - 30. So,
(c): The the modal clasa
Ans. is 20.10
fi) modal class is 40.-50 with
l = 40, f
(b): The 40,
f, 20, f, 5
Ans. and h 10.
(iy) 40 - 20
Mode = l+
+
40 x 10 =
80 - 20-5
40 200
2f- f- f 55
= 436

Computation of Mean
Ans.
(c):
() Weekly Number of Mid-Values X} - 35
Consumption families f) () 10

0 5
0-10 -3
5 15
10- 20 -2 -10
10 25
20-30 -1 - 10
30- 40 20 35 0
40 45 1
40- 50 40
5 55 2 10
50 -60
= 30
N= 80 Efu,

=35 +
35 + 3.75= 38.75
every year in different
seasonal and annual rainfall
PVAMPLE 21 India meteorological department observes
sub-divisions of our country.

TEOROL ICAL

qftz:

Fig. 14.2 wise seascnal

sub-division
given below shows
table
results. The
It
them to compare and analyse the
helps
1600-1800
(monsoon) rainfall (mm) in 2018:
1200-1400 1400-1600
800-1000 1000-1200
Rainfall(mm) 600-800
200-400 400-600 1

Number 3
of 2
Sub-divisions 4
4 7
2
following questions:
Based
on the above information, answer the
i) Write the modal class.
(i) Findthe median of the given data.
(iii) Find
the mean rainfall in this season.
<br>

MNIREAte
14.10 rainfallLduring monsoon
at least 100O mm Scason, considered
is
Ifsub-division having stb-divisions haad good rainfall?
(iv) many
division, then how
mm rainfall is in maximum number of sub-divisione
600-800 1heren.,f\,
sOLUTION (i)
class.
the modal frequency
distribution is as given below:
cumulative Cumulative
(ii) The Number of sub-divisions () frequency
Rainfall (nm)
2
200-400 4
400-600 7 13
600-800 4 17
800-1000 2 19
1000-1200 3 22
1200-1400 1
23
1400-1600 1
24
1600-1800
N= 24

= 12
=
We have, N= Ef 24 2
N 13 and the corresponding class
greater than 2 i.e. 12 is i 600-54)
sis
The cumulative frequency just

l= 600,f=7, h= 200andF=6.
is the median class with
N -F 12 -6 x
200 = 600+ 171.4 = 771.4 mm
Median = 600
+

Median =l+2 f xh 7

Computation of Mean
(iii)
1100 Number of
Rainfall Mid values 2;- = u;
(4;) 200 Sub-divisions f)
(mm)
-4 2 -8
200 - 400 300
-3 4 -12
400 - 600 500
700 -2 7 -14
600- 800
-1 4 -4
800- 1000 900
2
1000 - 1200 1100 0
3
3
1200 - 1400 1300 1
2
1
1400- 1600 1500 2
1
1600- 1800 1700 3
=-30
f,
We find that a = 1100, h = 200, N = 24

= 1100 + 200 x
-30 = 1100 - 250 = 8F0 mm
Mean Mean 24
(iv) Number of sub-divisions having at least 1000m rainfall 2+3+1+l=7
Hence, 7 sub-divisions have good rainfall.
<br>

JN BASED
MCQn
contains: STATEMENT-1
ollowing examples (Assertion)
(a), h). (c) and (d),
ofthe
lolloving four choices only one of which and STATEMENT-2(Reason)
Exh isthecorrect answer. Matk
andhaschoice.
are True: Statement-2 the
ormt Statement-2
Salement-1 and is a correct explanationfor
Statemen-2 are True; Statement-2 not a Statement-1.
a) Statement- and is correct explanation
True, Statennent-2 is False. for Statement-1.
) statement-1 is
Statennent-2 is Truc.
Statement-1is False,
mean
d Statement-1 (A): The of
first fifty nine natural numbers
AMrLE 22 is 30).

Statement-2 (R): The sun of

first n
natural numbers is n(n+1)
2

Ans (a) .
2, 3, 4,....., (1 -l),
n is an AP with
first term = 1,
OLUTION 1, last term n and cornmon
ditterence = 1.
n n)= "(1+1)
1+2+3+4 +... + (n -1)
+
=1+ 2
..()
statement-2 is
true.
So,
mean of first fifty nine natural numbers. Then,
Let R bethe

I.l+2+3+. .+ 59 1
59(59+1)
=30
59 59 | [Using (i)]

.ksbament-1 is also true. Also, statement-2 is a correct explanation for statement-1.

Hence, option (a) is
correct.
EXAMPLE 23 Statement-1 (A): The mean of 1,3, 5, 7, 9,..,97,99 is 50
=
Statement-2 (R): 1+3+5+7+9+..... (2n -1) n'.

Ans. (a)
last term = (2n - and number
1,3, 5, 7,9,...., (2n- 1) is an A.P. with first term 1, 1)
SOLUTION
of
terms= n.

1+3+5+7 +9+ ... t.(2n -1) =(1 + 2n - 1) = n

Using: S,-a+) ...(i)

So, statement-2
is true.
term =1and common difference =2.
I, 3, 5,79,...... 97.99 is also an A.P. with first
Let there be n termns in this A.P. Then,
99 = 1+(n - 1)
x
2 2(n-1) = 98 n
-1=49N=50
9=nterm
ct A denote the mnean of [Link].9........97, 99. Then,

[Using ()]
502
v_l+3+5+7+9+....+ 99 = 50
50 50
for statement-1.
So, staterment-1 a correct explanation
Hence, is also true. Also, statement-2 is
option
(a) is correct.
<br>

14.12 MATTIEMNIICSX

AMPL of lhe mode and medin data is 24..tlhen

of a
24 Satement-1 (A) Ifthe diferewe mean ts 12.
thediference
of the mellan and
a moderately anymmelrie dlistrilbulion,
mode, median
and mean
Satement (R): Por
2
3 Meu are
-
2 Mellnn
(Wnected by the relaton: Mude
Ans. ()
- 24
OUTION I in
iven that: Mode Median
We know that : Mode Median 2 (Medlan- Mean)
12
24 2
(Medlan - Mean) r Median- Menn
So, statement-1 is true. and me.
distribution, the relationship between mode, median
T'or a moderately asynmetric
Mode a 3
Median-2 Mean
IHence, option (c) is correct.
So, statement-2 is not true,

PRACTICE EXERCISES
(MCQs)
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

each of the following:

Murk the correct allernative in a measure of central tendency?
following is not
1. Which of the
Mode (d) Standard deviation
(c)
(a) Mean (b) Median mean is
a frequency distribution from its
sum of the deviations of a non-zero number
2. The algebraic (c) 0
(d)
(b) always negative
(a) always positive ..., n is
3. The arithmetic
mean of 1, 2, 3,
n +1 n-1 (d) "+1
(c)
(b)
(a) 2
2
mode are connected by the relation
distribution, mean, median and
4. For frequency
a
Mode = 2 Median -3 Mean
2 Median (b)
= Mean
(a) Mode 3
Mode = 3 Median + 2 Mean
-
= Median 2 Mean
(d)
[CBSE 023|
(c) Mode 3

cannot be determined
graphically?
these
5. Which of the
following
(c) Mode (d) none of
(b) Median graphically with the help
of
(a) Mean distribution is found
a given frequency
6. The median of polygon (d) Ogive
(b) Frequency curve (c) Frequency from
(a) Histogram can be determined graphically
a frequency distribåtion Frequency curve
7. The mode of (d)
(c) Ogive
(a) Histogram (b) Frequency polygon

8. Mode is (b) middle most value

(a) least frequent value
(d) none of these so on,then
(c) most frequent value 2 and
1, second by
X. If the first item is increased by
9. The mean ofn observations is
the new mean is none of these
X + (c) X+ n+1 (d)
+n (b) 2
(a) X 2
<br>

methods of determining mode is 14.13

the
Cne of 21 Median
- 3 Mean
(b) Mode =
Mode 2 Median + 3 Mean
Mode = 3
Median --2 Mean (d) Mode 3Median
+ 2 Mean
mean of the following distribution is 2.6,
thenthe value of y is
Ifthe
Variable() : 4
5
5
Frequency : 1
2
(b) 8 (c) 13
(a) 3 mcan, (d) 24
relationship between median and mode for a
The moderately skewed
2 - 3 Mean distribution is
Mode = 2 Median (b) Mode Median Mean -2
Mode 21 Median - Mean (d) Mode = 3 Median mean
(c) -2
ICBSE 2023|
The
nmean of fa discrete frequency distribution x;lf;i=1,2, ..,n is given by
1.

(a) (c) l (d)

i=1
i=l
..Ethe arithmetic mean of x, X x
+3, +6, x + 9, and x + 12 is 10, the x =

(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 6 (d) 4

t 1fthe median of
the data: 24,25, 26, x +2,x +3,30,31,34 is 27.5, then x =
(a) 27 (b) 25 (c) 28 (d) 30
16
6,7, x -2, x, 17, 20,written in ascending order,is 16. Then x =
If
the median of the data:

(a) 15 (b) 16 (c) 17 (d) 18

17. The median of first 10 prime numbers is
(a) 11 (b) 12 (c) 13 (d) 14
1S.
Ifthe mode of
thedata: 64, 60, 48, x, 43, 48,43,34 is 43, then x +3=
(a) 44
(b) 45 (c) 46 (d) 48
19, Ifthe mode of the data: 16, 15, 17, 16, 15, x, 19, 17, 14 is 15, then X=
(a) 15
(b) 16 (c) 17 (d) 19
* Lne mean of 1,3,4,5, 7,4 is m. The numbers 3,2, 2,4,3,3, p have mean m -l and median q.
Then,
p+q=
(a) 4 7
(b) 5 (c) 6 (d)
21,
Ifthe mean of a EfX; =
132 + 5k,2f, = 20, then k =
Trequency distribution is 8.1 and
a) 3 (d) 6
(b) 4 (c) 5
22
I he mean of
6,7, x, 8, y, 14 is 9, then
(a)
x+y=21 x-y = 19 (d) x-y = 21
(b) x
+y= 19 (c)
<br>

ANTIIEMA%*
14,14
first observation is irtcreased
observations is Î. Ilthe by1,the
23. 1he
mean ofn new mean is secind
3, and so on, then the ty.
third by
n+1 (c) F + (n + 1)
(d) n+|
+ 1) (b) I
(a) F+ (2n 2

5n
mcan first natural numbers is
n then n=
24, If the of
(c) 9 (d) 10
(b) 4
(a) 5 a
data are 24 and 12 respectively, then
e
mean and mode of its medianis
25. The arilhmetic (c) 20 (d) 22
(b) 18
(a) 25 is
mean first n odd natural number
26. The of
(c) n (d) n2
(b) 2
(a) 2
n²
numbers is 81-, then n =
27. The mean of first n odd natural
(c) 27 (d) 18
(b) 81
(a) 9
difference of mode and median of a data is 24, then the difference of median andman
28. If the
24 (c) (d) 36
(a) 12 (b)
x, 14 x, thenx=
29. If arithmetic mean of 7,8, 11, is
the
(c) 10 (d) 10.5
(a) 9 (b) 9.5
mean by 12, then mode exceeds the median br
30. If mode ofaseries exceeds its
(c) 6 (d) 10
(a) 4 (b) 8
mean n natural number is 15, then n =
31. If the of first
(c) 14 (d) 29
(a) 15 (b) 30
+ a, .., I, a is
then the mean of X+ a, I,
+

I...., X, is x,
32. If the mean of observations X1,

ax x-a (c) +a (d)

(a) (b)

33. Mean of a certain number of observations

is If each observation is divided . by m (m * 0)

increased by n, then the mean of new observation is

+:
(c)
+ (d)
(a) +1 (b) + n m

34. If u, =-25
10
-, Efu, = 20, E{; = 100, then x =
(c) 27 (d) 25
(a) 23 (b) 24 increases by
median
35. If 35 is remnoved from the data: 30, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, then the
(d) 0.5
(a) 2 (b) 1.5 (c) 1
are
36. While computing mean of grouped data, assume that the frequencies
we classes
marks offtheclasses
class.
(a) evenly distributed over all the classes. (b) centred at the
lower limit of the
(c) centred at the upper limit of the clases. (d) centred at the
<br>

STATISTICS

14.15
In the formula X =0+
37. f for finding the meam
of grouped frequency
1l; = distribution
(a) (b) h(x, -a)
h (d)
38. For the following distribution:

Class: 0-5 5-10 10-15 15-20 20-25

Frequency: 10 15
12
the sum of the lower limits 20
of the median and modal class is
(a) 15 (b) 25 (c) 30
39. (d) 35
For the following distribution:
Below: 10 20 30 40 50 60
Number of students: 3 12 27 57 75 80
the modal class is
(a) 10-20 (b) 20-30 (c) 30-40
40.
(d) 50-60
Consider the following frequency distribution:
Class: 65-85 85-105 105-125 125-145 145-165 165-185 185-205
Frequency: 4 5 13 20 14 7 4
The difference of the upper limit of the median class
and the lower limit of the modal class is
(a) 0 (b) 19 (c) 20 (d) 38
41. The abscissa of the point of intersection of less than type
and of the more than type cumulative
frequency curves of a grouped data givesits
(a) mean (b) median (c) mode (d) all the three above
42. Consider the following frequency distribution:
Class: 0-5 6-11 12-17 18-23 24-29
Frequency: 13 10 15 11
Theupper limit of the median class is
(a) 17 (b) 17.5 (c) 18 (d) 18.5
43. every term of the statistical data consisting of n terms is decreased by 2, then the mean of the
lf
data:
(a) decreased by 2 (b) remains unchanged
(c) decreases by 2n (d) decreases by 1
[CBSE 2023]

CASE STUDY BASED MCQs

44. A stopwatch was used to find the time that it took a group of students to run 100 m. The.
following table exhibits the time intervals and the number of students completing the 100 m
race in these intervals:
Time (in sec) 0-20 20 - 40 40 - 60 60 - 80 80 -100

No. of students 8 10 13 6 3
<br>

14.16

Fig. 14.3
finish the raco
Estimate the mean time taken by student to
a

(i)
(b) 63 (c) 43 (d) 50
(a) 54
(ii) What will be the
upper limit of modal class?
40 (c) 60 (d)80
(a) 20 (b)
(iii) The construction of cummulative frequency table is useful in determining
(a) Mean (b) Median (c) Mode (d) Allof the
class is the above
(iv) The sum of lower limits of median class and(c)modal
80
(a) 60 (b) 100 (d) 140
(v) How many students finished the
race within minute?1

(a) 18 (b) 37 (c) 31 (d) 8

50 wrestlers participated. Their weights wererecordedaas
45.
Ina wrestlingchampionship gjvenin
the following table:

Fig. 14.4
Weight (ín kg) 100-110 110-120 120-130 130-140 140-150
No. of wrestlers 8 16 10 9 7
Based on the above information answer the following questions:
(i) The upper limit of the modal class is
(a) 110 (b) 120 (c) 130 (d) 140
(ii) The median class is
(a) 110-120 (b) 120-130 (c) 130-140 (d) 140-150
(iii) The difference of the upper limit of the median class
is and the lower limit of the modal das

(a) 10 (b) 20 (c) 30 (d) 40

(iv) The modal class is
(a) 110-120 (b) 120-130 (c) 130-140 (d) 140-150
<br>

(v) modianvale tn
(n) 120

Fly, 14,t

Weiyht len than(in ky): 38 10 12

Number of students )

(i) The median class of the given data is

(a) 40-42 (b) 42-44 (c) 44-46

(ii) The lower limit of the modal class is

(b) 44 (e) 46
(a) 42
(iii) The median weight is
(d) 40.8
(c) 40.2
(a) 46.5 (b)475
class is
The sum of the lower limits of the mnedian andmodal
(iv) (d) 82
(b)B8 (e)90
(a) 86 by usinng
mean and mnedian, mode can be computed
(v) After computing (b) Mode -2 Mvdian -3
Mean
Mean
(a) Mode =3Median -2 -
Mean)
Mean) (d) Mode 2 (Median a
(c) Mode (Median-
3 recorded with the help of
yportu meet The time w5
race
m was organized in a school
which the racs was linishwd by the
47. A 100 time in
table shown below deseribes the
stopwatch. A
number of students - 40- 60
-
60 B) B)- 10)
0-20 20 40
Time (in sec.) 13 10 3
[Link] students

Fig. 14.6
<br>

fhatement2 (0
Meati - Mriiar Mte

hatneit2 (Ly,

ANSWERS

11. (b)

19, 17. (b)

(b) 27.
22. (b) 23. (h) 24. (c) (y
30. (b) 33. (d) 33. (a)
29, (c)
36, (b) 34, (b)

44, ) (c)
45, ) (b)
(i) (b) 556) (2)
47. () (d) (ii) (b)
4h. (b) 49. (c) 50. (2)
<br>

HAPMER5:

PROBABILITY

REVISION OF KEY CONCEPTS AND FORMULAE

1. Inthe experimental approach to probability, we find the probability of the occurrence of an

event by actually performing the experiment a number of times and adequate recording of the
happening of event.
2. In the theoretical approach to probability, we try to predict what will happen without actually
performing the experiment.
3. An outcome of a random experiment is called an elementary event.

4. An event associated to a random experiment is a compound event if it is obtained by combining

two or more elementary events associated to the random experiment.
5. An event A associated to a random experiment is said to occur ifany one of the elementary
events associated to the event A is an outcome.

6. Anelementary event is said to be favourable to a compound event A, ifit satisfies the definition
of the compound event.
m of them are
7. If there are elementary events associated with a random experiment and
n
occurrence of event A is denoted
favourable to an event A, then the probability of happening

by P(A)and is defined as the ratio

Favourable numberof elementary events

i.e. P(A) =
Totalnumber of elementary events

we have
For any event A associated to random experiment,
a
8.

() 0sP(A) s1 (i) P(A) =1- P(A)

9. The probability of
a sure event is 1.

event is 0.
10. The probability of an impossible
outcomes (elementary events) of an experiment is
1,
11, The sum of the probabilities of all the

15.1
<br>

15.2

8 SOLVED EXAMPLES

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCas)

EXAMPLE 1 A
unber is chosen at random from the nunbers -5,-4,- -3,-2, 1,9,),2,3,4,5,
the probability that square of this number is less than or equal to 1, s

9 3 7
(a) (b) 11 (c) 11
(d) 11
11

Ans. (b)
SOLUTION There are 11 numbers, out of which a number can be chosen in 11 ways.
So, total number of climentary events (outcomes) = 11,
The square of the chosen nunmber will be less than or equal to 1, if the chosen number is any enr
the following numbers - 1, 0, 1.
Favourable number of elementary events = 3.

3
Hence, required probability=
11

EXAMPLE 2 In a single throw oftwo dice, the probability of getting 6 as a product of two numbers ituind
is
4 2 5
(a) (b) (c) (d)
9 9 9
Ans. (c)
sOLUTION A single throw of two dice can result in anyone of the following 36 ways:
(1, 1), (2, 2),
.... (1, 6)
(2, 1), (2, 2), .,
(3, 6)
(3, 1), (3, 2),
.. (3, 6)

(6, 1), (6, 2),

... (6, 6)
Total number of elementary events = 36.
The product of numbers of two dice can be 6 in the following ways:
First die Second die
1
6
2 3
3 2
6 1

Favourable number of elementary events = 4.

4 1
Hence, required probability
36 9
EXAMPLE 3 A bag contains 5 red balls and n green balls. If the probability of
drawing a gree bll
times that of a red ball, then the value of n is
(a) 18 (b) 15 (c) 10 (d) 20
Ans. (b)
<br>

rRORABILITY 15.3

onUTION Total number of balls is n+5, out of which one can be drawn in (n+5) ways.

Total nunmber of elcmentary events n +5

ot of 5 red balls, one ball can be chosen in 5 ways and out of n green balls orne green ball can be
Therefore,
chosen in n ways.
= n = 5
P Probability of drawing a green ball
=
n+5 and, P2 = Probability of drawing a red ball
n+6
It is given that
5
P =3p, -=3x. n n= 15
n+5 +5

EXAMPLE 4 The probability

of
getting a bad apple in a box of 400 apples is 0.035. The total number of bad
apples is

(a) 7 (b) 14 (c) 21 (d) 28

Ans. (b)
sOLUTION Let there be n bad apples in a box of 400 apples. Then,

Probability of getting a bad apple

400
0.035 =
400
n= 0.035
x
400 = 14

EXAMPLE 5 The probability

of
guessing the correct answer to a certain question is If the probability of

not guessing the correct answer to this question is 2/3, then

(a) b= 4a (b) b=3a (c) b= 2a (d) b= a

Ans. (b)
SOLUTION We have,

2
Probability of not guessing the correct answer to the question ==
3

Probability of guessing the correct answer to the question 21

=1-#=
3 3

-=b=3a
3
a
EXAMPLE A girl calculates that the probability of her winning the first prize in lottery is 0.06. If 8000
6

tickets are sold, then how many tickets has she bought?

(a) 420 (b) 480 (c) 840 (d) 48

Ans. (b) |CESE 2023|
&8000.
SOLUTION Suppose she bought n tickets. Total number of tickets is

=
Probability of winning the first prize
8000

0.06 = 1= 480
8000
<br>

MATIIEMATICS.X
15.4
of
of gelting the difference numbers on
EXAMPLE 7Two dice are thrown together. The probability their
upper faces equal to 2, is
2

(a)
5
(b)
(c) ; (d)
9
9

Ans. (d)
=
SOLUTION Total number of clementary events 36.
ways:
The difference of two numbers can be 2 in the following
(6, 4)
(1,3), (3, 1),(2, 4), (4, 2), (3, 5), (5, 3), (4,6),
=
Favourable number of elementary events 8
8 2
Hence, required probability
36
EXAMPLE 8 From the letters of the word "MOBILE", if the letter is selected, what is the probability that it
is a vowel?

1
1 4
3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 7 7 2

Ans. (d)
SOLUTION There are 6 distincts letters in the word 'MOBILE out of which one letter can be chosen
in 6 ways. So, total number of elementary events is [Link] of three vowels in the word MOBILE' one
vowel can be selected in3 ways.
3
Hence, probability that the selected letter is a vowel =
6
EXAMPLE 9 number was chosen at random from first 300 three-digit natural numbers. The
A probabilihy

that the selected number has zero at units place is

1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
15 10 20
Ans. (c)
sOLUTION First 300 three digit numbers are: 100, 101,
.., 399. Out of these one number can be
chosen in 300 ways.
Total number of elementary events = 300
.., [Link]
A number having 0 at unit's place is divisible by 10. Such nunbers are 100, 110,120,
numbers form an AP with common difference 10. Let there nunber be n. Then,
390 = 100 + (n -1) x
10 290 = 10 (n-1) n=30
Favourable number of elementary events = 30.

Hence, required probability = 30

300 10
EXAMPLE 10 A three digit number is chosen at random, the probability
that it is divisible by both 2 and 3,
is
1 1 1
(a) (b) () (d)
12
<br>

PROBABILITY 15.5

Ans. (c)
cnUIION Three digit numbers are: 100, 101,..., 999. Thesc arc 900 numbers out of which one can
he chosen in 900 ways. So, total number of clementary events is 900.
A

are 102, 108, 114, .,

number will be divisible by both 2 and 3, if it is divisible by 6. Three digit numbers divisible by6
996. These numbers form an AP with first term = 102, common difference
d6and last term =996. Let there number be n. Then,
996 = 102 +
(n -1) x 6 894 = (1 - 1)
6
> n-1=149 n= 150
there are 150 numbers between 102 and 996 which are divisible by 6. Out of these one number
So.
can be chosen in 150ways.
Favourable number of elementary events = 150
150 1
Hence, required probability
900 6
EXAMPLE 11 x= ABCDEFGHIJ... Z. Aletter is selected at random from the letters in odd positions. The
probability that it is a vowel, is
(a) 5/13 (b) 6/13 (c) 7/13 (d) 8/13
Ans. (a)
sOLUTION There are 13 letters in odd positions, one of these letters can be chosen in 13 ways.
Total number of elementary events = 13
Vowels A, E, I, O,U are at 1, 5, 9, 15 and 21 positions respectively. So all vowels are at odd positions.
Favourable number of elementary events = 5.
5
Hence, required probability
13
EXAMPLE 12 A three digit number is chosen at Tandom, the probability that its hundred's digit, ten's digit
and unit's digit are consecutive integers in descending order, is
1 4 2 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
75 225 225 45
Ans. (c)
...,
SOLUTION There are 900 three digit numbers, namely, 100, 101, 998, 999. Out of these one
number can be chosen in 900 ways.
Total number of elementary events = 900.
Three digit numbers having hundred's, ten's and unit's digit as consecutive integers in descending
one can be chosen
order are 210,321, 432, 543, 654, 765, 876,987. These are 8 numbers, out of which
in 8 ways.
= 8
Favourable number of elementary events
8 2
Hence, required probability
900 225
a box. Ifa card is selected
EXAMPLE Hundred cards marked with numbers 1 to 100 are placed in
13
on the card selected is perfect square is
Tandomly from the b0x, then the probability that the number
1 1
(a) (b) 25 (c) (d)
100 10 10
Ans. ()
ways.
SOLUTION card can be selected fromn 100 cards in 100
One
So, total umber of elementary events = 100.
<br>

MATHEMATICS-X

15.8
money, if the arrow
stops at an even prime
i.e. at 2.
and Avni both win prize
(vi) Ans. (b):
Aaushi
outcomes = 1.
Favourable nunber of money
1

Avni win their prize 20

and
Irobability that Aarushi

winning of Aarushi and Avni

Chances of which is both even
arrow stops at a prime number chances and odd
will win if the are zero percent of winning of
(vii) Ans. (d): Al
three numbers. Hence, there all
is no such
both. Clearly, there
somewhere in the rectangular region in
three. reported to lhave crashed
EXAMrLE 1S
A missing helicopter is one corner and in the remaining
corners there are three
is a lake in
rectangular region there radius 700 m.
Fig. 15.2. In the circle of
ech in the shape ofa quadrant ofa 2 km
tater hvdis m

-700
Water
body Lake 2 km

Water 700 km
Water: body
body <-700
m

m
K
700
8 km
Fig. 15.2
questioms:
information answer the following
On the basis of the above is
helicopter crashed inside the lake
(i) The probability that the (d) 0.8
(c) 0.5
(a) 0.1 (b) 0.4
helicopter crashing in one of the three water bodies in three corners?
(iü) What is the chance of
(c) 4% (d) 3.88%
(a) 2% (b) 2.88%
crashed in the water body near to the lake, is
(iii) The probability that the helicopter 231
77 77
77 (c) (d)
(a) (b) 8000 8000
4000 2000
in water body including
a lake is
(iv) The probabilitythat the helicopter crashed
931 1037
231 1031 -(d)
(b) (c) 8000
(a) 8000 8000 8000
water bodies and lake, is
(v) The probability that the helicopter crashed outside all
103 1031 6969
(a) (b) (c) (d) 8000
800 8000
SOLUTION ) Ans. (a): Area of the entire region
= (8 x 5)km = 40 km

Area of the lake = (2 x 2) km² = 4 km?

1
= 4
Probability thatthe helicopter crashed inside the lake 10
40
700 =
(i) Ans. (b): Each water body is a quadrant of a circle of radius 0.7 km
1000
3 22 = 231
Area of 3 water bodies = (07 km² km?
7 200
<br>

PROBABILITY

15.9
Probability that the helicopter
crashed in one of the water bodies = 231 231
200 x 40 =0.0288
Chances of helicopter crashíng 8000
in one of the water bodies 2.88%.
Ci) An5. (c): Area of the water body nearer
to the lake
-0707) 154
400
m?

Probability that the helicopter crashes

in the water body nearer to the 154 77
lake =
400 x 40 8000
iv) Ans. (c): Area of three water bodies and lake
=x322 (0.7) +2x2 |km = 1031
200
km?
.
Probability that the helicopter crashes in a water
body or in lake = 1031 1031
200 x 40 8000
(v) Ans. (d): Required probability 1031 6969
=1- 8000 8000
EXAMPLE 19 Mira has a circular cardboard with centre O.
The cardboard has been divided into three
regions labelled X, Y and Z by diameter AB and radius OC as
shoun in the following figure. She places a fair
spinner at the centre O of the cardboard. ZBOC = 45°; ansDer each of following
f the questions:
(i) The probability that the spinner will land in the region X, is

1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 A

45
(ii) The probability that the spinner will land in the regin Y, is
X
1 1 1 3 C
(a) (b) C (d)
2 8
(iii) The probability that the spinner uoill land in the region Z, is
Fig. 15.3
1 1 3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 8

The prababhility that the spinner uwill land in the region X or Z, is

1 3
(a) (c) (d)
4 8 8

(v) The probability that the spinner wvill land in the region Y or Z, is

3 5 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
8 2 8

sOLUTION (1) Ans. (d): Let r be the radius of the circular card-board. Then,
Area of the card-board xr
=

Area of region X = 135

360 8

Required probability
== 8
<br>

MAIIIEMAIKS
15.10

Area of region Y
(ii) Ans. (b): 2
1
Y 2
Required probability
45 -ny 2
(c): A
rea of region 2
(iii) As. 360
1
8
Required probability
=
(b): Total area of region
X and Z
(iv) As. 2

=
Required probability

(v) Ans. (c): Total area of region

Y
and Z=
2
.+=
8

=
Required probability
fee in the game is 200. Shikha takes ot
EXAMPLE 20 There is a game of tossing of three coins. The entr,
game are: If by tossing three coins or one coin #hv
into the game by paying the entry fee. The rules of the
times she gets one or two heads entry fee is refunded. If she
gets three heads, she receives double the ammumi
on the above information answer the follourino
paid as entry fee. Otherwise, she loses the entry fee. Based
questions:
(i) The total number of possible outcomes of the game, is
(a) 4 (b) 2 (c) 6 (d) 8
(ii) The probability that Shikha loses the entry fee, is
1
1 3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
8 4 2
(iii) What are the chances of getting ? 400?
(a) 50% (b) 25% (c) 12.5% (d) 75%
(iv) The probability that she gets back her entry fee, is
1 3 1 3
(a) 8 (b) (c) (d)
4 Fig. 15.4
(v) The chances of losing the entry fee are
(a) 12.5% (b) 25% (c) 37.5% (d) 50%
sOLUTION (() Ans.(d): Following are & possible outcomes in tossing three coins. HHH, Hhl,
THH,TTH, HTT, THT, TTT.
(ii) Ans, (a): Shikha looses entry fee, if she gets all tails.

So, required probability =

heads.
gets all
(iii) Ans. (c): Shikha will get double the amount paid as entry fee i.e. 400, if she
1
=
So, required probability
8
<br>

PROBABLUY
15.11
1

Hence, the chances are x 100% = 12.5%

.. AUS. (b): Shikha gets back her entry fee, if she gets onc
of the following as outcome:
HHT,HTH, THH, HTT, THT, TTH.

So, required probability = 6 3

8 4
A
Ans., (a): Shikha looses entry
fee, if she gets TTT as an outcome.
So, required probability =

Hence, the chances of loosing the entry fee are x

100% = 12.5%.

EXAMPLE 21 A class has 15 students whose ages are 14,17, 15, 14,
21, 17, 19, 20, 16, 18, 20, 17, 16, 19 and
20vears. One student is selected in such a manner that each has the same chance being
of selected and the age
X of the selected student is recorded. Using the
above information answer each of the followingquestions:
(i) If an Indian citizen becomes eligible to cast his vote after attaining 18 years
of age, what is the
probability that the selected student is an eligible voter?

2 7
(a) (b) (c) (d) 15
15 3
(ii) Probability of selecting a student who will be an eligible voter after one year, is
1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5 5 3
(iii) Probability of selecting a non-eligible voter is
3 1
(a) (b) 15 (d) 8

(iv) P(X 20) =

7 4 1
(a) (b) (c)
15
(a)

(v) P(16 < X < 20)

(d) 2
7
(a) (b) 15 (c)
15 15
5
sOLUTION Ans. (d): Total number of elementary events= 15
(1)

There are 7 students of age 18 or more years.

Favourable number of ways = 7
7
Hence, required probability
15 now There
(ii) Ans. (c): A student will be eligible to cast his vote after one year, if he is 17 years old
are three students who are 17 years old now.
=
Favourable number of elementary events 3
= 3
Probability of selecting an eligible voter 15
=1 -
4
Ans. (b): Required probability
=
1- P
(selecting an eligible voter)
i)
<br>

MATIEMATICSX
15.12

20 years or
moe
P
(X > 20) Probability of selecting
a student of age
(iv) Ans, (c):
< X S 20)
(v) Ans. (a): P(16 of age 16 years but less than or
equal to
Probability of selecting!
a
student 20 years
3
15
witlh its five
an archery target narked scoring areas from the
EXAMPLE 22 Figure 15.5 depicts the region representing
centre
White. The diameler
of Gold score
as Gold, Red, Bluc, Black and is 20cm
outuards wide. Ifa bowman shoots
an arrow. Find thefollowing probabilities.
other bands is 10cm
and cach the
of

White
Black
Blue
Red
Gold

Fig. 15.5

area, is
(i) The probability that the arrow hits in Gold scoring
3
1 7
(b) 25 (c) (d)
(a) 5 25
5
area, is
(ii) The probability that it hits in Red scoring
1 3 7
(b) (d)
(a) 25 25
25
area, is
(iii) The probability that it hits in Blue scoring
7 3 1
(2) (b) (c) (d) z
25 25 25
(iv) The probability that it hits in Black scoring area, is
7 1
9 3
(b (c) (d)
(a) 25 25 25 25
(v) The probability that it hits in white scoring area, is
3
7
(a) 9 (b) 5 (c) (d) 25
25 5
= 50 cm.
SOLUTION () Ans. (a): Radius of the archery target
= cm =
Area of archery target IX 50 2500 cm²
= IX 10 cm = 100 cm
Area of gold scoring region
100
Probability that the arrow hits in gold scoring region 2500 25

(iü) Ans. (b): Area of red scoring region

= n(20 - 10 ) cm =300x Cm?

= 300 3
Probability that the arrow hits in red scoring area 25
2500
= (30* - 20) cm² = 500x cm²
(iii) Ans. (d): Area of blue scoring region
<br>

rROBABULIY 15.13

Probability that the arrow hits in blue scoring region 500 1

2500t
Area n(40 - 30²) cm²
of =
Ans. (c): black scoring region 700x cm?
(iv)

Probability that the arrow hits in black scoring region = 700 7

2500T 25

Ans. (a): Area of white scoring region = n (50° - 40²) cm² = 900r cm?

Irobability that the arrow hits in white scoring region = 900

2500 25

EXAMPLE 23 "Eiglt Ball" is agame played on a pool table with 15 balls numbered 1 to 15 and a "cue ball"
hat is solid and white.
of the 15 numbered balls, eight are solid (non-white) coloured and numbered 1 to 8
to
and seven are stried balls numbered 9 15.

Fig. 15.6

The 15 numbered pool balls (no cue ball)

are placed in a
large bowl and mixed, then one ball is drawn out at
random.
Based on theabove information, answer the following questions:
bears number 8?
(i) What is the probability that the drawn ball
ball bears an even number?
(i) What is the probability that the drawn a
What is the probability that the drawn ball bears a number, which is multiple of 3?
(üi) bears an even number?
probability that the drawn ball is solid coloured and
a
(iv) What is the [CBSE 2023]
15 ways.
SOLUTION Out numbered pool balls, one ball can be drawn in
of 15
= 15.
Total number of elementary events
8 can be drawn in
one ball bearing number 8. Therefore, a ball bearing number
0) There
is exactly
one way.
= 1
Favourable number of elementary events

8= 1
Hence, Probabilitythat the drawn ball bears number 15
one ball can be drawn in 7 ways.
) There are 7 even numbered balls out of which
Favourable number of elementary events =7.
<br>

15.14 MATIIEMATICS:X

7
Hence, probability that the drawn ball bears an even number 15

(ii) There are 5 balls bearing numbers which are multiple of 3.

Favourable number of elementary events = 5.
= 5
Hence, probability that the drawn ball bears a number, which is multiple of 5 15 3

(iv) There are 4 solid coloured ballsbearing an even number 2, 4, 6, 8.

Favourable number of elementary events = 4.

4
Hence, probability that the drawn ball is a solid coloured ball bearing an even number =
15

EXAMPLE 24 Computer-based learning (CBL) refers to any teaching methodology that makes use ot
computers for information transmission. At an elementary school level, computer applications can be used o
display multimedia lesson. A survey was done on 1000elementary and secondary schools of Assam and the
vere classified by the number of computers they had.

Fig. 15.7
Number of
Computers 1-10| 11 - 20 21- 50 51- 100 101 and nore
Number of Schools 250 200 290 180 80
One school is chosen at random. Then:
(i) Find the probability that the school chosen at
random has more than 100computers.
(ii) Find the probability that the school chosen at random has 50 or fewer computers.
(iüi) Find the probability that the school chosen at
random has not more than 20 computers.
(iv) Find the probability that the sch0ol chosen at random
has 10 or less than 10 computers.
SOLUTION (1) Total number of schools = 1000
Number of schools having more than 100 computers =
80
Probability that the school chosen at 80 =
random has more than 100computers =
0.08.
(1i) Number of schools having 50 or 1000
fewer computers = 250 + 200 + 290 =740
740
Required probability = 1000 = 0,74
<br>

ROHADOLY 1515

i) Nuuber of ncln luving not meethun20 computern 250200 -450

450
Required potability 1000
or lem
(iv) Numtber of achola havng l0 tlan l0 conmputera 250

).2%
Requlred pobability
\000

IXANMPL 25 A millle schoo deciled to run the following spiner game us a

funt-taiser on Christmas
Cmiel.

(0) (Q) (n) (0)

Qreon Rod

Yollow
(0)
(Qroon
()

Fig. 15,8
Making Purple: Spin cach spinneronce, Blue and rol make parple. So, if one spinner shows Ked (R) and
another Bluc (3), thcn you 'win', One uch outeome is twritten as 'RB",
Bascd on the above, answer the follovingqucstions:
(i) List all possible outcomes of the gme. (i) Fndthe probability of "Making P'uryle'.
) For each win, aparticiyant gets 10, but if heshe bses, heshe has to puy R5 to the schal.
schol have colloctel,
f 99 participants played, calculate how much fund could
the

(iv) Ifthe same amount

of
5 hus ben decided for winning or losing the game, then how mnuch fund had

beencollected byschol? (Numler of yurticipants 99).

SOLUTION () llhe posaible outmeN of tlhe game are: RR, RB, RG, GR, GB, GG, YR, YB, YG
) Total number of outeomey =9, I'urple can be made if the outeome is RB.

I'robabiliy ofmaking purple

() We find that:
8
I'robability of winning 10 nd, I'robability of losing 5 )

Amount collected by the selool from one participant --10 x+5x 3

lence, Amount collected by the Nelol from 99 participants

(iv) P'robability of winning 5

and, IProability of loosing RS

Amount collected by
the school fromt one participant 35
--5*5x
<br>

15.16
MATIEMATICS-X

Hence, Amountcollected by
the school fromn 99 participants 9x 385

ASSERTION -REASON BASED MCQs

Each of the following exanmples
contains STATEMENT-1 (Assertion)
and has following four choices (a), (b), (c) and STATEMENT-2 (Reasnr
and (d), only one ofwhich is
correct choice. the correct answer. Mark tha
(a) Statement-1 and Statement-2 arc
Truc: Statement-2 is a corrcct explanation
(b) Statement-1 and Statement-2 are True:; for Statement-1
Statement-2 is not a correct explanation
(c) Statement-1 is True, for Statement.1
Statement-2 is False.
(d Statement-l is False, Statement-2
is [Link]
EXAMPLE 26 Statement-1 (A):
If the probability of occurrence of an event
is 0.7, then the probability of
its non-0cCurrence is 0.3.
Statement-2 (R): For any event A, P (A) + P (not
A)= 1.
Ans. (a)
SOLUTION The statement-2,
being a standard result,is true. Using statement-2,
=
P (not A) 0.3. So, statement-1 is true if P(A) = 0.7, then
and statement-2 is a correct explanation for statement-1.
Hence, option (a) is correct.
EXAMPLE 27 Statement-1 (A): All elementary
events associated to a random experiment
have egual
probabilities and their sum is 1.
Statement-2 (R): Elementary events associated to a random
experiment are its outcomes
and there is only one outcome favourable to each
Ans. (a) elementary event.

SOLUTION If there are n elementary events ...,

E, E, E, associated to a random experiment,
then
favourable number of elermentary events to each E; is 1.
P(E,) = fori= 1,2,3, .., n

1 1
P(E)= P(E,)+. +
P(E,)=-+-+...+-==1
Thus, both statements are ture and statement-2 is a correct explanation
for statement-1.
Hence, option (a) is correct.

EXAMPLE 28 Statement-1 (A): The probability ofgetting a 1

doublet in a single throw of a pair of dice is
6
Statement-2 (R): For any event A,
0s P(A)s1.
Ans. (b)
SOLUTION There are 36 elementary events associated to
the random experiment of throwing a
pair of dice including 6 doublets (1, 1),(2, 2),(3, 3), (4, 4), (5,5) and (6, 6).
6 1
Probability of getting a doublet =
36 6

So, statement-1 is true.

Clearly, statement-2 is true for any event A but, it is not a correct explanation for statement-1.
Hence, option (b) is correct.
<br>

15.37

-
özr Sturdzv

PRACTIDE EEROCSES

NILTPECOICE QESTIONSOS
<br>

MAThTKS

Q. No, I, the Probabillty that

he ligit bs oven, id' linritti n, tr;
1.
ln (d)
2
(b) (c) 3
()
of 3 is
No. I, the obabilty that
e
digt is a ultiple
3
ln0.
(b) (C) , (d)
(a)
the probability of yetting at least two head..
3.
Ithee cobN Are tossed nimultaneously, then
(c) 2. (d)
(b)
. In asinyle
a
tbrow of a die, the probability of yeting multiple of
3 is
2
(0) (b) (o) (d)

gunaing the correct answer to certain test questions is 12 If

a
6.
The probability of th
2
probability of not guessing the correct answer to this question is then x=
3'
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 6
7. A bag contains three green marbles, four blue marbles, and two orange marbles. If a marble is
picked at random, then the probability that it is not an orange marble is
1 4
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 9
8. A nunmber is selected at random from thenumbers 3, 5, 5,7, 7, 7, 9, 9,9,9.
The probability that the selected number is their average is
1
7
(a) (b) (c) (d)
10 10 10 10
9. The probability of throwing a a
number greater than 2 with fair dice is
3 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5 5 3
10. A
card is acidently dropped from a pack of52playing cards. The probability that it is an ace is
1
1 1 12
(n) (b) (c) (d)
4 13 52 13
11, A number is selected from numbers 1 to 25. The probability that it is prime is
1

(n) (b) 5
3 (c) (d)
6 25 6
12. Which of the following cannot be the probability of an event?
2
(a) (b) -1.5 (c) 15% (d) 0.7
13. If P(E) = 0.05, then P(not E) =
(a) -0.05 (b) 0.5 (c) 0.9 (d) 0.95
14. Which of the following cannot be the probability of occurrence of an event?
(a) 0.2 (b) 0.4 (c) 0.8 (d) 1.6
15, The probability of a certain event is

(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 1/2 (d) no existent

<br>

'ROBA|LIIY
15,19
l6. The probability an ipossilble event
of in
(a) 0 (b) 1

17.
(c) 1/2 (d) non-existent
Aarushisolt i00 lotery tickets
is the probability inwhich 5 llekets carry prlzes, I(riya purchased a
of Priya winning a ticket, whnt
19 prize?
(a)
20 (b) 17
25 (c)
I8. A 20) (d)
nnber is sclected fronnfirst 50 natural numbers, 20
of 3 or 5? Wlut is the probability that it is a
muliple
13
(a) 21
25 (b) 12
23
50 (c)
19. A 25 (d) hhe

month is sclected at random a 50

in [Link] probabilitythat
itis March or October,is
(a) (b) 3
12
(c)
20. (d) none of these
From the letters of the
word "MOBILE", a letter is
vowel, is selecled, The probability
that the letter is a
1

3
(a) (b)
7 (c)
(d)
21. A dic is 6
thrown once. The probability of
getting a prime number is
1
(a)
3 (b) (c) 2
1
3 (d)

22. The (CBSE 20131

probability of getting an even number, a
when die is thrown once is
1
(a) (b)
(d)

23. A box contains 90 discs, numbered (CISE 2013)

from to 90. If oncdisc is drawn at random
1

the probability that it bears a prime number less than 23, is fron the boX,
7 10 4
(a) (b) 9
90 (c) (d)
90 45 89
(CDSE 2013)
24. The probability that a
number selected at random from the numbers 1, 2, 3,...,15 is a multiple
of 4, is
4
(a) (b) (d)
15 15 3
[CBSE 2014)
25. Two different coins are tossed simultaneously. The probability of getting at least one head is

3
(a) (b) g (c) (d)
4
(CBSE 2014]
26. If two different díce are rolled together, the probability of getting an even number on both dice,

1 1

(a) (b) (c) (d)

36 2 6
{CBSE 2014]
<br>

15.20

number is selected at
A
number is
(c) (l)
(a) (b) (

28, A
cand is drawn at random fronn
a
pack of 52 cords, Tlhe probability that the
an ae is 12
1
(b) (c)
(a) 13
1

13

same number m hmti die s

29. Two dice are thrown together, The probablity of getting het 1

1
(c) (d)
(a) (b)
3 12

30. In a family of 3 children, the probability of having nt least one boy is

7 (c) (d)
(a) (b)

31. A bag contains cards numbered fromn to 25. A card is drawn at random
1
fronthe [Link]
probability that the number on this card is divisible by both 2 and 3 is
1 4 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5 25 25 25

32. A number x is chosen at random from the nunbers -3, -2, -1, 0, 1,2, 3 the prokahality tha
lxl<2 is

(a) (b) (c) (d)

7
33. If a number x is chosen from the numbers 1,2,3, and
a nurnber y is selected fron the numers
1,4,9. Then, P(xy <9)
7
(a) (b) (c)
9
a year has 53 Sundays, is
34. The probability that non-leap
2 5 6
(a) 7 (b) (c) 7 (d)
7
35. In a single throw of a pair of dice, the probability of getting the
surm a perfect quate s
1 7 1 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
18 36
36. What is the probability that a non-leap year has 53 Sundays?

(a) (b) (c) (d rnoie of thee

7 ste
trom
37. TWo numbers 'a' and 'b' are selected successively wittout replacernent in that osdter
1 to 10. The probatbility that is an integer, is
integers
17
(a) (b) ; (c)
90 (d) 45
<br>

PROBABILITY
15.21
38. Two dice are rolled simultaneousY e

1
probability that thy show different faces is
(a)
(b)
6
3
(d)
39. What is the probability 6
that a leap year has 53 Mondays?
(a) 4
(b) 6
7 (c) (d)
40. If a two digit number is chosen at
random, then tne probability that
multiple of 3, is the number chosen is a
3
(a) 29 1
10 (b)
100 (c)
3 (d)
41. Two coins are tossed together.
The probability of getting
1
1
at least one tail is
(a) 3
4 (b) (c)
(d) 1
4

42. Which of the (CBSE 2023)

following numbers cannot
be the probability of happening an
7 of evernt?
(a) 0 (b) (c) 0.07 0.07
0.01 (d)
3
43. The probability of [CBSE 2023)
happening of an event is denoted by p and
of the event is denoted by q. the probability of non-happening
Relation between p and g is
(a) p+ q=1 (b) p= 1,q =1 (c) p=q-1
(d) p+q+1=0
44. In a group of 20 people, 5 cannot [CBSE 2023)
swim. If one person is selected at
that he/she can swim, is random, then the probability

(a) (b) 1
4 (c) 1
(a)
[CBSE 2023)
45. A bag contains 100 cards
numbered to 100. card is drawn at
1 A

the probability that the number on the card is a perfect cube? random from the bag. What is
1 3
a) 20 (b) (c)
1
7
50 25 (d)
100
{CBSE 2023)
46. Three coins are tossed simultaneously,
what is the probability of getting at most one tail?
4 5
(a) (b) 7
(c) (d)
8
(CBSE 2023)
17 A
bag contains 5 pink, 8 blue and7 yellow balls. One ball is
drawn at random from the bag.
What is the probability of getting neither a blue nor a
pink ball?
2 7
(a) (b) (c)
13
20 (d)
20
(CBSE 2023]
48. A
card is drawn at random from a well
shuffled pack of 52 playing cards. The probability of
getting aface card is
1
b) (c)
13 (d)
13
[CBSE 2023]
<br>

15.22 MATHEMATICS-X

ASSERTION -REASON BASED MCQs

Each of the following questions contains STATEMENT-1 (Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason
and has following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of which is the correct answer. Mark th
correct choice.
(a) Statenment-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1
(b) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is not a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(c) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
(d) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
2
49. Statement-1 (A): The probability that a leap year has 53 Sundays is

Statement-2 (R): The probability that a non-leap year has 53 Sundays is 7

50. Statement-1 (A): When die is rolled, the probability of getting number which is a multiple
a a

of 3 and 5 both is zero.

Statement-2 (R): The probability of an impossible event is zero.
51. Statement-1 (A): A cubical die is rolled. The probability of getting a composite number is
3
2
Statement-2 (R): In a throw of a cubical die, the probability of getting a prime number is

52. Statement-1 (A): A number is selected from the numbers 1,2, 3,

., 10. The probability that it

1
is a root of the equation x-2x+1 =0 is
5
Statement-2 (R): The equation r-2x +1=0 has two roots.
1, 2, 5, 6 and 8 without
53. Statement-1 (A): A four digit number is formed using the digits
even number is 3
repetition. The probability that it is an 5
Statement-2 (R): The units digit of even number is also an even number.
54. Statement-1 (A): Avni and Manvi were born in the
year 2000. The probability that they have
1
the same birthday is
366
Statement-2 (R): Leap year has 366 days.

ANSWERS
6. (c) 7. (d)
1.(b) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (b)
12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (d)
8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (b) 11. (c)
19. (b) 20. (d) 21. (c)
15. (b) 16. (a) 17. (c) 18. (d)
27. (c) 28. (d)
22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (c) 25. (c) 26. (d)
34. (d) 35. (b)
29. (c) 30. (a) 31. (c) 32. (c) 33. (b)
40. (C) 41. (c) 42. (b)
36. (b) 37. (c) 38. (d) 39. (a)
44. (a) 45. (c) 46. (b) 47. (c) 48. (b)
43. (a)
50. (a) 51. (c) 52. (d) 53. (b) 54. (b)
49. (b)